Documenti di Didattica
Documenti di Professioni
Documenti di Cultura
Crown copyright, Province of Nova Scotia, 2003 Prepared by the Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness, Public Health Services, and published by Communications Nova Scotia. ISBN: 0-88871-791-1
06033/03
CONTENTS
Standard Precaution Guidelines ......................... 1 Guidelines for Outbreak Management .................... 2 Enteric Food and Waterborne Diseases .................... 3 Blood Borne Pathogens ............................................. 4 Sexually Transmitted Diseases .....................................5 Vaccine Preventable Diseases ......................................6 Tuberculosis .................................................................7 Direct Contact, Respiratory Routes and Through the Provision of Healthcare ....................................... 8 Vectorborne and Other Zoonotic............................. 9 Policies ..................................................................... 10
Disclaimer Statement The Nova Scotia Communicable Disease manual was developed for the use of Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities. This manual is constantly under revision. Public Health staff will be informed of the changes as they occur. However, information contained on this site may not contain the latest information. Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness does not assume any responsibility for the use of this information by any other groups or organizations aside from Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The revision of the Communicable Disease Control Manual was undertaken by the Nova Scotia (NS) Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Responsibility Centre and approved through the Communicable Disease Prevention Control Committee for the Public Health System and was made possible by the financial support of the Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness (DHW), and by the support and cooperation received from Public Health Services staff across the province. The committee acknowledges their support and is grateful for the time and resources devoted to this revision. The Coordinators/Managers for Communicable Disease Prevention and Control at DHW were instrumental in helping to make the manual clinically accurate and at the same time practical for use by Public Health staff. The Department of Agriculture and Fisheries, Food Safety Division, played a major role in ensuring the Enteric Section of the manual was accurate and consistent with todays practice. The hard work, expertise and dedication shown by these staff is graciously acknowledged. The support received from Public Health Services management in providing opportunities for the staff to participate in the revision of the manual was crucial to the success of this revision. The contributions of each member and their organizations support for time and effort invested in the review and preparation of this manual is much appreciated. The committee also acknowledges the hard work and diligence of the writers in the revision of the manual.
INTRODUCTION
The first edition of the Communicable Disease Control Manual was developed in 1993 as an integral part of the communicable disease surveillance program. As in 1993, the purpose of this revision was to provide both reference information and procedural guidelines including policies relating to prevention and control of communicable diseases for use by Public Health staff across the province. In this revision, thorough research has been done to provide the most current, accurate and complete information available. The manual is developed for use by Public Health staff within the district health authorities in conjunction with local Public Health Services goals and objectives. Although procedural guidelines for communicable disease investigation are made clear in the manual, it does not replace critical thinking and decision making that Public Health staff should use in their practice. The manual has been organized under broad general disease categories: Enteric, Foodborne and Waterborne Diseases; Blood Borne Pathogens; Sexually Transmitted Diseases; Vaccine Preventable Diseases; Tuberculosis; Direct Contact, Respiratory Routes and Through the Provision of Healthcare; Vectorborne and other Zoonotic Diseases, and Policies. Each specific disease section includes accurate and up-to-date information; public health services policies; investigative procedures; educational fact sheets and other information to assist staff in the investigation of the disease. There have been four broad procedural sections written for the manual; they are the Enteric Diseases, Blood-Borne Pathogen Diseases, Sexually Transmitted Diseases, and Vaccine Preventable Diseases. These sections provide general information on investigative procedures that are appropriate for all diseases in each specific area. This manual is only one of many references available to Public Health staff for communicable disease prevention and control. It is a tool to assist Public Health staff in their investigation and follow up of communicable diseases. Nevertheless, staff should continue to look for the latest relevant information when dealing with a communicable disease.
1. Introduction
Standard Precaution Guidelines provide direction for all service providers, clients and visitors who may be at risk to exposure to communicable diseases. The importance of meticulous and frequent hand washing is essential. Handwashing is the single most effective way to prevent the spread of infection. Service providers or clients may carry an infectious disease. A person appearing healthy can carry organisms without having any symptoms and can spread the organisms to someone who is already compromised and at risk of becoming ill following contact with organisms. Standard Precautions combine Universal Blood and Body Precautions and Body Substance Precautions. The combination of these precautions reduces the risk of contacting and transmitting infections related to blood-borne pathogens and pathogens from moist body substances e.g. urine, feces, saliva, wound discharge etc. The following guidelines apply to direct caregivers or clients who are at risk for contact and/or transmission of a communicable disease. Terms marked with a star* will be defined in the glossary, found at the end of this section.
2. Guidelines
HAND WASHING Hand washing is the key to infection prevention and must be done by service providers and clients. BARRIERS Barriers include gloves, gowns, masks, eye wear, and mouth pieces. Barriers are only effective when worn properly. GLOVES Disposable* gloves should be worn when touching blood, body fluids, secretions* (saliva), excretions* (urine, feces), and items contaminated with these fluids. Gloves should be worn when touching mucous membranes* and broken skin. Gloves should be removed immediately after use, hands washed and new gloves used between client care or cleaning areas. Wash hands before touching non-contaminated* areas. If you have an allergy to disposable gloves cotton gloves may be worn under the vinyl or latex gloves. If you have a chronic skin condition and your hands have open areas or bleed, contact your supervisor for instructions on precautions. GOWNS/APRONS Gowns/apron are required only when soiling from splashes or sprays of blood, body fluids, secretions or excretions is likely. Wash your hands after removing the gown/apron. MASKS, EYE PROTECTION AND FACE SHIELDS Masks, eye protection and face shields should be worn to protect mucous membranes* of the eyes, nose and mouth only when the situation/procedure is likely to result in splashes or sprays of blood, body fluids, secretions or excretions. MOUTH PIECES Mouth pieces are available and should be used when resuscitation is indicated.
3. Preventative Measures
DIETARY Established dietary policies and procedures for food handling and care of equipment must be followed. The use of disposable dishes are not routinely required to prevent the spread of infection. Hand washing is essential. Food handling courses are available through the Department of Agriculture and Fisheries. Guidelines are available in the Home Support Workers, Curriculum Standard, 1998" GOOD HYGIENE AND WORK HABITS Good hygiene and work habits are required to maintain health and minimize the risk of exposure and transmission of infection. This includes: Personal grooming e.g. showering/bathing, hand care, nails trimmed and cleaned, proper diet and exercise and meticulous and frequent hand washing. Reduce splashes or sprays when completing procedures that involve blood, body fluids, secretions or excretions e.g. handling soiled linen. Do not eat, drink, smoke, apply make up, handle contact lenses or brush teeth when there is a reasonable risk for contact with blood, body fluids, infectious secretions or excretions. Do not store food and drink in an area where contact with blood, body fluids, secretions or excretions is likely. Follow guidelines for the use of personal protective equipment; wear as much or as little as needed to maintain safety. GENERAL HOUSEKEEPING AND CLEANING Routine housekeeping is sufficient. Follow your organizations recommendation for cleaning or disinfection products. Further instructions will be provided should situations occur requiring an alternate method of cleaning or disinfecting. Bathrooms may be shared with others and routine cleaning procedures are sufficient. It is essential that visible soiling with blood, body fluids, secretions or excretions is immediately cleaned and disinfected. Instructions for increased cleaning and or use of
designated commodes will be provided if enteric precautions require that separate bathroom facilities are required. Frequently handled areas such as door knobs, hand rails and bedrails should be cleaned and disinfected as a part of routine housekeeping procedures. INFECTIOUS WASTE Follow your organizations and municipality guidelines for infectious waste. Do not over fill garbage bags. Garbage bags should be carried away from clothing to prevent soiling. Full garbage bags should be carried to prevent touching the floor and prevent ripping of the garbage bag. LABORATORY SPECIMENS Specimens must be transported in a manner that prevents contact with or leakage of contents. Follow organizations recommendation for handling specimens. A specimen must never be discarded in regular garbage. LINEN All linen soiled with blood, body fluids, secretions or excretions should be handled, transported and processed in a manner that prevents skin and mucous membrane* exposure and soiling of clothing. Carry the linen away from your clothing to prevent soiling Do not throw linen freely on the floor. Carry linen bag to prevent contact with the floor. Wear gloves when handling soiled linen.
Follow your organizations recommendation when special precautions are required e.g. Clostridium difficile. Wash your hands after handling soiled linen and before handling clean linen.
NEEDLES, SYRINGES AND ALL DISPOSABLE SHARPS Needles, syringes and all disposable sharps should be handled with care to prevent accidental exposure to blood-borne pathogens. Needles, lancets, razor blades and other disposable sharps are to be discarded immediately after use into a puncture-proof container specifically designed for disposal of sharps. Do Not: Bend, break, or otherwise manipulate used needles by hand Recap used needles, or other capped sharp items. Overfill sharps containers Any permucosal* or percutaneous* exposure must be reported immediately to the supervisor. Risk assessment must begin immediately. PERSONAL CARE AND MEDICAL EQUIPMENT All personal care or medical equipment e.g. adaptive aides, aerosols, suction equipment etc. must be changed regularly according to manufacturers guidelines or have a regular cleaning/disinfecting schedule. Follow your organizations recommendation for cleaning or disinfection products. All non - disposable equipment, designated for a specific client, must be cleaned and/or disinfected prior to being used for another client. SPILLS OF AN INFECTIOUS NATURE Follow your organizations recommendation Protocol. If there is no Blood/Body Spills Kit available the following procedure is used: Equipment: disposable gloves, plastic garbage bag, paper towel, disinfectant (preferably bleach 1:10.) Procedure: Wear gloves Wipe as much as possible and dispose in plastic bag Cover with paper towel and soak with disinfectant Leave for 10 minutes Remove gloves and wash hands
Identify wet floors as appropriate Reapply gloves Remove paper towel and dispose in plastic bag Disinfect area Dispose of infectious material as per facility policy Remove gloves and wash hands. TRANSPORTING CLIENTS When being transported, clients clothing and bedding should be free from visible soiling with blood, body fluids, secretions or excretions. All drainage systems (e.g. catheter bags) are to be adequately contained according to your organizations procedures. VISITORS Standard precautions do not require visitor restrictions. Visitors will be notified of communicable diseases based on their risk of contact e.g. loved one is currently symptomatic with a communicable infection. If visible soiling with blood, body fluids, secretions or excretions, is noticed visitors are asked to alert a staff member immediately. Visitors should wash their hands before and after visiting.
4. Glossary
Disposable: Not for reuse. Disposed of following use.
Contaminated:
The soiling or making inferior by contact or mixture, as by introduction of organisms into a wound.
Excretion:
The act, process, or function of throwing off or eliminating, as waste matter, by a normal discharge e.g. feces, urine.
Mucous Membranes:
A surface layer of epithelial tissue covering a deeper layer of connective tissue that line cavities or canals of the body that open to the outside. They protect the underlying structure, secrete mucous, and absorb water, salts, and other solutions.
Percutaneous:
Permucosal:
Secretion:
The cellular process of developing a specific product e.g. saliva, gastric juices.
JANUARY 2010
1. Introduction 2. Definitions 3. Principles of Outbreak Management 4. Outbreak Team 5. Roles and Responsibilities of the Outbreak Team Members 6. Steps in Outbreak Investigation and Management 7. Surveillance References Appendices Appendix 1. Recommended Outbreak Response Kit Components Appendix 2. CIOSC (Outbreak Application) Role-Based User Matrix Appendix 3. Comprehensive Final Outbreak Report Outline Appendix 4. Outbreak Evaluation Guide Appendix 5. Acronym List
2. Definitions
Community Outbreak
Two* or more unrelated cases** with similar illness that can be epidemiologically linked to one another (i.e., associated by time and/or place and/or exposure).
Institutional Outbreak
Three* or more cases with similar illness that can be epidemiologically linked to one another (i.e., associated by exposure, within a 4-day period, in an institutional setting).
For other symptom or disease groupings refer to specific response plans (e.g., Guide to Influenza Control for Long-Term Care Facilities). * Within a province/territory for certain illnesses (e.g., botulism, measles), 1 case of the disease may constitute an outbreak. ** Cases who do not live in a common household, exclusive of an institutional event.
District Public Health Services, with support from the Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness (NSDHW), leads the investigation of an outbreak occurring in their district health authority or shared service area. DHW leads and coordinates an outbreak that involves more than one shared service area.
4. Outbreak Team
The Outbreak Team works in conjunction with appropriate partners (external and internal) to investigate and manage an outbreak. The initial team may be at the district, shared service area, provincial, or federal level. Membership may be dependent upon the geographical extent or potential source of exposure of the outbreak.
outbreak numbering consists of a 4 digit year, followed by the 2 digit DHA number, and a 3 digit sequential number.
2009 04 013
Outbreak Year DHA Sequential number assigned by DHA
Person
personal characteristics (date of birth, sex, immune status, marital status, medical conditions, occupation, cultural norms, activities, predisposing or protecting factors) symptom inquiry: type of symptoms classification as case or contact when appropriate
Time
time period over which people became ill onset of symptoms duration of symptoms time between exposure to potential source (if known) and onset of symptoms
Place
common social event, such as a wedding, reception, anniversary, party, sports, event; common places visited (mall, school, beach, etc.); or other travel possible exposures (e.g., menus, common food item, pool)
If a common social event is identified, and the source is thought to be food borne, determine what food was served, obtain a guest list and menu, and identify where the food was purchased. Identify common food ingested and any other food that was served that might not be on the menu. Information sources may include: interviews with cases, relatives, and contacts environmental public health inspection (facility/site) reports literature review consultation with experts lab testing interview with primary care physicians, clinics, health-care facility staff review of events and sales records (reservation lists, invitation lists, credit card bills) interviews with people from agencies involved (school, day-care centre, restaurant, work places, public places)
Within DHA: Consider notifying others (e.g., PH director, VP community health, and communications). Note: these people will not be included on the CIOSC reporting application. Within DHW: Consider informing the deputy minister and communications. National colleagues: Consider if a CIOSC alert is necessary.
Available in each district health authority or from http://www.gov.ns.ca/health/ccs/ltc/IPC_Partners_Infe ction_Control_Guidelines.pdf Enteric Outbreaks in the Community, International Association for Food Protection (IAFP) Procedures to Investigate Foodborne Illness, 5th edition, International Association for Food Protection (IAFP) Available for purchase from http://www.foodprotection.org/publications/otherpublications/ Influenza Outbreaks in Long-Term Care Facilities in Guidelines Partners for Infection Control (Nova Scotia Department of Health, 2001) Available in each district health authority or from http://www.gov.ns.ca/health/ccs/ltc/IPC_Partners_Infe ction_Control_Guidelines.pdf Guide to Influenza Control for Long-Term Care Facilities (Nova Scotia Department of Health Promotion and Protection, 2008-09) Available in each district health authority
6.12 Re-evaluate most current information and outbreak control measures on a continuous basis
Consider the criteria for a public health emergency under the International Health Regulations.
Viral gastroenteritis in institution(s) Viral Respiratory (e.g. RSV, influenza) in institution(s) All other outbreaks
YES
YES
YES
YES
*Institutions may include LTCFs, day-care centres, schools, correctional facilities, residential care facilities, and acute care facilities.
7. Surveillance
The Nova Scotia Illness Outbreak Reporting Tool (Initial, Updates, and Final Report) will be used for outbreak reporting, via an electronic application, through CIOSC at http://www.cnphi-rcrsp.ca (log on and go to Outbreak Summaries).
MOH or delegate ensures the completion of the Comprehensive Final Outbreak Report (see Table 1), approves the final document, obtains appropriate signatures, and submits to the CMOH.
Outbreak Response Kits should not be stored in vehicles, as specimen containers may not be effective if exposed to extreme temperatures.
IV.
Explanation
I. Executive Summary
Include the key features of the outbreak, addressing the who, what, where, and when of the outbreak. A description of the outbreak or the causal hypothesis based on the evidence should be included. Identify lessons learned, recommendations, interventions (could be ongoing), or areas that need further attention. Include important points in the report and be prepared to answer any questions with detail.
surveillance trends), and who assisted in the investigation. Identify the members of the outbreak team and objectives of the investigation. Background information identifies the population demographics, previous, similar outbreaks, describing the area, site or facility involved.
III. Methods
Outline the steps taken to investigate the outbreak. Epidemiological methods: Explain how cases are defined and ascertained. Outline the analytical study methodology and include interview tools and techniques used for investigation. Environmental public health methods: Outline the number and types of environmental public health investigations that occurred and who conducted these investigations. This would include site visits, risk assessment, and trace back. Laboratory analysis: Describe the number and types of specimens submitted for analysis.
IV. Results
Describe what was discovered. Epidemiological results: Highlight the number of cases, personal details, and clinical features, including geographical distribution, epidemic curve, risk factor analysis, and attack rates. Environmental public health results: Describe the results of inspections, risk assessments, and trace back. Laboratory results: Summarize the results of human and food or source testing.
V. Discussion
This section brings together all aspects of the outbreak. Discussion will include the main hypotheses and justification of conclusions and actions being based on evidence or balance of probabilities. Actions taken to protect public health are described. As well, highlight the problems encountered during the investigation including the lessons learned during the outbreak, including those identified in the debriefing(s).
VI. Conclusion
Give a brief summary of the outbreak.
VII. Evaluation/Recommendations
Describe what should be done to control the outbreak, prevent future outbreaks, and improve management of outbreaks in the future. The purpose of this section is to educate, so specificity is important. Recommendations for any changes to the Outbreak Response Plan should be included.
VIII. Acknowledgements
This is an opportunity to thank those who assisted with the outbreak.
IX. Appendices
These may include a chronology of events, Outbreak Team membership, terms of reference for the team, maps and references, questionnaires, letters to health-care professionals, media releases, and fact sheets.
X. Signature Block
This report requires sign-off by the CDC manager and MOH in the district as well as by the CMOH. See the following signature block template.
TEMPLATE SIGNATURE BLOCK Comprehensive Final Outbreak Report Signature CDC Manager District MOH Outbreak Working Group (chair) Deputy Chief MOH Chief MOH _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ _____________________ Date ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________ ________________
Method
Interview Document Review
Was there a coordinated response to the outbreak? What worked well? What were the challenges?
Indicator
Physician use of the clinical case definition when requesting laboratory tests? (i.e. confirming the diagnosis) Development of an acceptable (accurate) treatment algorithm if applicable A reliable case definition established within an acceptable time frame Accurate diagnosis of cases by physician Timely processing of laboratory specimens Perceived strengths/challenges in establishing a case definition and processing of laboratory specimens
Method
Interview Document Review
Evaluation Questions
Indicator
Method
EVALUATION GUIDE for OUTBREAK MANAGEMENT Surveillance What were the strengths/challenges of the surveillance function (i.e. the collection, analysis, and dissemination of the disease outbreak)? Was the data Timely reporting of positive lab results to DHW Interview collection process & PHS (immediately by phone and follow-up in accurate, timely and writing to ordering physician, PHS and DHW) Document efficient? Physician case reporting met provincial Review guidelines for reporting (re: timeliness & accuracy)? Established procedures and tools for reporting positive lab results and related information (ex. patient contact information) Established procedures/mechanisms to avoid data entry errors or duplication Adequacy of the available human and technical resources to efficiently perform the data analysis Timeliness of the data analysis process Perceptions of strengths/challenges in case reporting (What worked well? What could improve? e.g. receiving data from DHA/Lab in timely manner; accuracy of data from DHA/Lab; barriers/breakdown in the data collection process) Was the data collection process timely and efficient? Was the data analysis process timely and efficient? What were the challenges? How could this have been improved? Perceptions of the timeliness of the data analysis Perceptions of what worked well in the process of data analysis Perceptions of what could have been improved? Interview Document Review
Ability of the outbreak team leader to report on the outbreak (number of cases, location, etc.) in a timely manner Timeliness of the epi-curve Use of the epi-curve (how, by whom?) Formulation of tentative hypothesis (how? by whom? Timeliness) Timeliness of establishing/verifying the existence of an outbreak
Was data analysis used to inform and update the case definition and inform application of community public health measures? Evaluation Questions
Ability of analysis to provide field interview and investigation staff to better focus work Was the analysis usefully in validating the infective agent, mode of transmission, effectiveness of intervention or prevention methodology?
Indicator
Method
EVALUATION GUIDE for OUTBREAK MANAGEMENT Public Health Measures Case Management Establishment and adherence to process for What case case management (e.g. education of all management activities patients to prevent transmission) were used? Did case management occur for all patients? Contact Tracing Did contact tracing occur for all cases? Community Measures What community measures were Implemented? Established process for contact tracing Contact tracing process successfully identified those at high risk of transmitting the disease Perceived contribution of contact tracing to the management of the outbreak (prevention and control measures)? Perceived strengths/challenges with the contact tracing process
Interview Description of community measures implemented and their target group If employed, were immunization strategies Document delivered in a timely manner if necessary Review Were community interventions undertaken (facility closure or sanitizing, food seizure, food destruction, water disinfection, etc.) If vaccines and/or immunization were employed, were the NACI standards for cold chain storage adhered to throughout the outbreak? What were the barriers?
Evaluation Questions
Indicator
Method
EVALUATION GUIDE for OUTBREAK MANAGEMENT Communications Effectiveness of Communication Strategies (1-800 line; letter to physicians; physician video; posters; DHA or DHW website) Was the process for communicating the onset of an outbreak (provincially? regionally? nationally?) efficient? Interview Communication strategies reached their target audiences? Messages of communication strategies were Document clear to the intended audience Review Target audience acted upon the communication messages Stakeholders consulted in the development of communication strategies Communication materials were culturally sensitive Reduction in the number of calls to PHS if a 1800 line was established Documented process for communicating the onset of an outbreak (Provincially? Regionally? Nationally?) Clear and timely communication to stakeholders of the process Perceptions of gaps Suggestions of how the process be improved in the future Increased awareness among public of the outbreak Interview Document Review
Were the resources developed for dissemination of information (i.e. fact sheets, FAQs) effective in increasing the publics awareness of the outbreak? Lessons learned re: communicating with the media Did communication with stakeholders address their needs for information on the outbreak? Roles and responsibilities in communicating the outbreak?
Perceptions of approaches that worked well in communicating with the media Recommendations for communicating with the media in future outbreaks Stakeholder satisfaction with information on the outbreak
Were the roles and responsibilities clearly defined, and appropriate people involved in communicating the outbreak?
Disclaimer Statement The Nova Scotia Communicable Disease manual was developed for the use of Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities. This manual is constantly under revision. Public Health staff will be informed of the changes as they occur. However, information contained on this site may not contain the latest information. Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness does not assume any responsibility for the use of this information by any other groups or organizations aside from Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities.
Principles
The principles for the management of enteric diseases are: 1. All enteric diseases will be investigated in a timely manner upon receipt of the report. 2. Upon confirmation of disease, specific information will be offered to infected individuals to minimize complications and transmission of the disease. 3. Sources of specific diseases will be investigated and if necessary, recommendations made related to closure of public facilities, withdrawal of products from shelves, etc. 4. Information will be offered to the public on safe food preservation and handling. 5. All new cases of enteric diseases will be added to the provincial database for notifiable diseases.
General Guidelines for the Investigation of Enteric, Food and Waterborne Diseases
These guidelines aim to define control measures for enteric illness in Nova Scotia. Specific procedures for cases and contacts in special risk groups are included with each disease. The authority for the Medical Officer of Health comes from the Health Act of the Province of Nova Scotia.
1.2.4 Determine most probable source of infection by asking about recent exposure
Persons with similar symptoms such as household members, sexual contacts, diapered children, and children in child care facilities. Animals, especially pets and farm animals. Ask if the animals are symptomatic. Food consumed at home, restaurants, or parties around the time of infection that may have been undercooked, improperly stored, contaminated, unpasteurised, etc. especially if derived specially from meat, seafood and milk. Derive approximate time of infection. Obtain the name and location of the restaurant, store, bakery, group meals attended, etc. that may be the source of infection. If a source is suspected, contact a Food Safety Specialist with this information. If the
approximate time of infection was more than 1 or 2 weeks before investigation, this information may be difficult to obtain. Possibly contaminated water. Foreign travel. Investigate to determine if the source and transmission are continuing since the travel. Foreign visitors. Refer to the information section of the specific disease for additional information for investigation about source and mode of transmission.
1.2.5 Contact Food Safety Specialist (Department of Agriculture and Fisheries) if food establishment is involved or in the case of an outbreak 1.2.6 Contact Department of Environment if water source is involved
It is the responsibility of the Department of Environment and Labour to investigate all circumstances of water contamination.
COOK. Cook food thoroughly cooking times and temperatures vary for different meat and poultry. Prepare foods quickly, and serve immediately so foods dont linger at room temperatures where bacteria can grow. CHILL. Refrigerate or freeze perishable foods, prepared food and leftovers within two hours. Make sure the refrigerator is set at a temperature of 4C (40F), and keep the freezer at 18C (0F). Avoid consumption of raw eggs, unpasteurised milk and cider, undercooked meats, especially poultry and pork. Proper disposal of excreta and soiled materials (in the home the toilet may be used for disposal). Soiled clothing and bed linen should be washed in a washing machine with a hot cycle. If this is impractical, flush away fecal matter in the toilet and soak the soiled articles in a household disinfectant such as diluted bleach at a concentration of (1:10), then wash as usual. Hands should be thoroughly washed afterwards. Wrap disposable diapers in a plastic bag before discarding in the garbage. Infected individuals should not share toys, towels, dishes, and other articles with others.
1.2.9 Seek approval from MOH for exclusions for clients and contacts where required
Refer to the general guidelines about exclusions in section 2, and refer to the specific disease sections for specific guidelines about exclusions for the case and contacts. If the client or contact is excluded from work/child care, continue contact with the case/parents until returned to work/child care. This may entail periodic checks to determine if the cases symptoms have subsided or if the case has submitted stool specimens. In order to expedite the process, it may be necessary to telephone the lab for specimen results.
1.2.10 Ensure the case management form(s) are completed and submitted for each case. The case management forms are located http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual 1.2.11 Exclusions
It is the responsibility of Public Health Services to determine when a case may return to work/child care in cases of exclusion.
1.3.3 Exclusions
It is the responsibility of Public Health Services to determine when a case may return to work/child care in cases of exclusion.
1.5.3 Education
The Food Safety Specialist will provide education on required food safety practices and control measures to food service employers and employees, food service establishments, institutions and agencies as part of the enteric illness investigation.
1.5.4 Resource
The Food Safety Specialist will be a resource for information and advice on food safety, food handling practices and techniques to the Investigator.
Specialist with all relevant information obtained during the initial interview of the client. The Inspector Specialist will be responsible for the inspection of the water source implicated in an enteric disease.
2.5 Guidelines for Long Term Carriers, Child Care Centres and Institutions
Consult specific diseases for exclusion guidelines for each of the above.
3. Surveillance Forms
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
4.1.2 Cooking
Meat, poultry, fish or eggs, or foods like casseroles, stews and pies made from them are potential sources of enteric bacteria that may cause foodborne illness. These foods must be cooked to a safe (proper) internal temperature before eating. The internal temperature must be checked with a meat thermometer. The following internal temperatures will ensure safe cooking.
Pork, Veal & Lamb 71C 160F Ground Meat 71C 160F Whole chicken/turkey 82C 180F Poultry Stuffing (inside temperature) 74C 165F Chicken/turkey pieces 77C 170F Ground poultry 72C 165F Beef steak/roasts: Medium rare 63C 145F Beef steak/roasts: Medium 71C 160F Beef steak/roasts: Well done 75C 170F
4.1.3 Reheating
Not all bacteria are killed by cooking, and foods may become re-contaminated after cooking. When foods are reheated they should reach an internal temperature (measured by a food thermometer) of 74C.
4.1.4 Cooling
Potentially hazardous foods if improperly cooled will promote growth of enteric bacteria that can cause foodborne illness. After cooking, food should not be left at room temperature for longer than 2 hours and cooled to refrigeration temperature (4C) within 4 hours. Large items such as whole turkeys, roasts or soups may be separated into smaller portions to ensure proper cooling.
4.1.5 Separating
Meat, poultry and fish should be safely separated from other foods in the shopping cart and refrigerator. Make sure packages are sealed to prevent spilling of juices on other foods. Raw foods should be placed in sealed containers or plastic bags and stored on the lowest shelf of the refrigerator. Never place cooked, ready to eat foods on the same plate that has been used for raw foods.
Although the risk of listeriosis associated with foods from deli counters, such as sliced package meat and poultry products, is relatively low, pregnant women and immunosuppressed persons may choose to avoid these foods. Avoid refrigerated smoked fish products unless you have cooked them, for example, in a casserole. Use all perishable foods that are precooked for ready-to-eat before expiration date. Enteric pathogens from contaminated waters may be found in bivalve shellfish such as clams, mussels and oysters. People at risk should not eat raw or undercooked bivalve shellfish. Seed sprouts (bean sprouts, alfalfa sprouts and others) have been the cause of foodborne illness. Raw sprouts should not be eaten. However sprouts that have been cooked are not risky. Fruits and vegetables should be cooked before eating, particularly those that grow near or in the ground. Special care should be taken when washing fruits and vegetables such as lettuce as it is harder to clean than fruit and vegetables with smooth skins.
4.3.1 Foods
Foods may be contaminated by the unwashed hands of the food worker; by contact with human excrement used as fertilizer; or by contaminated water used in irrigation or washing fruit and vegetables. Avoid foodborne illness when travelling to these countries by:
Eating only foods that are well cooked and served hot right after cooking. Never eat leftovers or reheated foods. Avoiding raw shellfish. Ensuring all meat or poultry is well cooked. Washing and peeling your own fruit and vegetables. Discard if the skin or peel is broken or bruised. Avoid salads and raw vegetables. Avoiding cold cuts, salads, watermelons, puddings. Avoiding canned food if the tin appears brown or swollen. Consuming only canned, carbonated or commercially bottled beverages. Consuming pasteurised milk and dairy products (cheese, yogurt) only. Using only boiled water for mixing formula for bottle fed or weaned infants.
4.3.2 Water
Safe drinks include boiled water and drinks made with boiled water, canned or bottled carbonated beverages and clear bottled water with unbroken seals. Where chlorinated water is not available, avoid both water and ice. Use bottled water for brushing teeth. When you are not sure if the water is safe, follow the recommendations below: Boiling - boil water vigorously for at least 1 minute. Halzone tablets - these are available through pharmacies and sporting goods stores. Take them with you as they may not be available in the country you visit. Follow manufacturers instructions for use. Unscented household bleach - add 2 drops per litre (4 drops if water is cloudy), mix thoroughly and let stand 30 minutes. A slight chlorine odour should be detected. If odour is not detected, repeat chlorination and let stand a further 5 minutes. Iodine - add 5 drops of Tincture of Iodine (2.5%) to clear water or 10 drops to cloudy water and let stand for 30 minutes. Cloudy water may require several hours standing time. Pregnant women should not use iodine drops to disinfect water. Water Filters - portable water filters can be purchased from sporting goods and travel stores. They should be rated 1 micrometer absolute. Packaging should indicate that the filter will remove bacteria, viruses and protozoa. Chlorine and iodine are not effective against protozoa that can be effectively removed by filtration.
References: Communicable Disease Protocol Manual, Manitoba Health, 2001. Control Measures for Gastrointestinal Infections. Department of Health and Social Services, Prince Edward Island, April 1991. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool, Third edition. 1996 Donowitz LG (ed.), Williams and Wilkins. Policy for the Control of Gastrointestinal Infections in Special Risk Groups, Nova Scotia Department of Health and Fitness, January 1984. Procedures to Investigate Foodborne Illness, 5th edition. International Association of Food and Environmental Sanitarians Inc. 1999. Ready Reference Set, Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, August 1990.
AMEBIASIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Laboratory confirmation of infection (presence of cysts or trophozoites of Entamoeba histolytica in appropriate laboratory specimens)
Probable case:
Signs and symptoms compatible with Amebiasis and positive serologic tests for E. histolytica
1.3 Symptoms
Many cases are asymptomatic. More severe cases may experience acute amebic dysentery, including 1-3 weeks of increasing diarrhea containing blood and mucus, lower abdominal pain, tenesmus, possible weight loss and fever.
1.4 Incubation
Varies from a few days to months, usually 2-4 weeks.
1.5 Source
Stool of infected humans.
1.6 Transmission
Ingestion of fecally contaminated food or water containing amebic cysts or sexual transmission.
1.7 Communicability
Infected people excrete cysts intermittently, occasionally for years if left untreated.
1.8 Treatment
Metronidazole followed by iodoquinol, paromomycin or diloxanide furoate for acute amebic dysentery. Asymptomatic carriers are treated with iodoquinol, paromomycin or diloxanide furoate.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for amebiasis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3.Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
Health care, nursery or other staff who Exclude until asymptomatic and stool have contact with susceptible persons is formed. Children < 5 years attending day care Exclude until asymptomatic and stool etc. is formed. Case contacts who are in special risk Contacts who develop gastrointestinal groups symptoms should be tested for E. histolytica.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Amebiasis. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics. Working Guide: Notifiable Disease Reporting System in Nova Scotia. 1998. Nova Scotia Department of Health.
Ways to prevent the spread of E. histolytica infection are: Wash hands thoroughly with soap and water after using the toilet and before eating or handling food. Avoid swallowing recreational water (pools, hot tubs, lakes or rivers). Keep diapered children or anyone with diarrhea out of swimming pools. Avoid using ice or drinking untreated water when travelling in countries where the water supply might be unsafe. Use only safe water to wash all vegetables and fruits before eating.
BOTULISM
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case: Foodborne Botulism (Either 1 or 2)
Laboratory confirmation of intoxication with clinical evidence: - detection of botulinum toxin in serum, stool, gastric aspirate or food OR - isolation of Clostridium botulinum from stool or gastric aspirate Clinical evidence and indication that the client ate the same suspect food as an individual with laboratory-confirmed botulism
Wound Botulism
Laboratory confirmation of infection: laboratory detection of botulinum toxin in serum OR - Isolation of C. botulinum from a wound AND - Presence of a freshly infected wound in the 2 weeks before symptoms and no evidence of consumption of food contaminated with C. botulinum
Infant Botulism
Laboratory confirmation with symptoms compatible with botulism in a person less than one year of age: - Detection of botulinum toxin in stool or serum OR - Isolation of C. botulinum from the patients stool, or at autopsy
Colonization Botulism
Laboratory confirmation with symptoms compatible with botulism in a patient aged 1 year or older with severely compromised gastrointestinal tract functioning (i.e. abnormal bowel) due to various diseases, such as colitis, or intestinal bypass procedures, or in association with other conditions that may create local or widespread disruption in the normal intestinal flora: - Detection of botulinum toxin in stool or serum OR - Isolation of C. botulinum from the patients stool, or at autopsy
1.3 Symptoms
Foodborne and wound botulism present as diseases of the nervous system characterized by blurred or double vision, dysphagia, dysphonia, dry mouth and dysarthria. Descending symmetrical flaccid paralysis may follow. Vomiting, constipation and diarrhea may also be present. Fever is usually absent. Intestinal (infant) botulism may present initially as a gastrointestinal upset with constipation, listlessness, weak cry, poor feeding, diminished gag reflex, loss of head control and generalized weakness(floppy infant). These symptoms may lead to respiratory difficulties and arrest. The illness may be mild or severe and may be associated with Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS).
1.4 Incubation
Foodborne botulism: 12-36 hours or more after eating contaminated food. Wound botulism: 4-14 days between time of injury and onset of symptoms. Intestinal (infant) botulism: Unknown.
1.5 Source
Spores are present in soil and in vegetables and other agricultural products. They are also present in sea sediment and in the intestinal tract of animals including fish.
1.6 Transmission
Foodborne botulism occurs from ingesting of preformed toxin present in contaminated food. Usually this results from home canning and preserving. Wound botulism occurs when C. botulinum grows in a wound or injured area and produces its toxins. Often this results from contamination of the wound by soil or gravel. Intestinal (infant) botulism occurs when C botulinum spores colonize in the intestines and produce toxins there. Honey and corn syrups have been implicated in the production of spores in the intestines.
1.7 Communicability
C. botulinum toxins have been recovered from feces of infected individuals for weeks to months after onset of disease. No person to person transmission has been documented.
1.8 Treatment
Foodborne and wound botulism: Immediate respiratory assessment and management is essential. IV and IM administration of trivalent botulism antitoxin types A, B and E (Trivalent [ABE] Antitoxin) is indicated after sensitivity testing to the equine sera. Supportive nutritional and physical care for symptoms is also indicated. Contact Department of Health and Wellness for antitoxin. Intestinal (infant) botulism: Trivalent antitoxin is NOT used in the treatment of infant botulism, because of the chance of hypersensitivity to the equine preparation. Meticulous supportive care is indicated, with antibiotics used only to treat secondary infections.
1.10 Prophylaxis
Assessment should be made regarding the prophylactic use of antitoxin depending on the possibility of outbreak conditions involving shared food. If the shared food is identified as containing C. botulinum toxin, measures including use of cathartics and gastric lavage are indicated. For adults, prophylactic administration of the antitoxin within 1-2 days of eating the implicated food is warranted, if the individual is not sensitive to the equine preparation of the antitoxin (regardless of whether or not the individual is symptomatic).
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for botulism.
2.1.2 Investigator
The investigator should begin investigation immediately upon receipt of the report. A single case of botulism should arouse suspicion of an outbreak in the family or a group because of shared food experience. Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Contacting physician. Call physician to confirm case report and to gain additional information for follow-up. Discuss possibility of wound botulism. b) Investigating contacts. Determine if any family members, friends or others who shared meals are ill and if further outbreak measures are necessary. If intestinal (infant) botulism, discuss foods given to baby, especially honey or corn syrups. c) Taking a food history. Discuss all contacts with restaurants, take-outs, eating at others homes for 3-4 days prior to illness. Take special note if any of the following have been ingested: Homemade preserves, anything bottled or canned, especially meats or vegetables. Fish, shellfish or meat of marine animals. Smoked salmon, smoked meats. Lightly cured or pasteurised foods that have been improperly refrigerated. Garlic in oil. d) Collecting food specimens, if suspect. Collect any food specimens that have unusual odour or appearance. Also collect samples of home canned food that seem suspect or in any of the above categories. Submit these specimens to laboratory for analysis. If commercial food is suspect, caution individuals not to use stocks of this food until investigation is completed. e) Advising those who have shared suspected food to see their doctor for evaluation. Antitoxin prophylaxis may be considered. f) Collecting stool specimens. Collect stool specimens from anyone suspected of sharing same food as the infected individual, even if asymptomatic. g) Notifying Food Safety Specialist. Notify a Food Safety Specialist, Department of Agriculture and Fisheries who will notify eating establishments or food vendor of suspected disease outbreak. The Food Safety Specialist will phone and then visit the site.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Reporting case to the local Public Health office. If a physician identifies a case of botulism, the physician must report the suspected case of botulism to the local Public Health Services office immediately by phone. b) Discuss contact tracing and follow-up with the Investigators.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Phone reporting. Laboratories must immediately report all cases of botulism by phone to Public Health Services.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Botulism. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 1995. www.cdc.gov.ncidod/diseases/foodborn/ botulism.htm Botulism Fact Sheet. New York State Department of Health. February 1999. www.health.state.ny.us/ nysdoh/consumer/botulism.htm Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
CAMPYLOBACTERIOSIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Laboratory confirmation of infection with or without symptoms: isolation of Campylobacter sp. from an appropriate clinical specimen
Probable case:
Clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case
1.3 Symptoms
Severity of symptoms may vary. Symptoms include diarrhea, abdominal pain, fever, nausea, vomiting, malaise, and bloody stool.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 2-5 days, ranges from 1-10 days.
1.5 Source
Feces of an infected animal or human. The gastrointestinal tract of animals and birds (especially pets, cattle, chickens, turkey and water fowl) can be a reservoir.
1.6 Transmission
Ingestion of contaminated food, including unpasteurised milk, non-chlorinated water and under cooked poultry (most common source). Fecal-oral contact from infected human or animal is also possible, especially with young children and
pets. Person to person spread has occurred with persons with fecal incontinence. Exposure to a small number of organisms may lead to infection.
1.7 Communicability
Clients are contagious for 2-3 days after antibiotics are started. In persons not treated with antibiotics, communicability ranges from 2-7 weeks.
1.8 Treatment
Supportive therapy. Erythromycin, azithromycin, tetracycline and quinolones will shorten the period of excretion and duration of illness only when administered early in the illness and the infecting organism is known.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for campylobacteriosis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
Health care, nursery or other staff General guidelines until symptoms have who have contact with susceptible subsided and client has two well formed persons stools. Children < 5 years attending day Additional Guideline: Exclude until care etc. symptoms have cleared and stools are well formed or child has been on antibiotics for 2 days; whichever is the shorter period of time. Case contacts who are in special Symptomatic: General guideline Symptomatic risk groups Asymptomatic: Stools do not need to be screened. Exclude only when there is a concern about inadequate hand washing procedures.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009).Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Campylobacter Infections. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/campylobacter_g.htm Control of Comunicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Control Measures for Gastrointestinal Infections. Department of Health and Social Services, Prince Edward Island, April 1991. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Ready Reference Set, Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, August 1990. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
CHOLERA
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Clinical evidence of illness with laboratory confirmation of infection through isolation of cholera toxin producing Vibrio cholerae serotype O1 or O139 from vomitus or stool.
Probable case:
Clinical evidence of illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case.
1.3 Symptoms
Most cases are asymptomatic. Some cases experience mild to moderate diarrhea. Less than 5% experience more severe symptoms including profuse amounts of watery diarrhea without abdominal pain or fever, nausea and vomiting.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 2-3 days, ranges from a few hours to 5 days.
1.5 Source
Stool or vomit of infected human, contaminated water, raw or undercooked shellfish from contaminated water, and any food prepared with contaminated water.
1.6 Transmission
Ingestion of food or water that has been contaminated by feces or vomitus of infected human.
1.7 Communicability
Presumed to be the period during which the stool remains positive, usually a few days after recovery.
1.8 Treatment
Tetracycline or doxycycline. Oral or parenteral rehydration to prevent dehydration should be initiated as soon as a diagnosis is suspected.
1.10 Prophylaxis
Where there is a high likelihood of secondary transmission within the household, household members should be given chemoprophylaxis (tetracycline or doxycycline). Prohylaxis for whole communities is not recommended. Immunization of contacts is not recommended.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for cholera.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. Use additional guidelines re: a) Contacting Department of Environment If a water source is suspected, contact the Department of Environment and Labour immediately.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Cholera. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
CRYPTOSPORIDIOSIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Laboratory confirmation of infection with or without symptoms from an appropriate clinical specimen (e.g. stool, intestinal fluid or small bowel biopsy): demonstration of Cryptosporidium oocysts OR detection of Cryptosporidium DNA OR demonstration of Cryptosporidium antigen by an approved method (e.g. EIA, immunochromatographic ICT)
Probable case:
Clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case.
1.3 Symptoms
Many cases are asymptomatic. Symptoms may include watery diarrhea accompanied by abdominal pain, and sometimes fever, malaise, vomiting and loss of appetite. In immunocompromised people (e.g. persons with HIV infection) chronic severe diarrhea can result in dehydration and possibly death.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 7 days, ranges from 1-12 days.
1.5 Source
Stool of infected humans, cattle and other domestic animals.
1.6 Transmission
Fecal-oral contact between humans and between animals and humans. Ingestion of contaminated food and water.
1.7 Communicability
From onset of symptoms until several weeks after symptoms resolve. Outside the body the pathogen remains infective for 2-6 months in a moist environment.
1.8 Treatment
Rehydration if necessary.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for cryptosporidiosis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Contacting Department of Environment. If a water source is suspected, contact the Department of Environment immediately.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
Health care, nursery or other staff who have General guideline contact with susceptible persons Children < 5 years attending day care etc. Case contacts who Symptomatic risk groups are in General guideline
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Cryptosporidium. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/ Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
CYCLOSPORIASIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Laboratory confirmation of infection in a person with or without clinical illness: Demonstration of Cyclospora cayetanensis oocysts in stool, duodenal/jejunal aspirate or small bowel biopsy
Probable case:
Clinical illness in a person with evidence of: An epidemiologic link to a confirmed case either by consumption of the same food or exposure to food known to be handled by a confirmed case, OR A history of travel to a cyclospora-endemic area
1.3 Symptoms
Characterized by watery diarrhea, loss of appetite, weight loss, abdominal bloating and cramping, increased flatus, nausea, fatigue and low-grade fever. Vomiting may also be noted. Relapses and asymptomatic infections can occur. Some evidence suggests that symptoms may be more severe and long-lasting in immunocompromised individuals
1.4 Incubation
Approximately 7 days, range 1-14 days.
1.5 Source
Contaminated food or water. Some outbreaks have been associated with consumption of fresh produce, but the way in which the produce was contaminated has not been identified. Person to person or animal to person transmission has not been documented.
1.6 Transmission
Primarily consumption of contaminated water, or swimming in contaminated water. Some outbreaks have been associated with consumption of fresh produce, but the way in which the produce was contaminated has not been identified. Person to person or animal to person transmission has not been documented.
1.7 Communicability
Uncertain.
1.8 Treatment
Oral trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole for 7 days.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for cyclosporiasis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control Measures for Gastrointestinal Infections. Department of Health and Social Services, Prince Edward Island, April 1991. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association.
E. coli (Verotoxigenic)_
1.0 Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed Case:
APRIL 2012
Laboratory confirmation of infection with or without clinical illness: isolation of verotoxin producing E. coli from an appropriate clinical specimen(e.g. feces, urine, blood) OR detection of verotoxin antigen or nucleic acid
Probable Case:
Clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case, which would include persons with hemolytic uremic syndrome (HUS).
1.3 Symptoms
Diarrhea often beginning as non-bloody progressing to visible or occult blood, severe abdominal pain, vomiting, fever in less than one-third of cases. Illness may be complicated by hemolytic uremic syndrome (HUS), thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP) or pulmonary edema. Asymptomatic infections may also occur and the microorganism may cause extra intestinal infections.
1.5 Treatment
Fluid and electrolyte replacement when diarrhea is watery. Role of antibacterial treatment is uncertain, however some evidence suggests that treatment with TMP-SMX fluoroquinolones may precipitate complications such as hemolytic uremic syndrome.
1.6 Incubation
Most E. coli strains have an incubation period of 10 hours to 6 days. E. coli 0157:H7 incubation period is usually 3 to 4 days (range 1-10 days).
1.7 Source
E. coli bacteria can sometimes contaminate the surface of meat when animals are slaughtered, despite precautions. In highly processed or ground meat, the mechanical process can spread the bacteria through the meat. Raw fruits and vegetables can become contaminated with pathogens while in the field, by improperly composted manure, contaminated water, wildlife and poor hygienic practices of the farm workers. E. coli bacteria are most often spread from person-to-person. Both animals and people infected with the bacteria can be carriers. E. coli has been linked to ground beef, raw fruits and vegetables, including sprouts, untreated water, unpasteurized milk and milk products, including raw cheese, unpasteurized apple juice/cider, contact with farm animals and petting zoos. Feces of cattle, deer and other ruminants. Person to person transmission is common in outbreaks.
1.8 Transmission
Consumption of undercooked ground beef, unpasteurized milk and milk products including raw milk cheese, juice or cider, untreated water, fruit and vegetables, including sprouts, swimming in contaminated water, and person to person transmission. Transmission has been associated with farms, petting zoos and agricultural fairs.
1.9 Communicability
1 week or less in adults. 3 weeks in one third of children. Long term carriers are uncommon.
5.
6. 7.
2.1.2 Exclusion
Excludes clients in the risk groups below according to the general guidelines, as well as any additional noted requirements.
Health care, nursery or other staff who have contact with susceptible persons
2.4 Guidelines
2.4.1 Guidelines for Institutions/Long Term Care Facilities
Implement enteric precautions for the case. Refer to Table 1.0 for exclusion of staff. Contact the Department of Agriculture. Food Safety Specialists (FSS) routinely visit this type of facility to conduct food related and facility inspections. The FSS may visit the facility to rule out food as a source of the illness as well as conduct an inspection of the facility. FSS are also able to provide environmental sanitation advice and resources. Consult with an Environmental Health Consultant if drinking water is identified as a potential source of exposure. The EH Consultant in collaboration with the MOH may request assistance from an Inspector specialist with Nova Scotia Environment.
Closure of the facility or restriction of visitors is not usually required but may be implemented in consultation with the MOH and the facility management. Please refer to Guidelines Partners for Infection Control available in all district Public Health Services Offices and at: http://www.gov.ns.ca/health/ccs/ltc/IPC_Partners_Infection_Control_Guidelines .pdf
identification of other potential sources. FSS are also able to provide environmental sanitation advice and resources. Consult with an Environmental Health Consultant if drinking water is identified as a potential source of exposure. The EH Consultant in collaboration with the MOH may request assistance from an Inspector specialist with Nova Scotia Environment. During an outbreak, the MOH and/or facility management may recommend closure of a facility temporarily (usually not necessary, although the number of ill staff and children may make it logistically impossible or unfeasible to operate). If the facility is closed, it is important for parents to keep ill children at home and not send the ill child to an alternative child care location. Please refer to the Guidelines for Communicable Disease Control for Childcare Programs and Home Day Care Agencies, November 2008 http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/publications/Childcare-Manual-November-2008.pdf
4.0 References
E. coli. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/ Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool. 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz ed Williams and Wilkins. Heymen, DL. (ED.). (2008). Control of Communicable Diseases Manual. (19th ed). Information for Sharing with Parents and Families: Hamburger Disease or Barbeque Syndrome VTEC Gastroenteritis. 1995. Canadian Journal of Infectious Diseases, Vol.6 No. 2. Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-r60. mtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics Screening Policies for Daycare Attendees Lessons Learned from an Outbreak of E. coli 0157:H7 in a Daycare in Waterloo, Ontario. Canadian Journal of Public Health. JulyAugust 2008.
5.0 Appendices
A. E. coli Fact Sheet English B. E. coli Fact Sheet French
How is it spread?
You can get Verotoxigenic E. coli by: Eating undercooked meat, especially ground beef (Contaminated meat looks and smells normal.) Drinking unpasteurized milk or juice Drinking or swimming in water contaminated by sewage Petting animals that may carry the bacteria You can also get E. coli by coming in contact with the stools of infected persons. This happens when proper hand washing technique is not followed. Individuals with E. coli can still spread the germ for days to weeks after symptoms stop.
Sometimes the infection causes non-bloody diarrhea. Sometimes there are no symptoms. Usually there is little or no fever.
- Ne donnez pas de soins personnels quelquun dautre. Faites preuve de prudence dans les lacs ainsi que dans les piscines, les pataugeoires, les petites piscines denfants, les piscines prives, les bains tourbillons et autres lieux de baignade o leau nest pas chlore.
GIARDIASIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Laboratory confirmation of infection with or without symptoms from stool, duodenal fluid or small bowel biopsy specimen: demonstration of Giardia lamblia OR demonstration of Giardia lambia antigen
Probable case:
Clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case.
1.3 Symptoms
Usually asymptomatic. Symptoms include diarrhea, abdominal cramps, bloating, weight loss or malabsorption.
1.4 Incubation
3-25 days or longer, median 7-10 days.
1.5 Source
Stool of infected human or animal, human cysts may be more infectious.
1.6 Transmission
Fecal-oral - Transmission occurs from hand to mouth transfer of cysts from feces of an infected individual, from fecally contaminated water, such as streams and lakes, and rarely through contaminated food.
1.7 Communicability
Varies. Without treatment 50% of adults clear the infection within 1-3 months. Long-term carriers may carry Giardia indefinitely.
1.8 Treatment
Metronidazole (Flagyl), quinacrine hydrochloride or furazolidone.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for giardiasis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Educating client and household. Emphasize the importance of avoiding untreated water. b) Contacting Department of Environment and Labour
if a cluster of cases is identified and a water source is suspected, contact the Department of Environment and Labour.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
Health care, nursery or other staff who have General guideline contact with susceptible persons Children < 5 years attending day care etc. Case contacts who are in special risk groups General guideline Symptomatic: General guideline Asymptomatic: No exclusion required
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control Measures for Gastrointestinal Infections. Department of Health and Social Services, Prince Edward Island, April 1991. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Giardiasis Infections. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/ Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool. 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz ed Williams and Wilkins. Ready Reference Set, Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, August 1990. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
HEPATITIS A
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Laboratory confirmation of infection in the absence of recent vaccination: detection of immunoglobulin M (IgM) antibody to hepatitis A virus (anti HAV) AND Acute clinical illness OR An epidemiologic link to a person with laboratory-confirmed hepatitis A infection.
Probable case:
Acute clinical illness in a person without laboratory confirmation of infection who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case.
1.3 Symptoms
Characterized by discrete onset of symptoms, including fever, malaise, anorexia, nausea and abdominal pain followed by jaundice or elevated aminotransferase levels within a few days. Usually asymptomatic in children, may be asymptomatic in adults.
1.4 Incubation
28 to 30 days with a range of 15-50 days.
1.5 Source
Humans and some non-human primates.
1.6 Transmission
Person to person transmission via fecal-oral contact, ingestion of contaminated water and food including shellfish from contaminated water. Rarely, cases can be associated with injection drug users and transfusion of blood products.
1.7 Communicability
1-2 weeks before the onset of illness to 1 week after the onset of jaundice, when risk becomes minimal. HAV can be detected in the stool for up to six months in some children and neonates.
1.8 Treatment
Supportive therapy.
1.10 Prophylaxis
1.10.1 Pre-exposure
Routine immunization is recommended for persons at risk of HAV infection older than 1 year of age, including: a) Hepatitis C positive individual (publicly funded). b) Injection drug users (publicly funded). c) Persons travelling to locations where HAV infection is endemic (not publicly funded). HAV vaccine is recommended for people who travel to areas where there is a risk of being infected. Children under the age of 1 year may receive immunoglobulin.
1.10.2 Post-exposure
For close contacts older than 1 year (household, sexual and drug using contacts), Hepatitis A vaccine should be administered as soon as possible post exposure (preferably within one week), followed by a second dose six months later. The vaccine is made available through a publicly funded program by Public Health Services. Ensure the product is appropriate for age. For infants (less than one year) and immunocompromised people, immunoglobulin is still the recommended immunoprophylaxis. If the client is a food handler, other food handlers in the same institution should receive Hepatitis A vaccine. Administration of Hepatitis A vaccine to patrons of the food establishment may be considered when: The infected food handler prepared foods that were not heated, or Lack of proper hand washing is suspected or the food handler has diarrhea and Vaccine can be administered within 1 week. NOTE: Do not give live virus vaccine (i.e. MMR) except oral polio for 3 months after the administration of IG. If a live virus vaccine was given within 2 weeks prior to IG administration, the vaccine should be repeated in 3 months.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for Hepatitis A.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines, as well as additional guidelines re: a) Following up all close contacts of the client during the period of communicability. Contact all household, sexual and close contacts and determine the need for prophylaxis.
b) Determine if children who are contacts are HAV positive. If a contact attends a child care centre, confirming the HAV status of the child will assist in determining if there may be additional cases at the child care centre.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
Health care, nursery or other staff who have contact with susceptible persons Children < 5 years attending day care etc. Case contacts who are in special risk groups
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Hepatitis A. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/ Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool. 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz ed Williams and Wilkins. Ready Reference Set, Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, August 1990. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
If you have come in contact with someone who has Hepatitis A, immune globulin or vaccine may be recommended. You must have the vaccine within 1 week of contact with the infected person. Talk to your doctor or Public Health Services.
LISTERIOSIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
OCTOBER 2008
Laboratory confirmation of infection with symptoms: isolation of Listeria monocytogenes from a normally sterile site (e.g. blood, cerebral spinal fluid, joint, pleural or pericardial fluid) OR in the setting of miscarriage or stillbirth, isolation of L. monocytogenes from placental or fetal tissue (including amniotic fluid and meconium)
1.3 Symptoms
Those at highest risk are the frail elderly, immunocompromised people, pregnant women and neonates. The disease is often manifested in the frail elderly, immunocompromised people and newborns as meningoencephalitis (with symptoms of fever, intense headache, nausea, vomiting, neck stiffness, confusion) and/or as septicemia. Delirium and coma may also appear early. Maternal infection can be characterized by fever, malaise, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea and headache. Infection in pregnancy may result in fetal loss through miscarriage, stillbirth, neonatal meningitis or bacteremia. Other adults and children may exhibit only an acute, mild febrile, gastrointestinal illness.
1.4 Incubation
Incubation may be from 2 to 70 days; median is 21 days.
1.5 Source
Listeria is found in soil, vegetation, animal feed and human and animal feces. Vaginal carriage has been seen in humans.
1.6 Transmission
Listeria is primarily food borne and is transmitted by ingesting the bacterium in raw, unpasteurized or contaminated milk, soft cheeses, vegetables and ready-toeat meats. Listeria can be spread by contact with an infected product or surface, such as hands or countertops, during food preparation. It is often found in the environment and unlike most other harmful bacteria, it can grow slowly on food stored in a refrigerator. Vertical transmission is also possible from an infected mother to fetus in utero or during passage through the infected birth canal.
1.7 Communicability
None
1.8 Treatment
Ampicillin, or for those who are penicillin allergic, cotrimoxazole (use with caution in pregnant patients) or vancomycin, is preferred.
1.10 Prophylaxis
No prophylaxis is recommended.
2.1.2 Education
See Section 1.9, Core Messages for Prevention. Distribute the Listeriosis Fact Sheet to physicians, clients, families, employers, etc.
2.3.1 Information for health care providers during an outbreak and/or a recall:
1. If patients have consumed food items that have been recalled and they DO NOT HAVE symptoms: i. Healthy patients: Healthy patients are not likely to become ill from eating food containing listeria bacteria. High Risk patients: In the absence of fever, bacteremia is unlikely. If they are well, no further testing is necessary, and they should be advised to seek medical attention should they develop symptoms.
ii.
2. If patients have consumed food items that have been recalled and they DO HAVE symptoms of diarrhea and fever: i. Healthy patients: NO specific investigation is required for listeria infection. Listeria-associated febrile gastroenteritis is of short duration and is self-limiting in this population. High Risk patients: If these patients have fever, they may be bacteremic. Two aerobic blood cultures should be drawn, at least 15 minutes apart to maximize sensitivity of detection of the bacteremia. Blood culture vials are available in emergency departments and at regional hospitals.
ii.
Physicians are to submit the appropriate blood, CSF or sterile fluid samples for laboratory confirmation. Listeria isolates will be forwarded to the CDHA lab for confirmation and further epidemiologic testing, as soon as possible. Consider requesting provincial laboratory to forward isolates to the Public Health Agency of Canadas National Microbiology Laboratory (NML) for Pulse Field Gel Electrophoresis (PFGE) testing.
3. Surveillance Guidelines
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
References Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 18th edition. 2004. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Red Book: 2006 Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 27th edition. American Academy of Pediatrics.
If infection spreads to the nervous system, headache, stiff neck, confusion, loss of balance, or convulsions can occur. Symptoms usually show up from 2 to 70 days after eating a contaminated food. While pregnant women may only have mild symptoms, infections can lead to miscarriages, premature delivery, infection of the newborn or even stillbirth.
such as hard cheese, processed cheese, cream cheese, cottage cheese, or yogurt can be freely consumed during pregnancy. Cook hot dogs until steaming hot before eating as hot dogs have been implicated in outbreaks of Listeria monocytogenes. Avoid refrigerated pates. Pregnant women and immunosuppressed persons may wish to avoid foods from deli counters, such as sliced packaged meat and poultry products. Avoid refrigerated smoked fish products unless they have been cooked, for example, in a casserole. Use all perishable foods that are precooked or ready-to-eat before expiration date.
NOROVIRUS
1.0 Information
1.1 Case Definition
FEBRUARY 2012
Individual cases of norovirus are not typically followed by public health. ONLY outbreaks are to be reported to public health. Any exclusions will be according to the general guidelines of enteric illness. Only case definitions for outbreak will be provided. Confirmed Outbreak: Three or more cases of clinical illness compatible with norovirus that can be epidemiologically linked to one another (i.e. associated by exposure with onsets within a 1-3 day period), at least one of which is laboratory confirmed. Institutional Outbreak: Three or more cases of clinical illness compatible with norovirus that are epidemiologically linked in an institutional setting.
1.3 Symptoms
Acute onset of nausea, vomiting, non-bloody diarrhea, abdominal pain, myalgia, headache, malaise, low-grade fever or a combination of these symptoms, generally lasting 24 to 48 hours.
1.5 Treatment
Supportive treatment.
1.7 Source
The main source is stool and vomit from infected persons. Humans are the only known reservoir.
1.8 Transmission
Transmission occurs via fecal-oral route. Person to person transmission occurs either directly or indirectly through environmental contact such as contaminated food, water and fomites. Aerosolization transmission from vomitus has been reported. Single or multiple modes of transmission have been reported.
1.9 Communicability
Transmissibility usually occurs during the acute stage of the disease, but can be up to 48 hours after the diarrhea stops and sometimes longer.
o In a shared room, a resident/client with symptoms should not share a toilet with a well resident/client. Assign a dedicated toilet or commode, if possible. o In shared rooms, roommates and all visitors must be aware of the precautions. o Whenever possible, dedicate equipment to be used only on the ill resident/client. In the event that equipment must be shared, thorough cleaning and disinfection is required in between residents. Ill health care workers and food handlers should not work, if they develop symptoms consistent with a GI infection (e.g. vomiting, diarrhea) while at work the employee should be required to leave work immediately. Exclude ill staff from work until 48 hours after symptoms have stopped. Cleaning See SECTION 4.0. Limitation and restriction of visitors may be necessary in outbreak situation. Visitors and volunteers should be advised that they may be at risk of acquiring an infection within the facility, instructed how to wear appropriate PPE and required to use hand hygiene before and after their visit. Visitors should visit only their own friend/relative in their own room, unless otherwise approved by the Heath care provider. Contact the Department of Agriculture as soon as an outbreak has been established. Food Safety Specialists (FSS) routinely visit this type of facility to conduct food related and facility inspections. The FSS may visit the facility to rule out food as a source of the illness as well as conduct an inspection of the facility to ensure all precautions are being adhered to. FSS are also able to provide environmental sanitation advice and resources. Also refer to Guidelines-Partners for Infection Control available in all district Public Health Services Offices and at: http://www.gov.ns.ca/health/ccs/ltc/IPC_Partners_Infection_Control_Gu idelines.pdf
sources. FSS are able to provide advice and resources regarding environmental sanitation. Please refer to the Guidelines for Communicable Disease Control for Childcare Programs and Home Day Care Agencies, November 2008 http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/publications/Childcare-Manual-November2008.pdf
Ensure solid material is removed and surface is cleaned prior to disinfection. Remove gross soiled material, wiping up excrement using absorbent disposable material (e.g. paper towel) and placing in regular garbage. Disinfect the area (to a radius of 2 metres) with Household bleach or in institutions, accelerated hydrogen peroxide following manufacturers directions for dilution and contact time. General Household: Use an appropriate disinfectant agent. Hypochlorite-based products (i.e. house bleach 1000 ppm) or accelerated hydrogen peroxide products are effective disinfectants. o If using regular household bleach, a detergent must be used prior to bleach application. Disinfect the area with a fresh 1/10 dilution of household bleach 5.25% (e.g. 1 part bleach to 50 parts water or 20 ml of bleach to 980 ml of water) and allow to air dry naturally. (ensure that area is very well ventilated) or an accelerated hydrogen peroxide following the manufacturers directions for dilution and contact time. Increase frequency of cleaning during norovirus outbreak, especially of commonly touched surfaces. Do not reuse cleaning cloth or sponge for other areas of the site to avoid spreading the virus. Institutions (e.g. LTCF, Schools, Daycares, etc): In institutional type settings, extra attention must be given to high touch surfaces including, railings, sinks, chairs, telephones, desks, toys, call bells, door handles, wall panel controls, blood pressure cuffs, IV poles and lines, keyboards, etc. Procedures for cleaning and disinfection must include appropriate contact times for the disinfectant used, appropriate strength of cleaning and disinfection solutions. Procedures must emphasize working from clean to dirty areas and eliminating double dipping a cloth into the cleaning solution after use for re-use on another surface. Cordon off vomit/fecal spills until cleaning and disinfection occurs: o Use paper towels to soak up liquids and remove solid material, throwing away the paper in a garbage bag immediately after. o Handle soiled items carefully to limit the amount of agitation and potentially aerosolized viral particles.
o Clean the area, rinse and disinfect. Follow manufacturer directions for dilution and contact time. Do not vacuum carpets that have been soiled with vomit or feces. Discard contaminated or suspect contaminated food. Cohort ill patients if possible. Cohort staff during assignment of residents. Soiled laundry (e.g. bedding, clothing) that has been soiled or used by an ill person can be washed with regular laundry: o Do not shake out sheets or clothes. o Use regular laundry detergent; wash in hot water, and dry using the warmest setting as possible. Wash hands after handling soiled laundry. o Rinsing of soiled linens is strongly discouraged. This action may aerosolize norovirus which can lead to further contamination.
5.0 References
British Columbia Provincial Infection Control Network. Outbreak Guidelines for Healthcare Facilities, June 2010 Gastrointestinal Infection
Centres for Disease Control and Prevention; Guidelines for the Prevention and Control of Norovirus Gastroenteritis Outbreaks in Healthcare Settings. Retrieved from http://www.ahe.org/ahe/content/cdc_noroguide_2011.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 19th edition. 2008. James Chin, editor. Ministry of Health and Long Term Care, Norovirus Facts. CIB-2150473, March 2007. Retrieved from http://www.health.gov.on.ca/english/providers/pub/disease/noroviruses.html Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report Updated Norovirus Outbreak Management and Disease Prevention Guidelines. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, March 4, 2011. Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-r60. mtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf
6.0 Appendices
A. Norovirus Fact Sheet - English B. Norovirus Fact Sheet - French
How is it spread?
Noroviruses are spread mainly through contact with the vomit or feces of an infected person. This happens because: The virus can spread easily from person to person on unwashed hands. The virus can also spread through food, water, or ice that has been handled by a sick person. Vomiting may spread the virus short distances through the air. The virus can survive on surfaces such as door handles, countertops or sink taps for a long time. You can get a norovirus illness while caring for someone who is infected with it. Noroviruses spread easily in places where people are in close contactfor example, schools, daycare centres, long-term care facilities, health-care facilities and cruise ships.
Handwashing tips
Wet your hands with warm running water. Add soap and scrub for at least 15 seconds. Wash all parts of your hands -- the backs, between fingers, thumbs and under the nails. Rinse off soap under running water for 5 to 10 seconds. Dry your hands with a towel. Pat them dry. Do not rub. Turn off the tap with a towel.
Do not use these gloves for anything else other than cleaning. Throw them away them once you have finished. Use a new pair of gloves for each clean-up. To clean up vomit and feces: Use paper towels to soak up liquids and remove solid material. Throw away the paper towels in a garbage bag.
Clean the soiled area with detergent and water. Do not use the cloth or sponge for other areas of the house as this might spread the virus. Use separate cloths for the sink and for the toilet. Use cleaning cloths and sponges only once. Throw them away after you use them. Disinfect the area with a household cleaner that contains bleach or make your own bleach solution by mixing 1 part bleach with 50 parts water (20 ml of bleach to 980 ml of water). Make this solution fresh each time you need it. Make sure the disinfectant is safe for the surface being cleaned. Do not use bleach on carpets or fabrics. Allow the area to air dry. Wash your hands after cleaning, even if you wore gloves. Do not vacuum vomit or feces from carpets. Clean as above and, if possible, follow up with steam cleaning before vacuuming. To clean soiled laundry: Remove any solid material with paper towels or a gloved hand. Do not shake out soiled sheets or clothes. Wash bedding and clothing that is soiled or has been used by a sick family member with the regular laundry. Use regular laundry detergent. Wash in hot water. Dry using as hot a setting as possible. Wash your hands after handling soiled laundry.
Vous pouvez contracter une maladie cause par les norovirus si vous prenez soin d'une personne infecte. Les norovirus se rpandent facilement dans des milieux o les gens ont des contacts directs, y compris dans les coles, les garderies, les tablissements de soins de longue dure, les tablissements de sant et les bateaux de croisire. Le virus est transmissible pendant la prsence des symptmes et jusqu' deux jours aprs le rtablissement. Chez certaines personnes, le virus est transmissible aussi longtemps que deux semaines aprs la disparition des symptmes. C'est pourquoi il est important de bien se laver les mains, mme si les symptmes sont disparus.
Ne passez pas l'aspirateur pour nettoyer les vomissures ou les selles du tapis. Nettoyez selon la procdure ci-dessus et, si possible, nettoyez ensuite la vapeur avant de passer l'aspirateur. Pour nettoyer le linge sale : Enlevez toute matire solide l'aide de papier essuie-tout ou de gants. Ne secouez pas les draps ou les vtements souills. Lavez les draps et les vtements sales ou utiliss par une personne malade dans la lessive rgulire. Utilisez du dtergent lessive rgulier. Utilisez de l'eau chaude. Schez la temprature la plus leve possible. Lavez-vous les mains aprs avoir manipul du linge souill.
SALMONELLOSIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Laboratory confirmation of infection with or without clinical illness: isolation of Salmonella sp. (excluding Salmonella typhi) from an appropriate clinical specimen (e.g. sterile site, deep tissue wounds, stool, vomit or urine).
Probable case:
Clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case. Note: For Public health management of Salmonella paratyphi, please see the Typhoid and Paratypohoid Fever chapter.
1.3 Symptoms
Any of the following: sudden onset of headache, fever, abdominal pain, diarrhea, dehydration, nausea and sometimes vomiting. May be asymptomatic.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 12 to 36 hours, may be from 6 to 72 hours.
1.5 Source
Stool of an infected person or animal, including poultry, swine, cattle, rodents, dogs, cats, reptiles and turtles.
1.6 Transmission
Fecal-oral, from person/animal to person, or by ingestion or handling of food derived from infected animals or contaminated by feces of infected person or animal.
1.7 Communicability
Shedding of the bacteria in the stool occurs throughout entire infection, usually several days to several weeks. About 1% of adults and 5% of children go on to carry and excrete the bacteria for >1 year.
1.8 Treatment
None, antibiotic treatment may lengthen the period of communicability. Under special circumstances an antibiotic may be given (i.e. client is infant under 2 months, elderly, persons with sickle cell disease or HIV infection, or persons with continued or high fever).
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for salmonellosis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
Health care, nursery or other staff who have General guidelines. contact with susceptible persons Children < 5 years attending day care etc. Case contacts who are in special risk groups General guidelines. Symptomatic: General guidelines. Asymptomatic: No exclusion required.
parents should be educated about Salmonella and instructed to watch for symptoms of diarrhea. If cases continue, investigate as an outbreak.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control Measures for Gastrointestinal Infections. Department of Health and Social Services, Prince Edward Island, April 1991. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool. 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz ed Williams and Wilkins. Ready Reference Set, Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, August 1990. Salmonellosis http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/
Probable Case:
Clinical illness within 12 hours of consumption of bivalve mollusc shellfish (e.g. oysters, clams, mussels).
Probable Case:
Clinical presentation of symptoms and recent consumption of shellfish.
1.3 Symptoms
Domoic: Acute symptoms include vomiting, diarrhea, headache and in some cases, confusion, loss of memory, disorientation, and seizures. PSP: Clinical illness is characterized by neurological symptoms such as paresthesia and/or paralysis involving the mouth and extremities, which may be accompanied by gastrointestinal symptoms.
1.4 Incubation
Five minutes to 30 minutes from consumption.
1.5 Source
Contaminated shellfish, including oysters, clams, mussels and certain crabs and snails.
1.6 Transmission
Consumption of raw or cooked contaminated shellfish.
1.7 Communicability
None.
1.8 Treatment
Supportive. Evacuation of stomach contents may help if consumption was recent.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for shellfish poisoning.
2.1.2 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
the area where the shellfish was harvested and inform the Department of Agriculture and Fisheries designate. The designated individual, as necessary, will contact the Department of Fisheries and Oceans. c) Identify and follow-up contacts who may have shared the food.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Amnesic Shellfish Poisoning, Lora E. Fleming, National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences Marine and Freshwater Biomedical Sciences Center 2001, http://www.redtide.whoi.edu/hab/illness Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning, Lora E. Fleming, National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences Marine and Freshwater Biomedical Sciences Center 2001, http://www.redtide.whoi.edu/hab/illness Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association.
SHIGELLOSIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Laboratory confirmation of infection with or without clinical illness: isolation of Shigella sp. from an appropriate clinical specimen (e.g. sterile site, deep tissue wounds, stool, vomit or urine)
Probable case:
Clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case.
1.3 Symptoms
Diarrhea, fever, nausea, and occasionally toxemia, vomiting, cramps and tenesmus; illness ranges from mild to severe. Asymptomatic infections occur.
1.4 Incubation
1-3 days ranging from 12 hours to 1 week.
1.5 Source
Humans: from feces of infected person.
1.6 Transmission
Fecal-oral, direct or indirect contact primarily due to a failure to adequately wash hands after using the toilet, through sexual contact, and possibly also
through contaminated water, milk and contamination by flies. Only a very small dose is required (10-100 bacteria) for infection to occur.
1.7 Communicability
Usually shedding ends within 4 weeks, carriage for longer periods is possible but rare. Antibiotic treatment reduces communicability to less than a week.
1.8 Treatment
Fluid replacement, antibiotic treatment useful for severe infections and to shorten duration of shedding. Multi-drug resistance is common, so antimicrobial treatment depends on the isolated strain.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for shigellosis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
Health care, nursery or other staff who have contact with susceptible persons Children < 5 years attending day care etc.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control Measures for Gastrointestinal Infections. Department of Health and Social Services, Prince Edward Island, April 1991. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool. 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz ed Williams and Wilkins. Ready Reference Set, Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, August 1990. Shigellosis. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/
TRICHINELLOSIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Clinically compatible symptoms with a positive muscle biopsy or positive serology.
Probable case:
Clinically compatible symptoms and epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case or to meat known to contain trichinella larvae.
1.3 Symptoms
Infections range from inapparent infection to fulminating fatal illness depending on the dose of larvae ingested. Most infections are inapparent. Gastrointestinal symptoms may appear first, including diarrhea, nausea, and abdominal pain. Other early signs of infection can include muscle soreness, fever and edema of upper eyelids. Thirst, profuse sweating, chills, and weakness follow. Cardiac and neurological conditions may appear in 3-6 weeks.
1.4 Incubation
Gastrointestinal symptoms may occur within a few days. Systemic usually appear within 8 to 15 days of ingestion of infected meat. Can range from 5 to 45 days depending on number of parasites ingested.
1.5 Source
Swine, dogs, cats, horses, rats and carnivores.
1.6 Transmission
Consumption of raw or insufficiently cooked meat from an animal containing encysted larvae, primarily pork and beef when mixed with pork and bear meat. Not transmitted from person to person.
1.7 Communicability
Animals remain infected for months; meat from infected animals remains communicative for long periods unless meat is cooked, frozen or irradiated.
1.8 Treatment
Albendazole and mebendazole are effective. Coadministration of corticosteroids is recommended in severe cases to alleviate symptoms of inflammation.
1.10 Prophylaxis
Persons known to have ingested contaminated meat should be treated with mebendazole.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics. Trichinosis. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/
Paratyphoid:
Confirmed and Probable cases are defined as per Salmonellosis (refer to Salmonella chapter for case definition). Note: Paratyphoid symptoms are similar to Salmonella typhi but are less severe. Public health management for partyphoid is provided in this chapter.
1.3 Symptoms
Characterized by insidious onset of sustained fever, headache, malaise, anorexia, splenomegaly, constipation or diarrhea, and non-productive cough. Relative bradycardia and rose spots (less than 25% of individuals) may be seen. Atypical presentations occur, and the severity of illness varies. Chronic carrier state (<5% of population) is usually linked to the biliary or urinary tract and should be distinguished from short-term fecal carriage
1.4 Incubation
From 3 days to 1 month, range of 8-14 days.
1.5 Source
Stool and/or urine of infected person. No animal reservoir is known for typhoid fever, and rarely domestic animals are a reservoir for paratyphoid fever.
1.6 Transmission
Fecal-oral from person to person, or by ingestion of food or water contaminated by feces or urine of the infected person, (flies may be a vehicle for the contamination of food). Consumption of shellfish taken from beds contaminated by sewage, raw fruits and vegetables, fertilized by human waste and eaten raw.
1.7 Communicability
Usually from the first week of illness throughout convalescence; 2 to 5 percent may become chronic carriers of S. typhi.
1.8 Treatment
Treat in acute stage with antibiotics.
1.10 Prophylaxis
For paratyphoid fever there is no prophylaxis. For typhoid fever, immunization may be considered for household and nursing home contacts of carriers only. Vaccination also warranted for persons travelling to endemic areas and those at risk because of occupation.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for typhoid/paratyphoid fever.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. Additional guidelines re: 1. Investigating contacts: If the case was travelling in an endemic area, all members of the travel group should be considered contacts, followed up and given advice to be screened. When attempting to determine source, all contacts with a history of travel to an endemic area should be screened for Salmonella typhi or paratyphi. In the absence of foreign travel, all close and household contacts should be screened in an effort to determine source.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. In addition, it is the responsibility of the laboratory to report immediately, by telephone, all positive results for S. typhi or S. paratyphi to Public Health Services.
Health care, nursery or other Until 2 negative stool samples have been staff who have contact with obtained at least 24 hours apart and at least susceptible persons 48 hours after discontinuance of antibiotics. Children < 5 years attending Until 2 negative stool samples have been day care etc. obtained at least 24 hours apart and at least 48 hours after discontinuance of antibiotics. Case contacts who are in special risk groups Symptomatic: Exclude and have stool samples cultured for confirmation. If positive, handle as a case. If negative, exclude until symptoms have cleared and stools are well formed. Asymptomatic: This must be evaluated on a case by case basis.
cultures should be excluded and investigated as a case of typhoid or paratyphoid fever. The MOH may grant or deny readmission to the child care centre based on the likelihood of transmission. Parents should be educated about typhoid and paratyphoid fever and instructed to watch for symptoms of diarrhea.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control Measures for Gastrointestinal Infections. Department of Health and Social Services, Prince Edward Island, April 1991. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool. 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz ed Williams and Wilkins. Ready Reference Set, Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, August 1990. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics. Typhoid Fever. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/
Avoid unpasteurised milk or cheese. Eat only well-cooked shellfish, wash hands after touching these uncooked foods. Keep salads and cold foods refrigerated after preparation. Do not let food stand at room temperature. Typhoid vaccine is recommended for people travelling to countries where there is a high risk of the disease. When travelling to affected areas, take precautions to avoid contaminated food and water.
VIRAL GASTROENTERITIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Laboratory isolation of a small round structured virus or Norwalk-like virus, rotavirus, astrovirus or enteric adenovirus.
1.3 Symptoms
Acute onset of nausea, vomiting, abdominal cramps, and diarrhea. Headache, fever, chills, and myalgia are frequently reported.
1.4 Incubation
12 to 48 hours.
1.5 Source
Human feces.
1.6 Transmission
Fecal oral, although airborne and fomite transmission facilitate spread during outbreaks. Also via fecally contaminated food and water.
1.7 Communicability
Communicable until approximately 48 hours after symptoms have finished.
1.8 Treatment
Supportive therapy.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
NOTE: Viral Gastroenteritis is not followed up unless outbreak is suspected. Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for viral gastroenteritis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Viral gastroenteritis is not reportable and does not need to be followed up unless a cluster of cases is identified. If an outbreak is identified, use general guidelines.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
Health care, nursery or other staff who have General guideline. contact with susceptible persons Children < 5 years attending day care etc. Case contacts who are in special risk groups General guideline. Symptomatic: General guideline. Asymptomatic: No exclusion required.
YERSINIOSIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Clinical findings consistent with enterocolitis and isolation of Yersinia enterocolitica, usually from a stool culture but may be from throat swab, blood, peritoneal fluid, synovial fluid, bile, urine, cerebrospinal fluid, sputum, wounds and/or mesenteric lymph nodes. Clinical findings consistent with pseudotuberculosis and isolation of Yersinia pseudotuberculosis from stool cultures, and also from throat swabs, mesenteric lymph nodes, blood and/or peritoneal fluid.
1.3 Symptoms
Y. enterocolitica is most often linked with gastroentrocolitis and can cause acute watery diarrhea, with leucocytes, blood and mucous in the stool, fever, headache, anorexia and vomiting. Y. pseudotuberculosis presents with fever, abdominal pain, adenitis, appendicitis or terminal ileitis.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 3-7 days, can range from 1-14 days.
1.5 Source
The principal reservoirs are animals. Y. enterocolitica is found in swine and Y. pseudotuberculosis is found in many types of birds and animals, especially among rodents and other small mammals.
1.6 Transmission
Ingestion of food or water contaminated by the bacteria or contact with infected persons or animals. Y. enterocolitica infection is most often associated with undercooked meat and pork products. Transfusion with blood from donors who were asymptomatic or direct fecal- oral, person to person transmission is also possible.
1.7 Communicability
2-6 weeks or longer if untreated, up to 6 months. Long term carriers are possible.
1.8 Treatment
Yersinia is usually resistant to penicillin and its derivatives, however it is susceptible to aminoglycosides, cefotaxime and other cephalosporins. Newer quinlones such as ciproflaxin are also effective. Tetracyclines can be given to adults and children older than 9 years of age. These antibiotics can help reduce the time of excretion.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Investigation at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for yersiniosis.
2.1.2 Investigator
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3 Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4 Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
3. Surveillance Guidelines
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control Measures for Gastrointestinal Infections. Department of Health and Social Services, Prince Edward Island, April 1991. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Giardiasis Infections. http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo/ Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool. 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz ed Williams and Wilkins. Ready Reference Set, Maryland Department of Health and Mental Hygiene, August 1990. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics. Working Guide: Notifiable Disease Reporting System in Nova Scotia. 1998. Nova Scotia Department of Health.
Disclaimer Statement The Nova Scotia Communicable Disease manual was developed for the use of Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities. This manual is constantly under revision. Public Health staff will be informed of the changes as they occur. However, information contained on this site may not contain the latest information. Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness does not assume any responsibility for the use of this information by any other groups or organizations aside from Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities.
this message, registered letter should be sent. Do not include information about the disease in letters. If the individual is a teenager, contact at school. Arrange to meet the individual at their home, at a PHS office or other convenient location where confidential discussion can occur. The interview may be done over the phone depending on what is best for the individual and the investigator. b) Set the tone for the conversation. Do not appear judgemental. Be supportive and accepting and inform the individual that everything is confidential. Use appropriate fact sheets. Discussion of various sexual activities and preferences should be open and comfortable, so that the individual feels free to ask questions. Attempt to determine the route of infection. In cases where transmission by receipt of blood products may be a risk or where the infected individual has donated blood a lookback or traceback may need to take place (see Blood Borne Pathogens Appendix 1). Educate the individual about the disease and prevention. Educate the individual about blood borne pathogens. Discuss symptoms to look for, post-exposure prophylaxis for partners, long-term outcomes, risk factors, and prevention of transmission. High-risk behaviours include unprotected sex and/or multiple partners and sharing needles, paraphernalia and wash. Determine responsibility for partner notification. Definitions related to partner notification are included in Blood Borne Pathogens Appendix 1. Explain the importance of partner notification to the client. Inform the client that he/she may contact their partners to notify them of potential infection, or PHS can conduct partner notification on their behalf. Present partner notification as a service that PHS provides to assist the individual in possibly uncomfortable situations. Make it clear to the client that partner notification by PHS will not involve his or her own identification to the partners. If the client chooses to notify his/her own partners, request that the client inform you about their success in informing partners. For Hepatitis B follow up, the Public Health Nurse should also contact partners to ensure post-exposure prophylaxis is completed.
c)
d)
1.2.7. If a report is received by PHS of a sexually transmitted disease in a child younger than 16 years, the investigator must call the family physician.
Nova Scotia Law states that any suspicion of sexual abuse in a child under the age of sixteen must be reported immediately to local Child Protection Agency. (Ref: Children and Family Services Act, 1991. C.5.-Mandatory Reporting Provisions, Section 23). Procedure for Potential Cases of Child Abuse In speaking with the physician, mention reporting under the law and ask if the physician, clinician and/or nurse practitioner are suspicious of abuse and what has been done about this. If the physician is certain that the disease is not a result of sexual abuse then reporting is unnecessary.
However, if the physician is uncertain and has not reported the possible case, discuss the case and your reporting responsibilities with the physician and ensure that one of you will take responsibility to report it immediately to the local child protection agency (in the blue pages of your local telephone book) if deemed necessary. After working hours report to the local police or RCMP; they will put you in touch with the caseworker on call at that time. If you have any doubt about the physician reporting the case, then call, The Childrens Aid Society and report it again. Never should the situation be handled within the family.
1.3.4. Any suspicion of sexual abuse in a child under the age of sixteen must be reported as soon as possible.
Report to the local child protection agency (in the blue pages of your local telephone book). After working hours, contact the local police or RCMP to reach the after hours authorities on call.
3. Surveillance Guidelines
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
HEPATITIS B (HBV)
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Laboratory confirmation of the infection:
Probable case
Acute clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed case
1.3. Symptoms:
May be asymptomatic. Symptoms may include jaundice, malaise, anorexia, nausea, vomiting, myalgia, rash and arthlagia. Fever may be absent or mild. Chronic infections may present with disease flares with similar symptoms and signs
1.4. Incubation:
45 to 160 days, average 120 days.
1.5. Source:
Blood and blood products, semen, and vaginal fluids.
1.6. Transmission:
Routes of transmission include sexual contact, percutaneous exposure (needle stick or injection drug use when equipment is shared), permucosal exposure, and perinatal transmission. HBV is stable on environmental surfaces in blood for at least 7 days making indirect transmission from objects contaminated with infected blood possible.
1.7. Communicability:
From several weeks before symptoms until infection is resolved. However, 5%-10% of infected adults go on to carry the HBV for life. Chronic infection occurs in 90% of infants infected at birth, and 2550% of children infected at age 15 years. Carriers may transmit the virus at anytime.
1.8. Treatment:
Supportive for acute hepatitis B. Specialized treatment is available for some patients.
1.10. Prophylaxis
1.10.1 Pre-exposure
a. Hepatitis B Immunizations Immunization recommendations are based on the Canadian Immunization Guide, 6th edition, 2002. Readers are encouraged to refer to the most recent version of this document, which is updated regularly. Hepatitis B vaccination is recommended in three doses at 0, 1 and 6 month intervals. Consult the latest edition of the Canadian Immunization Guide for details about specific dosages, booster dose, post vaccination serologic testing, etc. Refer to Table 3 (after the post-exposure prophylaxis component of this section) for details about the availability of publicly funded pre-exposure immunization. Vaccines produced by different manufacturers may be used interchangeably.
1.10.2 Post-exposure
a. Percutaneous or permucosal exposure Refer to Management of Occupational Exposures later in this section of the manual. b. Contacts of a HbsAg+ case All sexual contacts of acute cases and all household and sexual contacts of carriers should be vaccinated.
If prophylaxis can be started within 14 days of the last sexual contact with the HBV infected person, a single dose of HBIG (0.06 mL/kg) should also be given. Sexual assault victims should be managed in the same manner if the HbsAg status of the assailant cannot be determined. HBIG is not indicated for nonsexual household contacts, with the exception of infants <12 months whose mother or primary care giver is acutely or chronically infected and persons with identifiable exposure to the blood of an infected person (e.g. through sharing of razors). Table 1: Interpretation of HBV Serological Results Note that IgM class antibodies rise at the onset of symptoms and indicate acute infection. IgG antibodies appear at recovery and indicate immunity. HBsAg HBcAb IgM (antiHBc IgM) + + + + or HBc Ab (anti HBc) + + + + + + HBsAb (antiHBs) HBeAg HBeAb (antiHbe)
+ + + + + -
+ or + + +
+ + or -
+ or + + or + or + or -
Incubation period Acute hepatitis B Early convalescent period Late convalescent period Chronic persistent hepatitis HBsAg carrier state Past infection Vaccine
Definition of terms: HBsAg: hepatitis B surface antigen HBcAb IgM: IgM antibody to hepatitis B core antigen HBcAb (anti- HBc): IgG antibody to hepatitis B core antigen HBsAb (anti-HBs): antibody to hepatitis B surface antigen HBeAg: hepatitis B eantigen (denotes high infectivity) HBeAb (anti-Hbe): antibody to hepatitis B eantigen
Table 2: Funding for Hepatitis B Vaccine Adapted from the Canadian Immunization Publicly Funded Guide A. Universal immunization grade 4 Yes B. High risk pre-exposure prophylaxis* No 1. Persons with occupational risk, including health care workers and others who are exposed to blood or blood products or at increased risk of injury by blood contaminated instruments. 2. Residents and staff of institutions for the developmentally challenged. 3. Sexually active homosexual or bisexual men. 4. Heterosexual males or females with multiple sexual partners or a history of STD. 5. Injection drug users. 6. Hemophiliacs or others receiving repeated infusions of blood or products. 7. Hemodialysis patients. 8. Inmates of long term correctional facilities 9. Household and sexual partners of HBV carriers (HBsAg+) . 10. Children below the age of 7 whose families have immigrated to Canada from areas where there is a high prevalence of hepatitis B and who may be exposed to HBV carriers through their extended families. 11.International travellers to hepatitis B endemic areas who will reside in the area for longer than 6 months, or shorter term travellers who are likely to have contact with blood from or sexual partner with in areas with high levels of endemic disease. 12. HCV positive individuals. Situation dependent* No* No* Yes Yes Yes No Yes No
No
Yes
13. HIV positive individuals. C. Post exposure prophylaxis 1. Infants born to HBsAg+ mothers.
Yes Yes
2. Infants less than 12 months of age who are Yes exposed to a household case of acute HBV infection.
Yes
4. Persons with occupational or accidental Yes percutaneous or permusocal exposure to HbsAg+ blood *In high-risk situations, the MOH may review the circumstances and determine that publicly funded vaccine should be provided. Although HBV vaccine is recommended for certain professions in which there is an increased risk of contracting HBV, payment is deemed to be the responsibility of the employer or the individual.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Blood Borne Pathogens at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for Hepatitis B.
2.1.2. Investigator:
All cases of HBsAg+ should be followed up unless the person is a documented carrier who has been followed up as a carrier. Each district should keep a list of hepatitis B carriers (more information below on carriers). In addition to the general guidelines, also use the following re: a. Educating the Client. Educate clients about the following: Range of clinical presentation from no symptoms to very ill. Incubation period. Routes of transmission, risk behaviours and prevention outlined in the general guidelines section. High infectivity of HBV. Low infective dose.
Long-term prognosis and concept of carrier status. 5-10% of HBVinfected adults become carriers, and 10-20% of carriers have problems later in life with cirrhosis or liver cancer. Reassure and support clients when discussing long-term prognosis. Perinatal transmission and the importance of identifying any contacts who may be pregnant. Children have a much greater chance of becoming carriers. Suspicion of HBV in a pregnant woman warrants action to confirm diagnosis. If positive, ensure appropriate follow-up.
b. Educating and Following-Up Carriers. In addition to the education provided to persons with acute Hepatitis B infection as described above, education for carriers should also include: The carrier (and the investigator) should encourage household contacts and existing or new sexual partners to be vaccinated. The carrier should be encouraged to inform their dentist and physician of their carrier status. One follow-up visit with clients when they are determined to be carriers is warranted to review information about the carrier state and proper prevention. Once the carrier has been educated, the carriers name and address should be added to the district database in order to avoid repeated follow-up of this person.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. Also use the following additional guidelines re: a. Patient education. In addition to the general guidelines, educate HBV infected persons as per section 5.1.2 (a & b above). b. Following individuals who are HBsAg+. In discussion with PHS, do follow-up testing in six months to determine if the individual becomes a carrier.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
All new cases of HBV require telephone and written reporting within one working day to PHS.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phacaspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Canadian Immunization Guide, 6th edition. 2002. Health Canada. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool, Third edition. 1996 Donowitz LG (ed.), Williams and Wilkins. Your Childs Best Shot: A Parents Guide to Vaccination. 1997. Canadian Pediatric Society.
People with the hepatitis B virus should tell their doctors, dentists, dental hygienists and all of their sexual partners that they are infected. All sexual partners of those who carry hepatitis B should be vaccinated. All persons who have been exposed to hepatitis B should contact their doctor.
HEPATITIS C (HCV)
1. INFORMATION
1.1. Case Definition
JULY 07
Confirmed Case (Does Not Distinguish Acute from Chronic Infection): Detection of anti-hepatitis C antibodies (positive anti-HCV tests should be confirmed by a second manufacturers EIA, immunoblot or NAT for HCV RNA). OR Detection of hepatitis C virus RNA Anti-HCV testing should not be performed in infants < 18 months of age as the anti-HCV may represent passive maternal antibody. As most infections occur at the time of childbirth, if testing for HCV RNA is considered, it should be delayed beyond 4 to 12 weeks to avoid false-negative HCV RNA test results. Cord blood should not be used because of potential cross-contamination with maternal antibody.
b. Non-nominal Testing Non-nominal testing for HCV is done in some settings like the STI Clinics and Corrections. A code is used on the form that is sent to the laboratory with the blood sample. The code is also used on the test result when the lab sends it back to the physician. If the result is positive, the lab and physician report the test result to the MOH. Public Health Services must call the reporting physician for the clients name.
1.4. Symptoms
Onset of symptoms is usually insidious. Symptoms may include anorexia, vague abdominal discomfort, nausea and vomiting, and occasionally jaundice. Usually symptoms are milder than those of hepatitis B. Between 50 and 80% develop chronic infection. Chronic infections may present with disease flares and similar symptoms and signs.
1.5. Incubation
Usually 45-180 days, average 60-90 days.
1.6. Source
Humans.
1.7. Transmission
Possible routes of transmission include: percutaneous exposure to HCV contaminated equipment (injection drug use paraphernalia, needle stick puncture, razors, tattoo and piercing equipment, etc) HCV infected blood gets into an open cut or a mucous membrane transfusion or transplantation rarely sexual contact rarely perinatal transmission from an HCV infected mother
1.8. Communicability
From one or more weeks before the onset of symptoms (if present); virus persists indefinitely in most persons without treatment. Cases testing PCR
negative after treatment should still take steps to prevent transmission due to the remote possibility of transient viremia.
1.9 Treatment
There is treatment available for people with hepatitis C infection. Consult with a specialist for the latest treatment.
1.11. Education
See Section 4, Core Prevention Messages. Also use additional guidelines regarding educating. Educating the client about the following: Range of clinical presentation from very ill to no symptoms Incubation period Routes of transmission, risk behaviours and prevention outlined in the general guidelines section. Note that the risk of sexual transmission appears to be lower for hepatitis C than for HBV or HIV, however HCV infected persons have a responsibility to inform potential sexual partners that there is a risk of infection. The risk of transmission may increase with repeated sexual exposures, therefore long term sexual partners of HCV infected persons should be offered testing by their physicians. Safer sex practices should always be used Long-term prognosis and concept of carrier status note that 80% of patients progress to chronic liver disease over a period of 30 to 40 years with the associated risks for developing cirrhosis or liver cancer. Reassure and support clients when discussing long-term prognosis Benefits of receiving publicly funded hepatitis A and B vaccine
2.2 Cases
For the process to determine whether a case has been previously reported or a new case refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual As per the general guidelines, follow up and education is usually managed by the PHN assigned to the case. The PHN contacts the physician named on the lab report and informs them that hepatitis C follow-up is done by Public Health. The PHN contacts the client and documents required case management including risk factors and receipt or donation of blood products, cells, tissues or organs. If blood transfusion and/or donation has been identified, specific information with respect to the dates of transfusion and/or donation, institution, and the cases address at the time of transfusion and/ or donation are collected with as much detail as possible. If the client donated or received blood products in the United States, his or her Social Security Number is required. (See lookback / traceback protocol.)
2.3 Contacts
There are three types of contacts: sexual, injection drug use, and recipients of cells, tissues and organs.
2.3.1 Susceptibility
Susceptibility is universal.
2.3.2 Prophylaxis
Refer to Management of Occupational Exposures later in this section of the manual. No prophylaxis is available.
2.3.3 Exclusion
No exclusion is required.
2.3.4 Follow-Up
For donation or receipt of blood products, cells, tissues and organs see lookback / traceback procedure. Because the risk of sexual transmission of HCV appears to be lower than for HBV or HIV, contact tracing is not warranted. However, HCV infected persons have a responsibility to inform sexual partners that there is a risk of infection. Consider follow-up for other individuals if there is exposure to a common source (i.e. Tattooing).
Hepatitis C Lab Result interpretation Result Interpretation Anti-HCV negative Unlikely to have HCV infection. Occasionally immunosuppressed individuals, particularly HIV patients will not have any serologic evidence of infection but will be PCR positive. Clinical correlation is required. HCV-RNA (PCR) positive Active HCV infection Anti-HCV positive Past infection with resolution and viral HCV PCR negative clearance or current infection with viral HCV-RIBA positive RNA that is below the limit of detection. If clinically warranted, send a repeat specimen for HCV-RNA testing in one month. Anti-HCV positive Window period during seroconversion HCV PCR negative or a false positive. Patient should have HCV-RIBA indeterminate repeat testing in 3 months.
FEBRUARY 2008
Hepatitis C is an infection of the liver caused by a virus. This virus is not spread by casual contact such as hugging, kissing, sneezing, coughing, or sharing food or drink. Between 50 and 80% of people who are infected with hepatitis C will go on to carry the virus for the rest of their lives. Up to 25% of these carriers may develop cirrhosis or possibly liver cancer.
People with the hepatitis C virus should tell their doctors, dentists, dental hygienists and all of their sexual partners that they are infected. People with hepatitis C should not donate blood, organs or semen.
a. Nominal testing Nominal testing means that the clients name is used on the form that is sent to the laboratory with the blood sample. The name is also used on the test result when the lab sends it back to the physician. If the result is positive, the lab and physician report the test result and name to the Medical Officer of Health (MOH) in the Public Health office covering the jurisdiction where the testing originated. b. Non-nominal testing Non-nominal testing means that a code developed by the physician is used on the form that is sent to the laboratory with the blood sample. The code includes 6 numbers representing the full date of birth (day, month, year), 1 letter representing gender (either M or F), first 3 letters of the county of residence, and 3 letters chosen by the individual. The code is also used on the test result when the lab sends it back to the physician. If the result is positive, the lab and physician report the test result and code to the MOH. The MOH has the authority to request the name and other identifying information from the physician in some circumstances e.g. positive individual has donated or received blood. c. Anonymous testing Anonymous testing means that the clients name is not used on any forms. The client contacts an anonymous testing clinic and makes an appointment using their first name or pseudonym only. At no time is the clients name recorded.
1.4. Symptoms
80-90% of HIV infected people develop a flu-like illness within a month 4 to 8 weeks after exposure to the virus. This non-specific illness may include recurring fever or profuse night sweats, headaches, malaise, pharyngitis and lymphadenopathy. These symptoms usually disappear within a week to a month and are often mistaken for those of another viral infection. During this period, HIV is present in large quantities in genital fluids. Persons are then asymptomatic for months to years.
1.5. Incubation
Antibodies can typically be detected in the blood 3 to 6 weeks after infection but in some cases it can take up to 6 months before antibodies are detectable.
1.6. Source
Humans
1.7. Transmission
Possible routes of transmission include: sexual contact with an HIV infected person percutaneous exposure to an HIV contaminated implement (injection drug use paraphernalia, needle stick puncture, razors, body modification, etc) perinatal transmission from an HIV infected mother HIV infected blood coming in contact with an open cut or mucous membrane transfusion, transplantation or ingestion of HIV contaminated blood, blood products, cells, organs, tissues or breast milk
1.8. Communicability
HIV infection is communicable from early infection onward, throughout the entire course of infection, until death
1.9 Treatment
HIV infection is currently viewed as a chronic illness with on-going advancements in treatment modalities. HIV infected individuals should be advised to consult their family physician or local infectious disease clinic for treatment options.
2.2. Cases
For the process to determine whether a case has been previously reported or a new case refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual The public health nurse (PHN) assigned to the case calls the attending physician to determine the status of the case. As per the general guidelines, follow up, partner notification and education is usually managed by the physician. The PHN contacts the physician and documents required case management information including risk factors and receipt or donation of blood products, cells, tissues or organs. If blood transfusion or donation has been identified, specific information with respect to the dates of transfusion/ donation, institution and the cases address at the time of transfusion/ donation are collected with as much detail as possible. If the physician requests assistance or the PHN deems that it is necessary, the PHN proceeds with case management, contact notification, and follow up as per section 1.2.3.
2.3 Contacts
Reporting Requirements for HIV Positive Persons Regulations have been made under Sections 74 and 106 of the Health Protection Act. Section 13 of the Regulations details the responsibility of the HIV positive person to notify partners that may have been exposed to the HIV virus.
2.3.2. Susceptibility
Susceptibility is universal.
2.3.3. Prophylaxis
Refer to Management of Occupational Exposures later in this section of the manual.
2.3.4. Exclusion
No exclusion is required, however sexual contacts should be counseled to practice safer sex by using latex condoms with oral, vaginal and anal sex at least until the results of HIV testing have been determined and preferably on an ongoing basis.
2.3.5. Follow-Up
No follow up is necessary.
2.3.6. Education
See Section 4, Core Prevention Messages.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Laboratory Definitions and Case Definitions for Infectious Diseases under National Surveillance, Laboratory Standardization Subcommittee, May 15, 2006. Reporting Requirements for HIV Positive Persons Regulations made under Sections 74 and 106 of the Health Protection Act, S.N.S 2004, c.4, O.I.C. 2005-457 (October 14, 2005, effective November 1, 2005), N.S. Reg. 197/2005. http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/aids-sida/hiv_aids/index.html http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/epiu-aepi/index.html http://www.canadian-health network.ca/servlet/ContentServer?cid=1048003175132&pagename=CHNRCS%2FPage%2FGTPageTemplate&c=Page&lang=En http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/
JUNE 2008
HIV (Human Immunodeficiency Virus) is a virus that attacks your immune system. Your immune system helps you fight off illness. If your immune system fails, you can become very sick. Once the virus gets inside your body, you may not look or feel sick for years but you can still infect others. Over time, your immune system grows weak, and you can become sick with different illnesses. This is called AIDS (Acquired ImmunoDeficiency Syndrome).
People with HIV are legally required to tell all of their sexual partners that they are infected. They should also tell their doctors, dentists and dental hygienists. People with HIV should not donate blood, organs or semen.
GUIDELINES FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURES TO HBV, HCV, AND HIV AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR POST-EXPOSURE PROPHYLAXIS
The following guidelines are intended for health care workers (HCW) and can also be used to guide exposures involving blood or body fluids that occur outside of the health care setting.
1. Information
1.1. Definition of Exposure
Avoiding occupational blood exposures is the primary way to prevent transmission of Hepatitis B (HBV), Hepatitis C (HCV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) in health care settings. An exposure that might place a HCW at risk of HBV, HCV, or HIV infection is defined as a percutaneous injury (e.g. a needle stick or cut with a sharp object) or contact with a mucous membrane or non-intact skin (e.g. eczema) with blood, tissue, or other body fluids that are potentially infectious. In addition to blood and body fluids containing visible blood, the following fluids are considered potentially infectious: Semen Vaginal secretions Cerebrospinal fluid Pleural fluid Peritoneal fluid Pericardial fluid Amniotic fluid
The risk of transmission of HBV, HCV, and HIV via these body fluids in occupational settings is unknown. Feces, nasal secretions, saliva, sputum, sweat, urine, tears and vomitus are not considered potentially infectious unless they
contain blood. Any direct contact (i.e. contact without barrier protection) to concentrated virus in a research laboratory is considered an exposure that requires clinical evaluation. For human bites, the clinical evaluation must include the possibility that both the person bitten and the person who inflicted the bite were exposed to blood borne pathogens. This has rarely been reported as the route of transmission of HBV or HIV.
modify or prevent viral replication. Animal studies suggest that antiretroviral therapy administered within 48 hours of exposure may prevent infection. Decisions regarding post-exposure prophylaxis for HIV must take into consideration the serious side effects associated with antiretrovirals. It is important that an infectious disease physician is consulted if antiretrovirals are being considered following an exposure.
1.5.2. Reporting
The exposed health care worker should report the injury to a designated person in their organization. Details of the accident should be documented and the significance of the exposure assessed (see section 1.5.3). It is urgent that the assessment occurs as soon as possible after the exposure, in case there is a possibility of post-exposure chemoprophylaxis that should be initiated no later than 48 hours after exposure. The circumstances and post-exposure management should be recorded in the exposed persons medical record. Recommended contents of the exposure report include: Date and time of exposure. Details of the procedure being performed, including where and how the exposure occurred; if related to a sharp device, the type and brand of device and how and when in the course of handling the device the exposure occurred. Details of the exposure, including the type and amount of fluid or material and the severity of the exposure (e.g. for a percutaneous exposure: depth of injury and whether fluid was injected; for a skin or mucous membrane exposure, the estimated amount of material and the condition of the skin [e.g. chapped, abraded, intact]).
Details about the exposure source (e.g. whether the source material contained HBV, HCV or HIV; if the source is HIV-infected, the stage of disease, viral load, history of antiretroviral therapy and antiretroviral resistance information if known). Details about the exposed person (e.g. hepatitis B vaccination and vaccine response status). Details about counseling, post-exposure management, and follow-up.
c. Infectious status of source Presence of HBsAg Presence of HCV antibody Presence of HIV antibody d. Susceptibility of exposed person Hepatitis B vaccine and vaccine response status HBV, HCV, and HIV status
b. Unknown sources For unknown sources, evaluate the likelihood of exposure to a source at high risk for infection. Consider likelihood of blood borne pathogens infection among patients in the exposure setting.
The following recommendations apply to situations when a person has been exposed to a source person with HIV infection or when information suggests that the likelihood that the source person is HIV-infected. Potential toxicity must be carefully considered in decisions regarding post-exposure prophylaxis for HIV. Because current therapies for post-exposure prophylaxis change rapidly, when HIV post-exposure prophylaxis is being considered, an infectious diseases physician must be consulted regarding appropriate therapies and monitoring. Post Exposure Prophylaxis for HIV For percutaneous injuries, mucous membrane and non-intact skin exposures: When the source is known to be HIV positive, post-exposure prophylaxis is recommended (consult infectious disease specialist). When the HIV status of source is unknown, post-exposure prophylaxis is generally not warranted, except in the case where the source is known to have HIV risk factors (in this case consult infectious disease specialist). If source is later determined to be HIV-negative then discontinue postexposure prophylaxis. When the source is HIV-negative, no post-exposure prophylaxis is warranted.
All exposed persons should receive follow-up counseling, post- exposure testing and medical evaluation regardless of whether they receive PEP or not. Perform HIV-antibody testing at 6 weeks, 12 weeks and 6 months post-exposure. Extended follow- up (12 months) is recommended for persons who become infected with HCV following exposure to a source co-infected with HCV and HIV.
1.7 Counseling
Counseling the exposed person is a critical part of the post-exposure follow-up process.
The person does not need to modify sexual practices, refrain from becoming pregnant, or discontinue breastfeeding. Exposed persons who care for patients do not need to alter their patient care responsibilities based on an exposure to HBV or HCV. Persons who become acutely or chronically infected should follow relevant institutional policies (including infection control practices and standard precautions.)
Even though HIV infection following exposure occurs infrequently, the emotional effect of an exposure is often substantial. It is important for the exposed person to have access to a person knowledgeable about issues associated with occupational exposures throughout the follow-up period.
2.2.1. Contact person who reported the case and discuss investigative responsibilities.
Contact the person who reported the case to discuss the status of the case, confirm if a significant exposure has occurred (see section 3.5.3) and if so,
determine who will do follow-up. Inform the contact of the consultative role offered by Public Health Services. Confirm who will conduct assessment, counseling and follow-up, and advise this person as appropriate for the situation. Inform them how to obtain HBIG and/or HBV vaccine if a decision is made that they should be given. Provide contact information for an appropriate infectious disease physician if antiretrovirals are being considered for HIV post- exposure prophylaxis. In cases where it is agreed that the investigator will conduct assessment, counseling and follow-up, follow the guidelines below.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phacaspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Canadian Immunization Guide, 6th edition. 2002. Health Canada. Integrated Protocol to Manage Health Care Workers Exposed to Bloodborne Pathogens. 1997. Minister of Public Works and Government Services. Updated U.S. Public Health Service Guidelines for the Management of Occupational Exposures to HBV, HCV, and HIV and Recommendations for Postexposure Prophylaxis. 2001. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 50 (RR-11).
Protocol
1. The MOH writes a letter to the Chief Medical Officer of Health (CMOH) requesting that a lookback be initiated and providing the following information: Full name including all possible surnames Date of birth Place and date of donation in as much detail as possible; city and province Copy of lab report Address at time of donation 2. CMOH provides this information to CBS-Halifax and copies this to relevant MO 3. With receipt of information about the positive donor, CBS-Halifax will initiate a lookback and notify hospital Blood Bank Director, Blood Bank section head and Chief Executive Officer of any of the components that were issued to hospitals. 4. The hospital blood bank reports disposition of components and information on recipients to CBS-Halifax and the Chief Medical Officer of Health.
5. Chief Medical Officer of Health reviews recipients names against administrative databases to see if any positive individuals are identified. CBS-Halifax is responsible for the follow-up of out of province recipients. If no information on the recipient is obtained from the database, the lookback form will be forwarded to the provincial CDC Coordinator.
5. Sends completed tracking form and a report containing all the details of the investigation to the Provincial CDC Coordinator. 6. Keeps record of when information received, when forwarded to CDC Nurse and when returned to Provincial CDC Coordinator.
7. Once follow-up is complete, date and make a copy. Send completed lookback form and a report containing all the details of the investigation to Regional CDC Coordinator/Manager.
The Canadian Blood Services (CBS) and Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness (Public Health Services) have undertaken a lookback. Blood Borne Pathogen (BBP) positive individuals who donated blood will have a lookback done to attempt to contact those individuals who received a blood product. Although the individual who donated blood may not have been infected at the time of the blood donation, it is important to attempt to trace the patient to counsel about the risk of being infected. In this particular case, the patient ____________ , has expired. You may wish to counsel his/her partner on the risks of infection so they can decide if they wish to be tested for ______________________________. Please contact me if you have any questions or concerns about this investigation. Sincerely,
File No: Dear Doctor: Your patient (Name) transfusion of (Component) (Hospital) has now been found to be positive for __________________. (Component) This information has been obtained as part of a lookback investigation performed by Public Health Services, the Canadian Blood Services and provincial hospitals. Although the individual who donated may not have been infected at the (Component) time of the blood donation, it is important to counsel your patient about the risk of being infected with blood borne pathogens and to recommend testing. To help you in your counselling, I have enclosed information about blood borne pathogens. Working with the Medical Officer of Health, I am coordinating the lookback investigation that is taking place. Because one infected individual who donates blood can infect more than one recipient, it is important that the results of your counselling and testing be provided to Nova Scotia Health Promotion and Protection. If your patient has died for other reasons, and if he/she had a sexual partner who is still alive, then the partner should be advised of the risk of blood borne pathogen infection so that they can decide if they wish to be tested. If you cannot contact your patient, or if you have problems informing him/her of the risk of infection, please let me know so that I can arrange for Public Health Services to contact and inform them. Please complete the enclosed form and return it marked confidential, within 30 days. Ensuring that individuals are not infected is extremely important. If the Medical Officer of Health does not receive information within 30 days, he/she will be contacting you to see if you require assistance in obtaining the information. Please contact me at 902Sincerely, Public Health Nurse - and Robert Strang, MD, MHSc, FRCP(C) if you have any questions or concerns about this investigation. , (DOB) on while at . The individual who donated the , received a
Hospitals Notified by CBS-Halifax CBS-Halifax and Public Health Notified of Recipient Identification/Product Disposition by Hospital Databases Queried
Recipients Physician is Contacted** Recipient notified, counselled and offered testing Public Health notified of result CBS-Halifax Public Health compiles results of all Contacts and summarizes investigation. CBS-Halifax sent a Summary of Lookback 30 days
**if physician is unable to contact or no physician is identified then Public Health contacts recipients.
Protocol:
Notification of positive individual received by Public Health Services (PHS). CBS-Halifax can open a traceback via other reporting routes ie: from compensation, other Public Health departments, other CBS, physicians. PHS discusses with physicians and individuals what risk factors are associated with the infection and ensures that an accurate transfusion history is obtained from index patient where appropriate. If the individual has received blood or blood products, the Medical Officer of Health (MOH) reviews all other risk factors to determine whether blood- product transmission was a likely route of infection. *Note: If transfusion occurred within the last year, initiate traceback immediately. This will ensure all indate product can be retrieved. If blood product infection is considered to be a likely route, the MOH completes the top part of the form #F040587 and sends to CMOH. This form is forwarded to CMOH who sends it to the appropriate hospital blood banks. The hospital will send form back to CMOH who will forward it to CBS-Halifax. If the hospital is out of province, a memo will be sent to CBS-Halifax, including name, date of birth, hospital, province, test results, date of transfusion.
CBS-Halifax reviews Form #F040587 and initiates traceback. CBS-Halifax reviews donor records and determines if donor has a known status (positive or negative). CBS-Halifax sends a letter to donors with unknown infection status that encourages them to be tested. CBS-Halifax ensures that any blood products still available from donors under investigation are retrieved and destroyed. PHS is notified of associated donors with unknown status in the case. DOH reviews available administrative and reporting databases for information on testing, vital status and current address. If any donors are found to be positive, CBS-Halifax opens a lookback investigation. This investigation will be investigated as per Nova Scotias lookback protocol. CBS-Halifax provides MOH and transfusion hospital with a summary of their investigation.
Disclaimer Statement The Nova Scotia Communicable Disease manual was developed for the use of Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities. This manual is constantly under revision. Public Health staff will be informed of the changes as they occur. However, information contained on this site may not contain the latest information. Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness does not assume any responsibility for the use of this information by any other groups or organizations aside from Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities.
Receive for information Yes, with physician and client and may provide advice and assistance if asked Within 4 working days Within 4 working days Passive Yes, with physician and client Yes, with physician and client Yes, with physician and client, or followup with physician only, or no follow-up*
*The decision to devote time and resources to these follow-ups is decided at the Public Health Services level, and all options should be available. To eliminate an option is too restrictive. Use the following general guidelines for follow-up on referred cases.
1.1.3. Ensure consistent follow-up of STD cases on the part of physicians in the community
The MOH or designate is responsible for contacting physicians to encourage timely follow-up where and when necessary and to offer Public Health Services (PHS) assistance with these procedures.
It may be useful to supply the physician with a fact sheet about the related disease to facilitate contact between the physicians office and the client. A call is not necessary when the physician refers a case to PHS.
c) Ascertain if the individual is aware of the diagnosis. Is he or she receiving treatment (if relevant)? Discuss treatment regimen and answer questions for clarification. d) Educate the individual about the STD. Provide information on the specific STD, including how it is transmitted, treated and prevented. e) Stress the need for partner notification. There are disease specific guidelines in terms of how far back to go in sexual history for contact tracing which are included in Canadian STD Guidelines, 1998 Edition, Health Canada. Ascertain whether all partners have been notified. f) Explain how confidential partner notification works and offer assistance in notifying partners. You may need to discuss concerns about and strategies for talking to past sexual or other partners. It should be made clear to the individuals that notification will not involve their own identification. Indicate that partner notification is a service that PHS provides to assist the individual in possibly uncomfortable situations, instead of as a method of policing the case. Be sure that the individual understands that confidentiality is maintained. If the individual is very reluctant to name his/her partners, instruct the individual that they are now responsible for reaching their contacts. Stress the importance of this for future health and fertility of contacts, especially for partners who may be pregnant. g) Encourage the individual to go for another test after treatment. Encourage the individual to go for another test as appropriate for the specific STD. h) Give your name and work telephone number. Give your name and work telephone number in case the individual wishes to contact you with/for more information.
because of the possibility of infection may be included (sample letter is attached at the end of these general guidelines). e) If a report is received in PHS of an STD in a child younger than 16 years, the investigator must call the family physician. Nova Scotia Law states that any suspicion of sexual abuse in a child under the age of sixteen must be reported immediately to local Childrens Aid Society or Child and Family Services Department of the Provincial Community Services Office. (Children and Family Services Act 1991. C.5. Mandatory Reporting Provisions section 23).
1.3.1. Report
It is the responsibility of the physician to report STDs to the Medical Officer of Health as follows:
Within 1 working day by telephone: PPNG. Within 5 working days by reporting form: chancroid, chalmydia, gonorrhea and syphilis.
1.3.5. Any suspicion of sexual abuse in a child under the age of sixteen must be reported immediately.
Report to the local Child Protection Agency (in the blue pages). After working hours, contact the local police or RCMP to reach the afterhours authorities on call.
Within 5 working days by reporting form: chancroid, chlamydia, genital herpes, gonorrhea and syphilis.
2. Surveillance Guidelines
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
reduce the transmission of most STDs many people are still reluctant to use them. This is due to many factorsbut often it relates to a lack of perception of being at risk. It has also been reported that even in motivated gay men who practice safer sex always, there are times when condoms are not usedfor example when under the influence of alcohol. Safer sex guidelines therefore need to focus on general principles of moderating behaviour and lifestyle as well as specific advice with regard to sexual practices. Other reasons given for not using condoms include decreased sensation, unacceptability to the sexual partner, embarrassment associated with purchase or lack of knowledge or interest.
Some Examples of safer sex guidelines: Safe Mutual Masturbation (male or female) Social kissing (dry) Body Massage, hugging Body-to-Body rubbing (frottage) Light S/M activities (without bruising or bleeding) Using ones own sex toys Possibly Safe Anal intercourse with a condom Fellatio interruptus Mouth-to-Mouth kissing Urine contact Vaginal intercourse with a condom Oral-vaginal contact (cunnilingus) Unsafe Receptive anal intercourse without a condom Insertive anal intercourse without a condom Manual-anal intercourse Fellatio Oral-anal contact Vaginal intercourse without a condom
Source: www.stdservices.on.net/std/prevention/safersex_guidelines.htm
References: Canadian Guidelines for the Diagnosis and Management of Sexually Transmitted Diseases, by Syndrome, in Children, Adolescents and Adults. Canada Diseases Weekly Report, March 1989 Vol.15S1. Canadian Guidelines for the Prevention, Diagnosis, Management and Treatment of Sexually Transmitted Diseases in Neonates, Children, Adolescents and Adults Canada Communicable Disease Report, Health and Welfare Canada, April 1992 Vol.18S1 . Canadian STD Guidelines, 1998 Edition. Health Canada. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 1991. American Academy of Pediatrics. Nova Scotia Children and Family Services Act, 1991. Working Guide: Notifiable Disease Reporting System in Nova Scotia, 1998. Nova Scotia Department of Health.
CHANCROID
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Clinically compatible symptoms and a culture taken from an ulcerated lesion in the genital area, positive for Haemophilus.ducreyi.
1.3. Symptoms:
Chancroid is most often seen in non-white males, with only 10% occurring in females. The lesion begins as a tender papule with surrounding erythema, which becomes pustular and then erodes to form an ulcer. There is tenderness at the site of the lesion and it becomes painful when the ulcer erupts. The lesion is found in the preputial orifice, the internal surface of the prepuce, and the frenulum in men. Lesions are found on the labia, clitoris, cervix and anus in women. Tenderness in the inguinal lymph glands is present in about half of the cases of chancroid. The symptoms can be confused with syphilis and a culture is needed to confirm diagnosis.
1.4. Incubation:
From 3- 5 days, up to 14 days.
1.5. Transmission:
Sexual contact (genital-genital or genital-anal contact) with a person who has been infected. Nonsexual transmission is rare. It is possible to become infected by an asymptomatic carrier of H.ducreyi. Sexual abuse must be considered when chancroid is found in children beyond the neonatal period. H.ducreyi is often found in the presence of syphilis and HIV infection and consideration should be given to testing for syphilis and HIV in individuals who may be at high risk.
1.6. Communicability:
Ulcers usually clear within 1-2 weeks after treatment begins although the disease may continue to be communicable for several weeks, especially if the individual becomes a carrier.
1.7. Treatment:
A seven-day regimen of oral erythromycin or a single intramuscular dose of ceftriaxone have both been found to be effective. Also, azithromycin or ciproflaxin for adults. Many strains of H. ducreyi have been found to be resistant to tetracycline, which should no longer be used in the treatment of chancroid.
1.9. Prophylaxis:
None.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Sexually Transmitted Diseases at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for chancroid.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Treatment follow-up. When contacting the client for partner notification, ensure that the treatment regimen is being followed and that the client returns to their physician for a recheck after the treatment.
b) Partner notification. Advise the client to notify any individual with whom they had sexual contact up to 14 days before the appearance of the lesions. If the client is uncomfortable with this, offer to do the partner notification yourself.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. Evaluate for other sexually transmitted diseases, including syphilis, HIV/AIDS and hepatitis B virus.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Principles and Practices of Infectious Diseases, Third Edition, 1990. Mandell, G., Douglas, Gordon Jr. and John Bennett. Churchill Livingstone, New York. Working Guide: Notifiable Disease Reporting System in Nova Scotia. 1998. Nova Scotia Department of Health.
CHLAMYDIA
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case----Genital
Laboratory evidence of infection in genitourinary specimens: detection of Chlamydia trachomatis by culture OR detection of C. trachomatis nucleic acid OR detection of C. trachomatis antigen
OR OR
detection and confirmation of C. trachomatis in conjunctival specimens from an infant who developed conjunctivitis in the first month of life: isolation of C. trachomatis by culture demonstration of C. trachomatis nucleic acid demonstration of C. trachomatis antigen
1.3. Symptoms:
More than 50% of males and 70% of females are asymptomatic. Symptoms may include: Females Genital discharge Dysuria Abdominal pain Abnormal vaginal bleeding Dyspareunia Males Urethral discharge Dysuria Urethral itch Epididymal pain Neonates & Infants Conjunctivitis (neonates) Pneumonia (infants < 6mo.)
1.4. Incubation:
2-6 weeks, but it can take longer.
1.5. Source:
C. trachomatis grows in the vagina and/or urethra of infected persons. It may be found in the rectum as well. The bacteria may spread to other parts of the reproductive tract and cause cervicitis, pelvic inflammatory disease (PID), epididymitis, proctitis, urethritis, perihepatitis, conjunctivitis, Reiters syndrome and lymphogranuloma venereum.
1.6. Transmission:
Exchange of infected secretions during intimate contact is necessary for infection. Vaginal, oral and anal intercourse is the primary source of transmission, however newborns delivered vaginally are at risk and may develop conjunctivitis and pneumonia. As well, prepubertal children who have genital, urethral or rectal infections should be considered for possible cultures to rule out sexual abuse.
1.7. Communicability:
Extent unknown. Infectious as long as bacteria are present in the genital or rectal tract, even without symptoms. Individuals are advised to refrain from sexual contact until the course of antibiotic therapy is completed.
1.8. Treatment:
For youth and adults, azithromycin in a single dose (preferred), doxycycline or erythromycin usually taken orally for a period of 7-14 days. It is important that all sexual partners of the infected person be tested and treated, whether symptomatic or not. See Canadian STD Guidelines.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
If there is contact with a known or suspected case of Chlamydia, report to a physician immediately for testing. Prophylactic antibiotic treatment of sexual partners is recommended (without waiting for the confirming test results).
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Sexually Transmitted Diseases at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for chlamydia.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Chlamydia is followed up with the physician only, unless assistance is requested. Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Treatment follow-up. When contacting the client for partner notification, ensure that the treatment regimen is being followed and that the client returns to their physician for retesting after the treatment. Ensure client is comfortable with the treatment regimen and discuss risks to pregnant women and newborns, where appropriate.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Canadian STD Guidelines, 1998 Edition. Health Canada. Centers for Disease Control, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report; Recommendations and Reports. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Public Health Services, Vol. 38, No.S-8, September 1989. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. What You Need to Know About STDs. Health Canada. 1997. Population and Public Health Branch. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 1991. American Academy of Pediatrics.
GENITAL HERPES
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Positive HSV type I or II from a genital lesion.
1.3. Symptoms:
First symptomatic episode:
Initial infections are often asymptomatic. Symptoms when present may include lesions that appear as blisters on the genital area as a single blister or in clusters. Lesions are sometimes itchy and often very painful and affect the vulva, vagina, and/or cervix, penis, urethra, rectum, thighs and buttocks. Often in women these lesions are accompanied by a grey-white exudate. Other symptoms may include dysuria, muscle ache, fever and swollen glands in the groin area. The primary lesions usually form scabs and heal in about 3-4 weeks.
Recurrent episodes
Some individuals may not have recurrences. Frequency of recurrences for HSV-2 is very high (98%) of patients. Symptoms are usually less severe and of shorter duration than the primary episode, and are usually limited to the external genitalia.
1.4. Incubation:
Usually 2-21 days after sexual contact with infected person.
1.5. Source:
The virus is present in the lesions or blisters. Some individuals may never develop symptoms or blisters, but may transmit the virus in oral or genital fluids.
1.6. Transmission:
Transmission occurs primarily through the spread of secretions. When an infected person has any sexual contact (oral-genital, genital-genital, genitalrectal, oral-rectal) with another individual, transmission can occur. Transmission can also occur if individuals touch an active lesion and then touch a part of their own or someone elses body. In this way it is possible for individuals to autoinoculate from one site to another on their own bodies. There is evidence to suggest that days before active lesions appear viral shedding can occur. Transmission of HSV-2 to other body sites can also occur when infants are born to mothers having genital infection. Genital lesions in prepubertal children may be the result of an HSV-1 autoinoculation, but sexual abuse should not be ruled out.
1.7. Communicability:
Once HSV has invaded the host, it travels to the nerve ganglion along the sensory nerve pathways. It remains latent long after any signs of active infection have disappeared. Reactivation of the virus allows it to travel back down the nerves to the affected area to cause a recurrent infection. For this reason it is important to recognize that once an individual has contracted the virus, he or she continues to be at risk for transmitting the disease for life. Most transmissions occur from a day or two before the lesions are present and up to 72 hours after they have disappeared.
1.8. Treatment:
At present there is no cure for herpes. Some medications reduce pain and aid in healing lesions, however it is only effective if given in the early stages of the symptomatic episode. Acyclovir (Zovirax), famiciclovir or valacyclovir are recommended. Topical antivirals are not recommended. Daily suppressive antiviral therapy may significantly reduce viral shedding and therefore reduce the risk of transmission.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
None. If experiencing any of the symptoms described or if in contact with a known case of HSV, contact physician immediately.
2. Procedure
Use the General Guidelines for Sexually Transmitted Diseases at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for genital herpes.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Genital herpes is not actively followed up unless assistance is required. Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re:
a) Educating the Client. It is important to allow individuals to vent feelings of shame, anger, and resentment about contracting herpes. Inform clients about the course of the disease, its implications for future health, as well as treatment regimens and outbreak strategies. Most clients will experience at least one further outbreak and it will be important to reassure them about this possibility. Discuss strategies for informing present and future sexual partners about their condition. Clients need to understand that it is essential that they disclose this information, even though it may be difficult. If they are reluctant to do this, offer to do the contacting yourself. All clients should be informed about the risk of autoinoculation as well as putting others at risk if there is any spread of the secretions. General cleanliness is required, especially hand washing to prevent spread of the infection.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Canadian STD Guidelines, 1998 Edition. Health Canada. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Principles and Practices of Infectious Diseases, Third Edition, 1990. Mandell, G., Douglas, Gordon Jr. and John Bennett. Churchill Livingstone, New York. Working Guide: Notifiable Disease Reporting System in Nova Scotia, 1998. Nova Scotia Department of Health.
HSV-2
HSV-2 is mostly spread through sexual contact, from an infected person to their partner. Sometimes if a pregnant woman is infected with genital herpes she can pass the virus on to her baby during childbirth. It is important for her to tell her doctor so that the infant can be protected. Both of these viruses can live in the nerve cells. They cause infections and symptoms that can come back again and again. The disease never leaves the body and right now, there is no cure.
happen when a person is under stress or has an illness. The symptoms usually last a week or two.
GENITAL WARTS
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Visible lesions of hyperkeratotic exophytic papules on genital or anal area or in the oral cavity of men and women.
1.3. Symptoms:
Many people are asymptomatic, even though they carry the virus. Genital warts usually appear as flat growths in moist areas like the vagina or on the cervix and tend to be white or grey. Because the virus lives in skin cells it can be found on other genital areas like the labia and the scrotum. These lesions have a cauliflower-like appearance with jagged edges. Warts may be painless or itchy or tender or cause a burning sensation.
1.4. Incubation:
About 2-3 months, range is 1-20 months.
1.5. Source:
The virus may be present in men on the glands of the penis, under the foreskin and its frenulum, in the coronal sulcus or urethral opening, in the rectum or on the scrotum. In women, the common sites of infection are the labia, the introitus, the vaginal walls and the cervix. Some warts have also been observed in the oral cavity on the tongue.
1.6. Transmission:
HPV is transmitted to sexual partners by direct skin contact or to infants during vaginal childbirth when the delivery is vaginal. Autoinoculation is possible but rare. If genital warts are diagnosed in prepubescent children, sexual abuse must be considered.
1.7. Communicability:
Unknown, but probably as long as visible lesions persist.
1.8. Treatment:
Treatment can reduce but not eliminate the risk of sexual transmission or the risk of cancerous changes at the cervix. See Canadian STD Guidelines 1998 Edition (page 170) for details on each of the treatment modalities that are briefly noted below. Cryotherapy: a procedure where the warts are frozen using liquid nitrogen. This procedure may be necessary every one to two weeks until warts disappear. This is the preferred treatment. Topical treatments: topical medications are applied several times a week, and include podofilox, podophyllin, and bi- or trichloracetic acid. Electrocautery: a surgical procedure that usually requires anesthesia and is used primarily for lesions in the vagina and rectum. Laser: a laser therapy treatment is not available in all centres and can be quite costly.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
None. If in contact with a known case, report to a physician for diagnosis and treatment, if appropriate.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Canadian STD Guidelines, 1998 Edition. Health Canada. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 1991. American Academy of Infectious Diseases. Working Guide: Notifiable Disease Reporting System in Nova Scotia. 1998. Nova Scotia Department of Health.
Seeing your doctor if you have any of the above symptoms. Learning all about prevention and control of sexually transmitted diseases.
1.3. Symptoms:
More than 50% of males and females have asymptomatic infection. Females Vaginal discharge Dysuria Abdominal pain Abnormal vaginal bleeding Dyspareunia Rectal pain and discharge if proctitis Males Urethral discharge Dysuria Urethral itch Epididymal pain Rectal pain and discharge if proctitis
If the infection is located in the pharynx the individual may experience a sore throat and difficulty swallowing. If untreated the gonococcus may settle in other parts of the body, causing infection of the joints, skin, heart and brain.
1.4. Incubation:
2-7 days or longer.
1.5. Source:
Exudate and secretions of infected mucous surfaces. The bacteria grow in infected fluids from the penis, vagina, mouth or rectum.
1.6. Transmission:
Transmission occurs by direct sexual contact from one sexual partner, via oral, vaginal, urethral, rectal or cervical routes. The bacteria may also spread from the primary sites, causing infection of the uterus (endometritis); the fallopian tubes (salpingitis); the abdominal cavity (peritonitis); the glands of the vulvar area (bartholinitis); and the testicles in men (epididymitis). Occasionally the infection can be spread to infants if the mother is infected at the time of birth. Infection in the newborn usually involves the eye. If genital, rectal or oral infections are diagnosed in prepubescent children, sexual abuse must be considered.
1.7. Communicability:
The infection may extend for months as long as the bacteria are present in the body, even if the individual is asymptomatic. Effective therapy ends communicability within hours.
1.8. Treatment:
The preferred treatment is oral cefixime (alternatives include ceftriaxone or ofloxacin) except for pregnant or nursing mothers. See Canadian STD Guidelines, 1998 Edition for further details about treatment (page 144). All partners who have had sexual contact with the client within at least 60 days before the onset of symptoms, parents of infected neonates, and persons implicated in sexual abuse cases must be identified, tested and treated with the same regimen as the client. Person treated for gonococcal infections should also be treated for chlamydia since co-infections are common. Repeat diagnostic testing is not recommended when a recommended treatment has been given and symptoms disappear. Follow-up testing by culture must be completed if: A previous treatment has failed. Antimicrobial resistance has been documented. Patient compliance with treatment is uncertain. Pharyngeal or rectal gonorrhea is suspected. There is re-exposure to an untreated partner. There is concern over a false-positive non-culture test. Infection occurs during pregnancy. PID or disseminated gonococcal infection is diagnosed. Client is a child and there is a concern about ongoing exposure.
2. Procedures
Use the General Guidelines for Sexually Transmitted Diseases at the beginning of this section. The following are additional guidelines for gonorrhea/PPNG.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Educating the client. Special attention should be given to those clients with PPNG, so that accurate treatment regimens are followed, retesting is done and diligent partner notification is pursued. Determine if follow-up testing is required (see section on treatment) and encourage client to seek testing if appropriate.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines. Gonorrhea
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Canadian STD Guidelines, 1998 Edition. Health Canada. Centers for Disease Control, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report; Recommendations and Reports. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Services, Vol.38, No. S-8, September 1989. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Principles and Practice of Infectious Diseases, Third Edition, 1990. Mandell, G., Douglas, Gordon Jr. and John Bennett. Churchill Livingstone , New York. Working Guide: Notifiable Disease Reporting System in Nova Scotia. 1998. Nova Scotia Department of Health.
Seeing your doctor if you have any of the above symptoms. Learning about prevention and control of sexually transmitted diseases. Practicing safer sex.
Probable Case:
Positive result on culture, NAAT or serologic testing for C. trachomatis plus the presence of proctitis OR inguinal or femoral lymphadenopathy OR a sexual partner with LGV.
1.3. Symptoms
LGV is commonly divided into three stages and the manifestations of the disease follow three distinct patterns. It is important to note that some cases may be asymptomatic.
Stage Primary
Manifestation/Comments Small painless papule at the site of inoculation (vulva, vagina, penis, rectum, occasionally cervix, oral cavity) that may ulcerate Self-limited and may go unnoticed in up to 50% of people Often accompanied by significant systemic symptoms such as low-grade fever, chills, malaise, myalgias, arthralgias; occasionally by arthritis, pneumonitis or hepatitis/perihepatitis; rarely with cardiac involvement, aseptic meningitis and ocular inflammatory disease Abscesses and draining sinuses possible (< 1/3 of patients) Involves the inguinal/femoral lymph nodes and/or anus and rectum: inguinal secondary LGV characterized by painful inguinal and/or femoral lymphadenopathy (usually unilateral) painful lymph nodes are referred to as buboes groove sign inguinal nodes above and femoral nodes below the inguinal ligament (once considered pathognomonic for LGV) cervical lymphadenopathy has been described in cases with oral contact Anorectal Secondary LGV characterized by acute hemorrhagic proctitis bloody, purulent or mucous discharge from the anus and constipation More common in females than males Chronic inflammatory lesions lead to scarring: - Lymphatic obstruction causing genital elephantiasis - Rectal strictures and fistulae Possible extensive destruction of genitalia (esthiomene) Surgery may be required to repair genital/rectal damage of tertiary LGV.
1.4. Incubation
See table above
1.5. Source
Bacteria from a small, painless lesion on the genitalia, anus or in the mouth
1.6. Transmission
Sexual contact (genital-genital, genital-oral, genital-anal or oral-anal) with an infected person
1.7. Communicability
Variable, from weeks to years during presence of active lesions
1.8. Treatment
Doxycycline erythromycin and azithromycin can be used for treatment. For specific treatments consult Canadian STI Guidelines 2006.
2.2. Case
Patients diagnosed with LGV should be followed until chlamydial tests are negative (test of cure) and the patient has clinically recovered. Test of cure should be done 3-4 weeks after completion of successful treatment. It is important to discuss with the physician the potential for co-infection with HIV, syphilis, HSV, gonorrhea, hepatitis B, hepatitis C and the importance of testing for these infections. As well, testing for chancroid and donovanosis (granuloma inguinal) should also be considered in persons with LGV, especially if there has been travel to regions where these infections are endemic. Immunization for hepatitis B should be offered to non-immune cases.
2.2.1. Exclusion
No exclusion required, however cases should refrain from sexual activity until proof of cure or practice safer sex by using latex condoms with oral, vaginal and anal sex.
2.2.2. Education
See Section 1.9, Core Prevention Messages.
2.3.2. Susceptibility
Susceptibility is universal.
2.3.3. Prophylaxis
Sexual partners from the last 60 days should be contacted, tested and treated empirically (regardless of whether signs/symptoms are present) as follows: Azithromycin 1 g PO in a single dose OR Doxycycline 100 mg PO BID x 7 days 2.3.4. Exclusion No exclusion required, however contacts should refrain from sexual activity until treatment is completed or practice safer sex by using latex condoms with oral, vaginal and anal sex.
2.3.4. Exclusion
No exclusion required, however, contacts should refrain from sexual activity until treatment is completed or practice safer sex by using latex condoms with oral, vaginal and anal sex.
2.3.5. Follow-Up
If test results confirm an LGV infection, case should receive treatment as outlined in Section 1.8, followed by test of cure in 3-4 weeks after completion of treatment.
2.3.6. Education
See Section 1.9, Core Prevention Messages
References
Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf
antibiotic was effective. All sexual partners within the previous 60 days should also be treated.
SYPHILIS
1.0 Information
1.1. Case definition
JANUARY 2012
Confirmed CaseLate Latent Syphilis (> 1 year after infection or of unknown duration)
Laboratory confirmation of infection: an asymptomatic patient with persistently reactive treponemal serology (regardless of non-treponemal serology reactivity) who does not meet the criteria for early latent disease and who has not been previously treated for syphilis.
Confirmed CaseNeurosyphilis (Infectious vs Non-infectious) Infectious Neurosyphilis (< 1 year after infection)
Laboratory confirmation of infection: Fits the criteria for Primary, Secondary OR Early Latent AND one of the following: o reactive CSF-VDRL in non-bloody cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) o clinical evidence of neurosyphilis AND either elevated CSF leukocytes OR elevated CSF protein in the absence of other known causes.
1.3 Symptoms
Syphilis is classified into stages that reflect the degree of infectivity and progression of the disease (see table 1 below).
Table 1: Symptoms
Stage Primary Secondary Incubation Period 3 weeks (3-90 days) 2 - 12 weeks (2 weeks 6 months) Clinical Manifestations Chancre, regional lymphadenopathy Rash, fever, malaise, lymphadenopathy, mucus lesions, condyloma lata, patchy or diffuse alopecia, meningitis, headaches, uveitis, retinitis Asymptomatic Aortic aneurysm, aortic regurgitation, coronary artery ostial stenosis
Ranges from asymptomatic to symptomatic with headaches, vertigo, personality changes, dementia, ataxia, presence of Argyll Robertson pupil Tissue destruction of any organ; manifestations depend on site involved 2/3 may be asymptomatic Fulminant disseminated infection, mucocutaneous lesions, osteochondritis, anemia, hepatosplenomegaly, neurosyphilis Interstitial keratitis, lymphadenopathy, hepatosplenomegaly, bone involvement, anemia, 4
Gumma
Congential Early
Late
Syphilis recent or previous. Yaws or pinta. No syphilis false positive. Rarely seen in very early syphilis. Consistent with syphilis, primary or latent. Previously treated or untreated. Yaws, pinta or Lyme disease. No syphilis or incubating disease.
1.5 Treatment
Although regimens containing daily IM procaine penicillin for 10-14 days are equally efficacious to regimens containing benzathine penicillin G, the latter are preferred because of better adherence with less frequent dosing (weekly). See table 3 for more details. Monitoring of serologic tests and other follow up and adequate serologic response after treatment of each stage are outlined in tables 4a and 4b below.
NOTE: PHAC has indicated that there have been reports of inappropriate use of short-acting benzylpenicillin (penicillin G) (IM) for the treatment of infectious syphilis rather than the standard long-acting benzathine penicillin G (Bicillin-LA). Practitioners, pharmacists and purchasing agents should be aware of the similar names of these two products to prevent and avoid inappropriate and inadequate treatment. Long-acting benzathine penicillin achieves detectable serum levels of penicillin for 2-4 weeks in non-pregnant adults and is required to adequately treat infectious syphilis; short acting penicillin agents are not adequate for achieving cure.
Table 3: Treatment
Stage All non-pregnant adults Primary Secondary Early latent (<1 year duration) All non-pregnant adults Late latent syphilis Latent syphilis of unknown duration Cardiovascular syphilis and other tertiary syphilis not involving the central nervous system All adults Neurosyphilis Preferred treatment Benzathine penicillin G 2.4 million units IM as a single dose*
Pregnant women Primary Secondary Early latent (<1 year duration) Pregnant women Benzathine penicillin G 2.4 million units IM weekly for 3 doses Late latent syphilis Latent syphilis of unknown duration Cardivascular syphilis and other tertiary syphilis not involving the central nervous system Congenital syphilis <1 month of age Crystalline penicillin G 50,000 units/kg IV every 12 hours for the first week of life and every 8 hours 6
Penicillin G 3-4 million units IV q 4 h(16-24 million units/day) for 10-14 days Benzathine penicillin G 2.4 million units IM weekly for 1-2 doses*
thereafter for 10 days of total therapy Addendum: Benzathine penicillin G 50,000 units/kg IM in a single dose has been recommended by some experts for infants not diagnosed with congenital syphilis but born to mothers with infectious syphilis: 1. In whom adequate maternal treatment is confirmed AND 2. Where there is no concern regarding re-infection in the mother AND 3. In infants with no clinical or laboratory evidence of congenital syphilis Alternatively, meticulous follow up (e.g., monthly clinical/laboratory follow up) until clearance of passively transferred antibodies may be indicated if there is good indication that adequate maternal treatment occurred. 1 month of age Crystalline penicillin G 50,000 units/kg IV every 6 hours for 10-14 days
*Some experts recommend 3 weekly doses (total of 7.2 million units) of benzathine penicillin G in HIV-infected individuals. Given the complexity of accurately staging early syphilis, some experts recommend that primary, secondary and early latent cases in pregnancy be treated with two doses of benzathine penicillin G 2.4 million units 1 week apart; the efficacy of this regimen in preventing fetal syphilis is not known.
1.6 Incubation
See Table 1 above.
1.7 Source
Bacteria (spirochetes) from a chancre that may be in the mouth, on the genitalia, or other parts of the body. It is also present in the blood of untreated individuals.
1.8 Transmission
The primary mode of transmission is vaginal, anal, and oral sexual contact (direct contact with infectious exudates from obvious or concealed moist, early lesions of skin, and with mucous membranes of infected people during sexual contact). Kissing, sharing of needles and injection equipment, blood transfusion, accidental inoculation (e.g., needle stick injury) and solid organ transplantation have rarely been reported as routes of transmission. The majority of infants with congential syphilis are infected in utero, but they can also be infected by contact with an active genital lesion at the time of delivery. Breastfeeding does not result in syphilis transmission to the child unless an infectious lesion is present on the breast.
1.9 Communicability
An infected individual can transmit the infection to his/her sexual partner usually during the primary, secondary and early latent stages of the disease. Transmission of syphilis from mother to fetus is most probable during early maternal syphilis, but can occur throughout the latent period. See Section 2.2.1 for more information.
In patients with confirmed infectious (primary, secondary and early latent) syphilis, patients and their partners should abstain from all forms of sexual activity until treatment of both partners is complete and an adequate serologic response is determined. If the case can not abstain then it is important to educate the person that condoms are most commonly used in safe sex practice to reduce the risk of transmission of infectious diseases. There are male and female condoms. Dental dams are effective barriers that can also be used for oral sex. Syphilis can also be passed from mother to child during pregnancy and therefore routine prenatal screening for syphilis is an important means of prevention. If there is ongoing high-risk activity, test again in later pregnancy. See revised January 2010 syphilis chapter in the 2006 edition of the Canadian STI Guidelines for more information regarding special considerations in pregnant women and newborn infants. In cases where a child is born to a mother who was diagnosed with syphilis in pregnancy, and where the child is placed under the care of child protection services, medical information about the mothers diagnosis may be critical to the ongoing protection and monitoring of the infants health.
Some initial information that should be collected from the physician prior to contacting the case are: Prior history of treatment for syphilis and prior serologic results (every attempt should be made to obtain this prior history in order to avoid unnecessary retreatment). Reason for testing. Symptoms. Risk factors. Referral to specialist. Appropriate treatment initiated. Is case pregnant (In an attempt to prevent congenital syphilis pregnant cases and their infant should be clinically assessed/managed by a specialist). Any pregnant contacts. Staging of syphilis. Tested for other STIs (i.e. HIV). Co-infection (Persons co-infected with HIV may require a longer course of treatment, as well as closer and longer follow-up). Also, during the initial conversation with the physician, it is important to determine the clinical plan of action for the case. It is a good time to educate the physician regarding the role of public health and contact tracing/education. Refer the treating physician to the appropriate syphilis sections of the revised January 2010 syphilis chapter in the 2006 edition of the Canadian STI Guidelines (e.g. Management, Follow-up, Special considerations) so they are aware of their role in ongoing monitoring of serologic tests and other follow up which can last up to 2 years. Note: Consultation with a specialist is strongly recommended in syphilis cases who are pregnant or HIV-infected. Note: Consult District MOH for advice/guidance if any questions/discrepancies arise regarding the confirmation of diagnosis and staging. The following tables (4a and 4b) can be used as a guide:
10
Pregnant women with reactive syphilis See revised January 2010 syphilis serology chapter in the 2006 edition of the Canadian STI Guidelines Babies born to mothers with reactive syphilis serology See revised January 2010 syphilis chapter in the 2006 edition of the Canadian STI Guidelines
(*) Some experts recommend follow up testing at 1 month after treatment to ensure that non-treponemal test titre is not rising; a rising titre may be indicative of either treatment failure or re-infection.
Review with the case the importance of adequate treatment and follow up with their physician (see above). Obtain details about current and past symptoms and risk factors. Collect prior history of syphilis and treatment information, if applicable. During the interview it is important to build trust and rapport so that the case feels safe in disclosing sensitive details regarding his/her sexual history and partners. It is very important to reassure the case that their personal information will not be disclosed in any way during the contact tracing process. Take the opportunity to provide education regarding other sexually transmitted infections and prevention measures. Public Health should follow case until treatment is completed and there is an adequate serologic response (refer to 4b). Once Public Health follow up is complete ensure that case understands the importance of ongoing follow up with their physician as mentioned above. Advise the case of community clinics/groups as appropriate (i.e. local STI clinics, AIDS Coaltion, Pride Health, Addiction Services, etc).
2.1.2 Exclusion
In most situations, no exclusion is necessary. If syphilis cases work involves activity that could potentially put the public at risk (e.g. sex trade work), consult MOH.
2.1.3 Education
Explain to the case the importance of contact tracing and Public Healths role in preventing or controlling a current or potential outbreak. Educate the case regarding abstaining from unprotected sex until he/she is considered non-infectious. Educate the case regarding the risks associated with various sex acts, including the risk of transmission via oral sex and ensure the use of a barrier method for oral sex (i.e., although the risk of STI transmission is lower via oral sex than vaginal or anal sex, many STIs, including syphilis can be transmitted through unprotected oral sex). Discuss the importance of complying to the treatment regimen and subsequent follow up. 12
Cases should be made aware of the possible Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction to treatment, especially with penicillin. NOTE: The reason the Jarisch-Herxheimer reaction occurs is not clear. It may be caused by the toxins released from the syphilis bacteria as they are destroyed by antibiotics. Other important points about this reaction: More common in secondary syphilis (70-90%), but can occur at any stage of infection. An acute febrile illness with headache, myalgia, chills, rigors which can occur as early as 2 hours after treatment and resolves within 24 hours. Not clinically significant unless there is neurologic or ophthalmic involvement or in pregnancy where it may cause fetal distress and premature labour. Not a drug allergy. Can be treated with antipyretics. Steroids may be indicated for the management of severe reactions consult an expert in this area. Depending on risk factors identified during interview, educate the case regarding prevention and harm reduction measures to prevent exposure to comunicable diseases in the future. Educate the case that reinfection can occur. Having syphilis once does not protect a person from getting it again. Following successful treatment, people are still susceptible to re-infection. It is also important for Public Health to educate Health Care Professionals that: A diagnosis of syphilis should be considered in anyone with signs or symptoms compatible with syphilis and also in the following individuals: Those who have had sexual contact wih a known case of syphilis. MSM Sex workers Those with street involvement/homelessness Those with a history of syphilis, HIV and other STIs Those originating from or having sex with an individual from a country with a high prevalence of syphilis; it should be noted that screening for syphilis (using a non-treponemal test) is routinely performed in all immigration applicants to Canada who are older than 15 years Sexual partners of any of the above 13
2.2.2 Susceptibility
Susceptibility is universal. Infection leads to gradual development of immunity against T. pallidum; immunity often fails to develop because of early treatment in the primary and secondary stages.
14
health can assist with this. Reassure case that Public Health Nurses are trained in contact tracing procedures and that it is an anonymous process Follow up with contact (s). Determine how contacts will be notified. This may be dependent on contacts culture and/or their social environment (e.g. place/venue where case and contact met). All sexual or perinatal contacts within the following time periods need to be located, tested, and treated if serology is reactive- if exposure to a primary, secondary or early latent syphilis case occurred within the past 90 days, presumptive treatment is recommended, even if the contact (s) are seronegative. If exposure was more than 90 days ago, treatment should be based on serologic test results.
NOTE: Public Health will contact all of the contacts and will follow-up contacts until above criteria are met.
*Trace-back period refers to the time period prior to symptom onset or date of specimen collection (if asymptomatic).
The length of time for the trace-back period should be extended: 1) To include additional time up to the date of treatment. 2) If the index case states that there were no partners during the recommended trace back period, then the last partner should be notified.
15
3) If all partners traced (according to recommended trace-back period) test negative, then the partner prior to the trace-back period should be notified. Public Health should be reviewing the contacts test results and other information (i.e. past cases and possible connections) in an attempt to determine the source case and to assess whether an outbreak may be occuring.
2.2.4 Prophylaxis
The preferred treatment of sexual contacts in the preceding 90 days to primary, secondary, and early latent syphilis is Benzathine penicillin G 2.4 million units IM as a single dose.
2.2.5 Immunization
There is no immunization against syphilis.
2.2.6 Exclusion
Not applicable.
2.2.7 Education
Educate the contacts regarding the risks associated with various sex acts, including the risk of transmission via oral sex and ensure the use of a barrier method for oral sex (i.e., although the risk of STI transmission is lower via oral sex than vaginal or anal sex, many STIs, including syphilis can be transmitted through unprotected oral sex. Transmission through oral sex is well documented). Explain to the contact the importance of following up with public health recommendations and the rationale for the recommendation (s).
16
4.0 References
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2010). Syphilis CDC Fact Sheet. Retrieved from http://www.cdc.gov/std/syphilis/stdfact-syphilis.htm Genc M, Ledger WJ. (2000). Syphilis in Pregnancy. Sexually Transmitted Infections, 76, 73-79. doi:10.1136/sti.76.2.73 HealthLink BC. (2009). Antibiotics for syphilis Examples. Retrieved from http://www.healthlinkbc.ca/kb/content/drugdetail/hw195771.html Heymen, DL. (ED.). (2008). Control of Communicable Diseases Manual. (19th ed.). Manitoba Health. (2010). Syphilis Communicable Disease Management Protocol. Retrieved from http://www.gov.mb/health/publichealth/cdc/protocol/syphilis.pdf Public Health Agency of Canada. (2006). Canadian Guidelines on Sexually Transmitted Infections. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/std-mts/sti-its/guidelignesdireng.php Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccfr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2eng.pdf
17
While in the body, syphilis passes through many stages. At each of these stages there are different symptoms. The symptoms are: A painless sore that is round, flat and raised on the sides, like a large boil. Because this sore is painless and can be hidden somewhere that you cannot see, you may not know you have a sore. Rashes anywhere on the body, especially on the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. Swollen glands. In its later stages syphilis can cause symptoms of the heart, brain or other organs. The first symptoms can start from 10 to 90 days (average 21 days) after contact with someone who has the infection. 18
19
Les premiers symptmes apparaissent entre 10 et 90 jours aprs un contact avec une personne infecte. La moyenne est de 21 jours.
Renseignez-vous sur la prvention et le contrle des maladies transmissibles sexuellement. Parlez votre mdecin pour savoir si vous devriez passer un test de dpistage de la syphilis et d'autres infections transmissibles sexuellement.
Consultez votre mdecin si vous prsentez lun ou lautre des symptmes de la syphilis.
22
Disclaimer Statement The Nova Scotia Communicable Disease manual was developed for the use of Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities. This manual is constantly under revision. Public Health staff will be informed of the changes as they occur. However, information contained on this site may not contain the latest information. Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness does not assume any responsibility for the use of this information by any other groups or organizations aside from Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities.
1.2. Investigator:
Upon receiving the report of the vaccine preventable illness, the investigator should begin investigation. a) Determine case status and clinical details. Call physician to discuss the case. Advise about the importance of contact investigation. Inform physician that Public Health Services will provide contact investigation in order to administer prophylaxis or treatment as indicated for the specific disease. b) Report case. Discuss case information with the MOH. c) Contact and educate individual or family. Discuss your role in the management of the disease and contact tracing. Provide information to the infected individual or the parents using the appropriate fact sheet. Ensure that appropriate treatment is administered (see specific disease sections for guidelines). For diseases where isolation or exclusion is required, educate the individual and family about these requirements. Obtain names and addresses for all contacts. d) Contact tracing. Communicate with all identified contacts, discuss exposure, susceptibility, and educate. Immunize and/or offer prophylaxis for contacts as per the guidelines in the specific disease sections. Discuss exclusion with MOH as required.
1.3 Physician:
1.3.1. Report all cases to Public Health Services.
Consult the document Its the Law for reporting requirements for each disease.
1.3.3. Exclusions
Discuss with PHS the potential exclusion of individuals with vaccine preventable illnesses from work, school or child-care centres.
1.4. Laboratory:
Report all cases of vaccine preventable diseases as outlined in section 1.3.1.
5. Surveillance Guidelines
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
DIPHTHERIA
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Clinical illness or systemic manifestations compatible with diphtheria in a person with an upper respiratory tract infection or infection at another site (e.g. wound, cutaneous) PLUS at least one of the following:
OR OR
Probable case
Clinical illness in the absence of laboratory confirmation or epidemiologic link to a laboratory-confirmed case
Suspect case
Upper respiratory tract infection (nasopharyngitis, laryngitis or tonsillitis) with or without an adherent nasal, tonsillar, pharyngeal and/or laryngeal membrane
1.3. Symptoms:
Diphtheria usually occurs as membranous nasopharyngitis or obstructive laryngotracheitis. These manifestations of the illness begin with a low grade fever, a sore throat and a yellow-white discharge over the tonsils, uvula and throat. This discharge becomes grey, patchy and membranous and may involve the larynx, where it can present as airway obstruction. There may be marked edema of the neck. There may be progression to cardiac (myocarditis) and/or neurologic involvement (motor and /or sensory palsies) 1-6 weeks after onset. Nasal diphtheria is often a mild form of the disease and is characterized by onesided nasal secretions. Less commonly, the disease may present as cutaneous, vaginal, or conjunctival infections.
1.4. Incubation:
Usually 2-5 days, sometimes longer.
1.5. Source:
Humans.
1.6. Transmission:
Spread occurs through intimate contact with nasal or oral secretions of an infected individual or through contact with infected skin lesions. Rarely, contact with articles contaminated with discharge from lesions of infected people. Raw milk has served as a vehicle.
1.7. Communicability:
In untreated individuals, communicability may be from 2 to 4 weeks. Chronic carriers are rare and may shed the bacteria for up to 6 months. Usually communicability will end less than 4 days after the administration of antibiotics.
1.8. Treatment:
For pharyngeal or laryngeal diphtheria, early administration of diphtheria antitoxin is recommended. A single dose of diphtheria antitoxin is indicated to neutralize the circulating diphtheria toxin and should be given in the early stages if diphtheria is suspected, without waiting for laboratory confirmation. Dosage is based on the degree of disease involvement. Treat with erythromycin for 14 days. Antibiotics are not a replacement for antitoxin. Supportive treatment, in hospital or home is advised under strict isolation until 2 consecutive throat cultures are negative for diphtheria bacilli. These cultures should be taken not less than 24 hours apart and not less than 24 hours after the completion of the course of antibiotics. For cutaneous diphtheria, the skin lesions should be cleaned with soap and water and a course of oral antibiotics should be given for a 10 day period. Antitoxin may be of some use in cutaneous disease, because of toxic sequelae. Contact the Biological Coordinator at 481-5865 to obtain diphtheria antitoxin.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
Close contacts of a confirmed case that were previously immunized should receive a booster dose of diphtheria toxoid if more than 5 years have elapsed since their last booster. A primary series should be initiated in previously nonimmunized contacts. Treatment with antibiotics for all household contacts regardless of immune status is recommended. Other close contacts of the infected individual who are culture positive should receive treatment with antibiotics.
2. Procedure
2.2. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.2. Investigator:
The investigator should begin investigation immediately upon receipt of the report of diphtheria. Use general guidelines. Also, use additional guidelines re: a) Contacting and educating individual or family. Ensure that infected individuals follow prescribed therapy. Strict respiratory isolation of patients with pharyngeal or laryngeal diphtheria in hospital or home is important until 2 consecutive cultures are negative for diphtheria bacilli. Where culture is impractical, isolation may be ended after 14 days of appropriate antibiotic treatment. Active immunization against diphtheria should begin during convalescence because there is no guarantee that immunity to diphtheria is necessarily conferred. In the case of cutaneous diphtheria, contact isolation is warranted until 2 negative skin lesion cultures are obtained 24 hours apart and at least 24 hours after antibiotic therapy is completed. Thorough cleaning of the infection site with soap and water is advised. All bedclothes and clothing articles that have been used in the care of any infected individual should be washed with hot soapy water. b) Contact tracing. All household members should be considered at risk of secondary disease, as well as all those who have had habitual close contact with and/or who may have been directly exposed to oral secretions of the infected individual. Schools and child-care centres should be visited to determine if there are other ill children. Check immunization records of children in the child-care centre for immunization status. Send a letter to parents of attendees to inform them of the case of diphtheria and possible risks to their children. A sample letter is included in the appendix.
Worksites of individuals working in the food-handling field should be visited and information circulated among staff regarding followup with their family physician. The investigator should also be looking for atypical cases and carriers among the contacts. Take cultures where suspected. Contacts of the infected individual, regardless of their immune status should have cultures taken from nose and throat. Keep under surveillance for 7 days. Seek approval from MOH for necessary exclusions as outlined in section 2.2.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 19th edition. 2008. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics
A Sample Letter To Parents of Children Who May Have Been Exposed to Diphtheria.
Date:
Dear Parent, This is to inform you that there has been a diagnosed case of diphtheria in the child-care centre or school that your child attends. Diphtheria is a rare disease that may cause fever, sore throat and a yellow-white discharge over the back of the throat. An information sheet about diphtheria is included with this letter. To stop the spread of the disease and to protect your child, it is recommended that you contact your family doctor for testing and to update vaccinations if necessary. If the doctor diagnoses your child with the disease, follow the instructions about medications and immunization and contact Public Health Services. Please contact me at Public Health Services if you have any questions or concerns. Sincerely,
Probable case
Clinical evidence of invasive disease with laboratory evidence of infection: demonstration of H. influenzae type b antigen in cerebrospinal fluid OR demonstration of H. influenzae DNA in a normally sterile site OR buccal cellulitis or epiglottitis in a child < 5 years of age with no other causative organisms isolated
1.3. Symptoms:
Illnesses often caused by H. influenzae type B include meningitis, epiglottitis, pneumonia, pericarditis, osteomyelitis, empyema, septic arthritis and bacteremia. Onset of symptoms is usually sudden and includes fever, drowsiness, meningeal irritation (stiff neck or back). Progressive stupor or coma is common. Most cases are in children 3 months to 4 years of age.
1.4. Incubation:
Unknown, possibly 2-4 days.
1.5. Source:
Humans.
1.6. Transmission:
Person-to-person from direct contact or droplet contact of oral or nasal secretions, e.g. saliva, nasal mucous, or respiratory secretions.
1.7. Communicability:
As long as organisms are present, asymptomatic carriage may occur indefinitely in up to 2%-5% of children. Communicability ends within 24-48 hours after the beginning of antibiotic therapy.
1.8. Treatment:
Ampicillin has been the drug of choice, however, with 30% of strains now resistant, ceftriaxone or cefotaxime is recommended concurrently or singly until antibiotic sensitivities are known.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
1.10.1. Definitions
The following definitions apply to the prophylaxis guidelines listed below: Household contact: an individual residing with the infected person or a non-resident who spent four or more hours with the index case for at least 5 of the 7 days preceding the day of hospital admission of the index
case (not school contacts). This includes people who share sleeping arrangements, such as military personnel in a barracks setting. Childcare centre contact: a child who has attended a childcare centre where an infected individual has been identified. Complete immunization: Immunization is complete when the individual has had at least 1 dose of conjugate vaccine at 15 months of age or older, 2 doses between 12 and 14 months, or a 2 or 3 dose primary series when younger than 12 months with a booster dose at 12 months of age or older.
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.2. Investigator:
This is a priority follow-up and must be dealt with immediately. Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Contacting physician. The Invasive Haemophilus Influenzae type b Disease Appendix 1 contains an information sheet for physicians that include definitions of contacts and rifampin dosages. b) Investigating contacts and administering prophylaxis. Definitions of contacts and recommended prophylaxis for Hib are defined in section 1.10. Advise contacts to consult with their physician immediately to obtain prophylaxis. c) Educating contacts. Advise contacts to watch for signs and symptoms of illness, as outlined on fact sheet.
d) Following up contacts. Follow-up all contacts to confirm that they have received appropriate prophylaxis and that they have not become cases (within 2 weeks). e) Information for pharmacists. See the Invasive Haemophilus Influenzae type b Disease Appendix 2 for instructions for preparing an oral suspension of rifampin.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
If unimmunized or incompletely immunized children attend the childcare centre, recommend prophylaxis for all attendees and staff. Recommend that unimmunized or incompletely immunized children receive a dose of vaccine and be scheduled for completion of the vaccine series. Educate parents and staff to watch for signs and symptoms in children and staff (use fact sheet in the Invasive Haemophilus Influenzae type b Disease Appendix 3), and to seek prompt medical attention for any ill children. Require the director of the childcare centre to notify PHS if additional children become ill.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2009. American Academy of Pediatrics.
vaccine is included in routine childhood immunization. Make sure your childs immunizations are up-to-date. Practice good hygiene. Cover nose and mouth when coughing and sneezing and dont share eating utensils. In some cases, children and employees in childcare settings where a child has been diagnosed with Hib may also need an antibiotic. Check with your doctor or Public Health Services for advice.
The exception to the above recommendation is that all members of households with a fully immunized but immunocompromised child, regardless of age, should receive rifampin because of concern that the immunization series may not have been effective. Although the risk of secondary disease is low in an infant who has completed the primary 2 or 3 dose series, all members of a household with a child younger than 12 months of age (i.e., who has not yet received the booster vaccine dose) should receive rifampin prophylaxis. Dosage of rifampin is as follows: Rifampin should be given orally once a day for 4 days (in a dose of 20 mg/kg, maximum dose 600 mg/day). For adults each dose is 600 mg. For infants younger than 1 month of age, give 10mg/kg. Chemoprophylaxis is not recommended for pregnant women. Prophylaxis for Child Care Center Contacts When two or more cases of invasive disease have occurred within 60 days and unimmunized or incompletely immunized children attend the childcare facility, administration of rifampin to all attendees and staff is indicated.
Dear Parent: This letter is to let you know that your child attends a childcare centre with a child who has been diagnosed with an infection caused by Haemophilus influenzae type b or Hib. More information about Hib is on the attached fact sheet. Public Health Services recommends that you watch your child for fever, excessive sleepiness, or a stiff neck or upper back. Seek medical attention immediately if your child becomes sick. You should also make sure that your childs immunizations are up to date. If either you or your doctor needs more information, please contact Public Health Services. Sincerely,
Sample Letter to Parents for Two Cases of Hib in Childcare Centre Within 60 Days
Date: Dear Parent: This letter is to let you know that your child attends a childcare centre where a child has been diagnosed with an infection caused by Haemophilus influenzae type b or Hib. More information about Hib is on the attached fact sheet. Public Health Services recommends that your child receive a medicine that can help prevent the spread of the disease. This medicine is called rifampin and it is prescribed by your doctor. We suggest that your child see your family doctor within the next 24 hours to discuss rifampin for your child, and to make sure your childs vaccines are up to date. Public Health Services also recommends that you watch your child for fever, excessive sleepiness, or a stiff neck or upper back. Seek medical attention immediately if your child becomes sick. If either you or your doctor needs more information, please contact Public Health Services. Sincerely,
MEASLES
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Laboratory confirmation of infection in the absence of recent immunization with measles-containing vaccine: isolation of measles virus from an appropriate clinical specimen OR detection of measles virus RNA OR seroconversion or a significant (e.g. fourfold or greater) rise in measles IgG titre, by any standard serologic assay, between acute and convalescent sera OR positive serologic test for measles IgM antibody using a recommended assay in a person who is either epidemiologically linked to a laboratoryconfirmed case or has recently travelled to an area of known measles activity OR Clinical illness in a person with an epidemiologic link to a laboratoryconfirmed case
Probable case
Clinical illness in the absence of appropriate laboratory tests OR in the absence of an epidemiologic link to a laboratory-confirmed case OR in a person who has recently travelled to an area of known measles activity
1.3. Symptoms:
Prodromal fever, conjunctivitis, coryza, cough, Koplik spots, red maculopapular confluent rash on 3rd to 7th day beginning on face and becoming generalized.
1.4. Incubation:
About 10 days, but may be 7-18 days from exposure to onset of fever (rarely as long as 19-21 days). Average time from exposure to onset of rash is 14 days. Immune globulin (IG) given for possible protection later than the third day of the incubation period may extend the incubation period.
1.5. Source:
Humans.
1.6. Transmission:
Airborne by droplet spread; direct or indirect contact with nasal or throat excretions of infection person.
1.7. Communicability:
From 1 day before the onset of symptoms (or 3 to 5 days before the onset of rash) to 4 days after the appearance of the rash. Minimal after 2nd day of rash.
1.8. Treatment:
None.
Vaccination of all susceptible persons who meet the following requirements: born after 1970, no previous documentation of live measles vaccine on or after 1 year of age, without contraindication to the vaccine.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
Vaccination and/or Immune Globulin (IG) may be required for those who have been exposed to an infected individual and are susceptible. Exposure is defined as greater than 2 hours of close contact with an infectious person. Children and adults who meet the following requirements are considered susceptible: Born after 1970. No previous documentation of live measles vaccine on or after 1 year of age. No past history of measles, either documented, clinical or lab confirmed. No contraindication to the vaccine. Infants 0 to 5 months of age: Administer IG within 6 days of exposure (0.25mL/kg given intramuscularly). Measles vaccine should be given at 1 year. Infants 6 to 12 months of age: Administer MMR within 72 hours of exposure. IG can be considered on a case-by-case basis for those who did not receive MMR. Administer IG within 6 days of exposure (0.25mL/kg given intramuscularly). When children receive MMR before their first birthday, they must receive MMR again on or after their first birthday and continue with the routine schedule. Susceptible children and adults should be vaccinated with MMR within 72 hours of exposure. IG may be used within six days of exposure for susceptible household or other contacts for whom risk of complications is very high (particularly contacts under 1 year of age, pregnant women and immunocompromised persons), or for whom measles vaccine is contraindicated. The dose is 0.25 ml/kg up to a maximum of 15 ml. IG is not indicated for household contacts who have received one dose of vaccine at 12 months of age or older unless they are immunocompromised. For immunocompromised persons, 0.5 ml/kg is given, up to a maximum of 15 ml.
2. Procedure
Note: The single most important factor in preventing measles outbreaks is rapid separation of susceptible contacts and infected persons. Immediate reporting, investigation and vaccination of susceptible contacts can stop secondary cases.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Determining case status. In discussion with physician, determine if the case meets the case definition. If the suspect case meets the case definition all appropriate control measures should be undertaken. Confirm or rule out the suspect case. Arrange to have the blood drawn for measles IgM between 3 and 7 days after onset of rash. Arrange for a visit to the lab and notify the lab to take the client into a room immediately upon arrival because the client may be infectious. Notify the lab that the results are required immediately. b) Educating the client. Educate the client about measles including the infectious period (from 1 day before the onset of symptoms [or 3 to 5 days before the onset of rash] to 4 days after the appearance of the rash) and the need for isolation from susceptible contacts and public places during the period of communicability. Determine if client was vaccinated and date of vaccination(s). c) Contact tracing. When contact tracing, ask the client about: Travel history. Group functions/social events. Visitors from out of province/country. Knowledge of other suspect cases (persons with symptoms).
Household contacts. Medical facilities visited. Work. School/day care. Apartment complex where client lives. Transportation, public conveyances. Use a calendar to help the client recall activities. d) Investigating contacts. Reach all contacts by telephone or in person. Determine if they have been exposed and are susceptible. e) Immunize or provide vaccine or IG as in Section 1.10. f) Exclude susceptible contacts as per section 2.2 g) Educating contacts. Educate contacts about the signs and symptoms of measles and what to do if they develop symptoms (isolate themselves, notify their physician and notify PHS). Ask the contact to keep a diary of activities for 2 weeks. h) Following up contacts. Follow up with contacts within 1 week to confirm that they received appropriate vaccination and to determine if they have or have not become cases.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
c) Evaluating staff, students, attendees and parents and siblings of attendees. For contacts that are determined to be susceptible, administer vaccination and IG as per section 1.10. d) Informing parents. Inform parents of the need for their children to be vaccinated within 72 hours if their children are susceptible.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
MAY 2008
Measles, also known as Red Measles or Rubeola, is a serious disease caused by a virus. It is spread very easily through the air when someone with measles coughs or sneezes and by direct contact with infected nose or throat secretions.
The illness can be spread to others from 4 days before to four days after the start of the rash. To avoid spreading disease: wash your hands often or use hand sanitizer do not share drinking glasses or eating utensils cover your coughs and sneezes with a tissue or your elbow stay home when you are sick make sure your vaccines are up-to-date
Treatment
Symptomatic
Exclude case from day care, school or other setting with susceptible individuals until 4 days after onset of rash
Contacts
Public Health will follow up contacts. Contact means any one who shared the same space with a case. Consider daycare, school, school bus, doctors office, Emergency room, etc. Family physicians should deal with family members with assistance from Public Health Services. Public Health will deal with other contacts. A susceptible contact is a person who meets one of the following: Infants less than one year. Born after 1970 with no past history of measles (either documented clinical or lab confirmed case) No documented record of MMR after 12 months
Follow up of Contacts
All susceptible contacts should receive measles vaccine within 72 hours of last contact with infectious case if there are no medical contraindications, or Immune globulin (IG) if: more than 72 hours but less than 6 days after contact or if they have medical contraindications to measles vaccine. Infants 6 to 12 months; give measles vaccine and revaccinate at 12 months. Susceptible individuals who refuse IG or measles vaccine are excluded from school, day care, or college until receipt of measles vaccine or IG, or until two weeks after last case in the area.
Routine Immunization
Routine immunization is the most important preventive measure Give MMR at 12 months and again at 4-6 years (school entry)
MUMPS
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Clinical illness and laboratory confirmation of infection in the absence of recent immunization with mumps-containing vaccine: isolation of mumps virus from an appropriate clinical specimen OR detection of mumps virus RNA OR seroconversion or a significant rise (e.g. fourfold or greater) in mumps IgG titre by any standard serologic assay between acute and convalescent sera OR positive serologic test for mumps IgM antibody in a person who is either epidemiologically linked to a laboratory-confirmed case or has recently travelled to an area of known mumps activity OR Clinical illness in a person with an epidemiologic link to a laboratoryconfirmed case
Probable case
Clinical illness in the absence of appropriate laboratory tests OR in the absence of an epidemiologic link to a laboratory-confirmed case.
1.3. Symptoms:
Fever, swelling and tenderness of one or more salivary glands; this can involve other glands and organs of the body. Orchitis can occur in as many as 20-50% of post-pubertal males and mastitis can occur in up to 31% of females over the age of 15. 40-60% of mumps cases have been associated with respiratory symptoms, particularly in children younger than 5 years of age.
1.4. Incubation:
14-25 days, usually 15 to 18 days.
1.5. Source:
Humans.
1.6. Transmission:
Airborne transmission via droplet spread and by direct contact with respiratory secretions from an infected individual.
1.7. Communicability:
Communicable for 6 to 7 days before onset of symptoms and for as long as 9 days after onset of the illness.
1.8. Treatment:
Supportive. Individuals with severe CNS involvement may require hospitalization.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
None.
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
PERTUSSIS
1. Information
1.1. Case Definition
Confirmed case
Laboratory confirmation of infection: isolation of Bordetella pertussis from an appropriate clinical specimen OR detection of B. pertussis DNA from an appropriate clinical specimen AND one or more of the following: cough lasting 2 weeks or longer paroxysmal cough of any duration cough with inspiratory "whoop" cough ending in vomiting or gagging, or associated with apnea OR Epidemiologic link to a laboratory-confirmed case AND one or more of the following for which there is no other known cause: paroxysmal cough of any duration cough with inspiratory "whoop" cough ending in vomiting or gagging, or associated with apnea
Probable case
Cough lasting 2 weeks or longer in the absence of appropriate laboratory tests and not epidemiologically linked to a laboratory-confirmed case AND one or more of the following, with no other known cause: paroxysmal cough of any duration cough with inspiratory "whoop" cough ending in vomiting or gagging, or associated with apnea
Suspect case
One or more of the following, with no other known cause: paroxysmal cough of any duration
cough with inspiratory "whoop" cough ending in vomiting or gagging, or associated with apnea
1.3. Symptoms
In classical pertussis, there are three clinical stages of the disease: Catarrhal: cough, rhinorrhea and possible fever; lasts 1-2 weeks Paroxysmal: paroxysmal cough that may be followed by vigorous inspiration (whoop), expulsion of clear mucous and vomiting; lasts 1-2 months Convalescent: gradual recovery with possible set-backs In some cases of infant, childhood or adult pertussis, classical symptoms may not be present.
1.4.Incubation
Usually from 7-20 days
1.5.Source
Humans
1.6.Transmission
Direct contact with airborne droplets from the respiratory system
1.7.Communicability
From the early catarrhal stage to 3 weeks after the onset of typical paroxysms in individuals not treated with antibiotics. Individuals treated with appropriate antibiotics should be considered non-infectious after 5 days from the onset of treatment.
1.8.Treatment
Antibiotic treatment shortens the period of communicability but does not reduce symptoms unless given during incubation, catarrhal stage or early paroxysmal stage. Any of the following can be used for treatment of pertussis. All have the same efficacy. Newer macrolides tend to be better tolerated but are more expensive: Azithromycin 10mg/kg once a day for 1 day then 5mg/kg once a day for 4 days Clarithromycin 15 mg/kg/day twice daily in a divided dose for 7 days Erythromycin 40 mg/kg/day three times a day in divided doses for 7 days Infants <2 months of age who are receiving macrolide antibiotics should be monitored for symptoms and signs of pyloric stenosis.
1.10. Prophylaxis
Indications
Prophylaxis should be given, regardless of age or immunization status to: All household contacts (including attendees at family day care centres) of a lab-confirmed or clinical pertussis case where there is a vulnerable person living in that household (or attending the family daycare) Vulnerable individuals who have had face-to-face exposure and/or have shared confined air for >1 hour with a lab-confirmed or clinical pertussis case in a non-household setting For the purpose of pertussis prophylaxis, vulnerable individuals are defined as: A child less than 1 year of age regardless of their pertussis vaccination status A woman in the third trimester of pregnancy Prophylaxis should be implemented as soon as possible and is unlikely to be of any benefit if started more than 21 days since the first contact with the case.
Antibiotics
The same antimicrobials and schedule should be used for prophylaxis and treatment of symptomatic cases. Public Health will pay for prophylactic antibiotics in situations where the individuals requiring the medication do not have third party payment.
Immunization
Use the opportunity to update routinely scheduled immunizations in school or day care contacts as required.
1.11. Exclusion
Exclusion is not a proven effective strategy in pertussis control. However, it can be recommended by the MOH in high-risk situations (in case of close contact with vulnerable individuals). When indicated, exclusion should be implemented: Until 5 days after the start of antibiotic therapy OR If no treatment is given, until after 21 days from onset of cough and negative PCR or culture results have been obtained
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities 2.2. Medical Officer of Health
Recommend exclusion in high-risk situations.
2.3. Investigator
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Educating the case and family: Very often the parents are concerned about their childrens symptoms, especially their whooping. Offer information regarding medications. Parents may be concerned about other children and their susceptibility to
the disease. Advise parents about immunization of children, especially those who may not have begun their primary immunization series. Discuss actions that may be taken to limit transmission Pertussis can be treated with an antibiotic such as erythromycin, azithromycin or clarithromycin Advise the parents that their child is considered infectious for three weeks after the onset of the paroxysmal cough or until 5 days after they begin antibiotic therapy with a macrolide b) Case management: Investigate and determine the likely source of the infection by interviewing the case or family Ensure the case has received appropriate treatment (see section 1.8) c) Contact tracing: Contact means face-to-face contact or sharing continued air space with the case for a prolonged period (i.e. > one hour) Identified contacts should be followed up to: Determine if there are further cases Determine if there are any individuals who require prophylaxis Determine if there are situations where exclusion may be necessary. Such situations need to be discussed with the MOH Exposed individuals, especially those who are incompletely immunized should be informed about pertussis symptoms and asked to contact Public Health Services if these symptoms develop within 20 days of exposure Recommend immunization for contacts whose immunization is not up-todate
2.4. Physician
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines
2.5. Laboratory
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines
has close contact with a vulnerable individual) exclusion may be recommended by the MOH
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009).Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf National Consensus Conference on Pertussis, 2003, Health Canada, Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 19th Edition 2008. James Chin, Editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd Edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz Editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2009. American Academy of Pediatrics.
Contacts
Management of contacts must take into account the degree of risk to the individuals who are contacts. The risk of getting severe disease is greater for children < 1 year of age. Risk of transmission of infection in decreasing order of risk is: family family daycare daycare physicians waiting rooms and hospital clinics school community
Chemoprophylaxis
Chemoprophylaxis should be given as soon as possible, and no later than 14 days after first contact with a primary case during his/her infectious period, from the early catarrhal stage to 3 weeks after the onset of symptoms. The drug of choice is erythromycin (40 to 50 mg/kg/day, orally, in 4 divided doses: maximum 2g/day for 10 days.)
FAMILY DAYCARE: Public Health Services should investigate and refer to family physician. The physician is responsible for ensuring that all contacts and caregivers regardless of age and immunization status are offered chemoprophylaxis and have their immunization status updated.
Immunization:
Close contacts younger than 7 years who are unimmunized or who have received fewer than 4 doses of pertussis vaccine should have pertussis immunization initiated or continued, according to the N.S. routine immunization schedule. Children who received their third dose 6 months or more before exposure should be given a fourth dose at this time. Those who have had at least four doses of pertussis vaccine should receive a booster dose of DaPTP unless a dose had been given within the last three years or they are 7 years of age or older.
Exclusion:
Children with pertussis should be excluded from school and daycare for either three weeks after paroxysmal cough or whoop began, or until five days after initiation of antibiotic therapy. Contacts should receive prophylaxis but do not have to be excluded. Control of pertussis and management of outbreaks requires a close partnership between the primary care physician and Public Health Services.
POLIOMYELITIS (PARALYTIC)
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Clinical illness with laboratory confirmation of infection: isolation of polio virus (vaccine or wild-type) from an appropriate clinical specimen OR detection of polio virus RNA OR Clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a laboratoryconfirmed case
Contact: the patient was shown to have been in contact with an OPV-recipient and became ill 7-60 days after the contact was vaccinated Possible contact: the patient had no known direct contact with an OPV-recipient and no history of receiving OPV, but the paralysis occurred in an area in which a mass vaccination campaign using OPV had been in progress 7-60 days before the onset of paralysis No known contact: the patient had no known contact with an OPV-recipient and no history of receiving OPV, and the paralysis occurred in an area where no routine or intensive OPV vaccination had been in progress. In Canada, this would include all provinces and territories.
Probable case
Clinical illness without detection of polio virus from an appropriate clinical specimen and without evidence of infection with other neurotropic viruses but with one of the following laboratory confirmations of infection: significant rise (e.g. fourfold or greater) in polio IgG titre, by any standard serologic assay, between acute and convalescent sera OR positive serologic test for polio IgM antibody in the absence of recent immunization with polio virus-containing vaccine
Suspect case
Clinical illness and no laboratory confirmation of infection (no polio virus detection or serologic evidence), including negative test results and inadequate or no investigation
1.3. Symptoms:
Severity of symptoms may vary. Fever, malaise, headache, nausea and vomiting may appear in the early stages of the disease or in a minor case. If the disease progresses, severe muscle pain and stiffness of the neck and back, with or without flaccid paralysis, may be present. Often a limb is paralysed, but usually only one side is affected. The area of nerve cell destruction will affect them degree and site of paralysis. Paralysis of the muscles used in respiration and swallowing may threaten life.
1.4. Incubation:
Can range from 3-35 days, but usually between 7-14 days.
1.5. Source:
Humans.
1.6. Transmission:
Fecal-oral route where sanitation is poor or secretions of the nose and throat (respiratory route).
1.7. Communicability:
Transmission is possible as long as the virus is excreted. Communicability is greatest just before to just after the onset of symptoms.
1.8. Treatment:
Supportive. Attention to respiratory needs of those with severe illness.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
None. Monitor anyone who has been a contact of the infected individual for early signs of disease.
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health
Use general guidelines. A diagnosis of polio would be an unusual event and would require immediate action.
2.1.2. Investigator
Immediately begin the investigation. Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Contacting and educating the individual and family Interview client and family to identify source: Explore if travel has taken place. Explore if there have been visitors from other countries. Explore if client had received any immunizations. Enteric precautions for the case in hospital. Educate family on transmission. b) Contact tracing All household members should be considered at risk. Household contacts can be infected before poliomyelitis has been diagnosed. Explore the type of contact, if the individuals have been immunized and whether any contacts have symptoms. Immunize family and other close contacts. This may be too late to contribute to the control. Thoroughly search for additional cases.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Poliomyelitis: http://www.who.int/inf-fs/en/fact114.html
RUBELLA
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Laboratory confirmation of infection in the absence of recent immunization with rubella- containing vaccine: isolation of rubella virus from an appropriate clinical specimen OR detection of rubella virus RNA OR seroconversion or a significant (e.g. fourfold or greater) rise in rubella IgG titre, by any standard serologic assay, between acute and convalescent sera OR positive serologic test for rubella IgM antibody using a recommended assay in a person with an epidemiologic link to a laboratory-confirmed case or who has recently travelled to an area of known rubella activity OR Clinical illness in a person with an epidemiologic link to a laboratoryconfirmed case
Probable case
Clinical illness in the absence of appropriate laboratory tests OR in the absence of an epidemiologic link to a laboratory-confirmed case OR in a person who has recently travelled to an area of known rubella activity
1.3. Symptoms:
Usually a mild febrile disease characterized by a maculopapular discrete rash, slight fever, conjunctivitis and postauricular, occipital or posterior cervical lymphadenopathy. Children usually will have few or no symptoms, but adults may experience a 1-5 day low-grade fever, headache and malaise. Some arthritis and arthralgia may accompany symptoms, especially in female adults. Encephalitis and thrombocytopenia are rare.
1.4. Incubation:
Usually 14-17 days, but can be as long as 21 days.
1.5. Source:
Humans.
1.6. Transmission:
Rubella is spread through direct or droplet contact from nasopharyngeal secretions from someone with the infection. Congenital rubella syndrome is transmitted to the fetus during pregnancy in 25% of cases of susceptible women who were exposed to rubella during their first trimester of pregnancy. Infants with congenital rubella may shed the virus for up to a year after birth.
1.7. Communicability:
One week before and at least 4 days after the onset of the rash. Infants with congenital rubella may shed the virus for up to one year after birth.
1.8. Treatment:
None. Supportive care in the home, unless symptoms of fever and headache indicate encephalitis.
1.10. Prophylaxis
No prophylaxis. Offer rubella vaccine if contacts have not had immunizations.
2. Procedure
2.1 Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Educating case and family. If individual is pregnant, discuss serological testing for immune status. Provide counselling regarding possible risks of rubella infection for the fetus. Refer to family doctor for further discussion. Educate the individual or family about rubella, including transmission, communicability and the need to isolate the individual from public places for 7 days from the appearance of the rash.
Determine the infection source. Discuss social events, visitors from out of province, any contact with others who have been ill or with infants who may have congenital rubella syndrome. b) Contact tracing. Discuss in detail the dates, names and places where the individual may have been in contact with others during the time of communicability, with special emphasis on exposure for pregnant women. Include: Household contacts and extended family members. Social events. Work, school, childcare centres. Medical or clinical facilities. Use a calendar to help the client recall dates and activities. c) Identifying and immunizing susceptible contacts. Reach all contacts in phone or in person. Anyone who cannot establish immunity should be considered susceptible. Individuals who are considered immune are those who have: Documented evidence of immunization since 1970 with rubella vaccine after the first birthday, or Physician documented evidence of rubella; or Laboratory evidence of immunity. Immunity for infants who are born with congenital rubella syndrome usually lasts only 1 year, during which time they may shed the virus. Immunization for these infants is an important consideration after the first year of life. All individuals who have been exposed to the virus and who have no medical contraindications to the vaccine should immediately be given rubella vaccine. Post-pubertal females, after receiving rubella vaccine should be advised not to get pregnant for one month. Immunization with rubella vaccine is contraindicated in pregnancy. Postpartum women who are non-immune should be given rubella vaccine before discharge from hospital. Provide information about rubella to all individuals who may have been exposed to the virus, especially women who may be pregnant or of reproductive age. Information about the signs and symptoms of the disease and the importance of isolation from other possible contacts, including health care workers, childcare centres and schools, and especially other pregnant women, is essential.
Follow-up contacts within 1 week to confirm that they have had immunization or that they have or have not become infected.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
c) Evaluating staff, students, attendees and parents and siblings of attendees. Investigate all women of reproductive age for possible exposure and refer to their family physician. d) Informing parents. Inform parents of the need for their children to be immunized immediately if their children are susceptible (sample letter is at the end of this section).
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
If you have any questions or concerns, please contact me at Public Health Services. Sincerely,
SMALLPOX
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Laboratory confirmation of infection: isolation of variola virus from an appropriate clinical specimen OR detection of variola virus nucleic acid
Probable case
Clinical evidence of illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a laboratory-confirmed case or to a probable case OR Laboratory evidence of infection: negative stain electron microscopic identification of variola virus in an appropriate clinical specimen
Suspect case
Clinical evidence of illness in a person who is not epidemiologically linked to a laboratory-confirmed case or to a probable case of smallpox OR Atypical lesion known to be associated with the variola virus on a person who is epidemiologically linked to a laboratory-confirmed or probable case
1.3. Symptoms:
Fever, malaise, headache, prostration, occasional abdominal pain and vomiting. The skin eruptions progress through stages of macules, papules, vesicles, and
pustules. The lesions start on the face and extremities and subsequently on the trunkthe so-called centrifugal rash.
1.4. Incubation:
7-19 days. Commonly 10-14 days to onset of illness and 2-4 days more to onset of rash.
1.5. Source:
Officially, only in designated freezerspotential for bioterrorism.
1.6. Transmission:
Person to person. If used in biowarfare, the agent would most likely be disseminated in an aerosol cloud.
1.7. Communicability:
From the time of development of the earliest lesions to disappearance of all scabs; about 3 weeks. The person is most contagious during the pre-eruptive period by aerosol droplets.
1.8. Treatment:
Supportive-antibiotics for secondary infections
1.10. Prophylaxis:
Under epidemic circumstances, widespread immunization would be indicated. Smallpox vaccine has been successfully administered to persons of all ages in the past. However, there are certain groups of peoples for whom elective immunization has not been recommended because of the risk of complications.
Under epidemic conditions, however, such contraindications will have to be weighed against the grave risks posed by smallpox. Vaccinia immune globulin (VIG) can be administered concomitantly with vaccine to minimize the risk of complications in these people. VIG is also recommended for the treatment of severe cutaneous reaction occurring as a complication of immunization.
2. Procedure
Refer to Public Health Agency of Canada Guidelines.
TETANUS
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Clinical evidence of illness without other apparent medical cause with or without isolation of Clostridium tetani and with or without history of injury
1.3. Symptoms:
Characterized by acute onset of hypertonia and/or painful muscular contractions (usually of the muscles of the jaw and neck), and generalized muscle spasms without other apparent medical cause
1.4. Incubation:
3-21 days although may range from 1 day to several months, depending on the character, extent and location of the wound; average 10 days. Most cases occur within 14 days.
1.5. Source:
Intestines of horses and other animals including humans, where the bacillus is in its normal habitat, and in soil contaminated with human and animal feces. Tetanus spores are ubiquitous in the environment.
1.6. Transmission:
C. tetani spores introduced into the bloodstream through a wound, laceration or puncture. Transmission can also occur through injection of contaminated street drugs.
1.7. Communicability:
Not transmitted directly from person to person.
1.8. Treatment:
Tetanus Immune Globulin (TIG) is recommended. If TIG is not available, tetanus antitoxin (TAT) should be given. Metronidazole is the antibiotic of choice. Supportive care and effective wound management are recommended.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
For individuals who have a severe or contaminated wound and who have not had a booster in 5 years, a booster dose of Td should be given immediately. For those who have not completed a primary series of tetanus toxoid immunization, an immediate dose of tetanus toxoid should be given and a dose of Tetanus Immune Globulin (TIG) if the wound is severe or contaminated (different syringes and sites should be used). Completion of the primary series of immunization is recommended. Wound debridement is essential in the management of tetanus.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association.
VARICELLA
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Clinical evidence of illness and laboratory confirmation of infection: isolation or direct antigen detection of varicella-zoster virus (VZV) from an appropriate clinical specimen OR detection of VZV DNA OR seroconversion or a significant rise (e.g. fourfold or greater) by any standard serologic assay in varicella-zoster IgG titre between acute and convalescent sera OR positive serologic test for varicella-zoster IgM antibody OR Clinical evidence of illness in a person with an epidemiologic link to a laboratory-confirmed case of chickenpox or VZV infection
Probable case
Clinical evidence of illness in the absence of laboratory confirmation or epidemiologic link to a laboratory confirmed case
1.3. Symptoms:
Generalized, pruritic, vesicular rash which leaves a granular scab. There is usually an accompanying mild fever and other systemic symptoms. The vesicles appear in crops and may cover the whole body. In adults these symptoms may be more severe.
1.4. Incubation:
14-16 days; can be as early as 10 days or as late as 21 days.
1.5. Source:
Humans.
1.6. Transmission:
Direct person to person contact with respiratory secretions or by air-borne droplet infection. There may be some viral transmission through direct contact with lesions. Indirect transmission may occur through contact with respiratory secretions or discharge from lesions in soiled linens or towels. The virus persists in a latent form in the body and reactivation of the virus years later may result in herpes zoster infection or shingles.
1.7. Communicability:
Can be up to 5 days but usually 1-2 days before the onset of symptoms and until all lesions are crusted (usually about 5 days). Susceptible individuals should be considered infectious from 10-21 days following exposure.
1.8. Treatment:
Supportive care. Oral antiviral treatment may be useful within the first 24 hours of onset of the rash, to reduce the number and duration of skin lesions. Children should not be given salicylates because of the increased risk of subsequent Reyes syndrome.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
See flow chart in the appendix in this section.
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines re: a) Educating the case and family. Discuss treatment, if prescribed. Ensure that parents are aware that salicylates, including ASA and aspirin, should NOT be used in the treatment of chickenpox because of the risk of Reye s syndrome. Advise the use of acetaminophen or ibuprofen for fever and discomfort. Susceptible contacts should be given VZIG prophylaxis as per section 1.10. Discuss how transmission can be limited. Launder clothing and linens used by infected individual, especially if soiled by respiratory secretions.
2.1.3. Physician:
Susceptible contacts should be given VZIG prophylaxis as per section 1.10.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines. No additional guidelines.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics. Statement on Recommended Use of Varicella Virus Vaccine. National Advisory Committee on Immunization. Canada Communicable Disease Report Vol 25 (ACS-1) May 1999.
2. Susceptible Persons
VZIG is recommended for the following susceptible persons, providing significant exposure has occurred. a) Immunocompromised children, adolescents and adults. b) Newborn infant of a mother who had onset of varicella within 5 days before delivery or within 48 hours after delivery. c) Hospitalized infant (29 to 38 weeks) whose mother is not immune to chickenpox. d) Hospitalized premature infant (<28 weeks gestation or <1000 grams) regardless of maternal immune status. e) Susceptible pregnant women.
3. Availability of VZIG
Family physician can obtain from Public Health Services. See latest Canadian Immunization Guide for more information.
Susceptible
Unsure
Varicella IgG result. Available in 96 hours of exposure NO YES Varicella IgG result
Not immune
Immune
No further action
TUBERCULOSIS
List of Section Contents
Principles General Guidelines Protocol for Follow up of Individuals Placed Under Surveillance for Inactive TB Tuberculosis Appendices: Appendix 1: Drug Monitoring Policy Appendix 2: Treatment of Latent TB Infection Appendix 3: Additional Disease Information Appendix 4: Patient Information Appendix 5: Request for Chest X-ray Appendix 6: Flow Charts Appendix 7: Mantoux testing
Disclaimer Statement The Nova Scotia Communicable Disease manual was developed for the use of Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities. This manual is constantly under revision. Public Health staff will be informed of the changes as they occur. However, information contained on this site may not contain the latest information. Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness does not assume any responsibility for the use of this information by any other groups or organizations aside from Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities
TUBERCULOSIS
Principles
1. Follow-up all persons with infectious tuberculosis. 2. Initiate contact tracing of all persons (contacts) exposed to infectious cases and provide appropriate education, evaluation and management for TB. 3. Identify infected persons and those high risk for developing TB and provide appropriate education, evaluation and treatment. 4. All cases of pulmonary and extrapulmonary TB will be reported to the office of the Chief Medical Officer of Health and added to the surveillance database. 5. Complete all Health Canada reports of new tuberculosis cases and treatment outcome forms and forward to the office of the Chief Medical Officer of Health.
1.3. Symptoms:
Symptoms may include cough, pleuritic pain, fever, night sweats, unexplained weight loss. Primary tuberculosis is often a sub-clinical or mild self-limited illness.
1.4. Incubation:
Exposure to mycobacterium tuberculosis may result in tuberculosis infection (as measured by tuberculin skin test) but not tuberculosis disease. Tuberculosis disease may occur months to years after infection or may never occur.
1.5. Source:
Human. Rarely animal.
1.6. Transmission:
Tuberculosis is an airborne disease transmitted via droplet spread.
1.7. Communicability:
The communicability of tuberculosis depends on the infectiousness of the index case, the degree of contact (i.e. in terms of the likelihood of the contact having breathed the same air as the index case when he or she was infectious) and the susceptibility of those contacts. It is important to consider the potential infectiousness of the index case. Factors that indicate a high degree of infectivity include: Sputum is smear positive. Index case has laryngeal TB. Index case has an abnormal Chest X-Ray (cavities). Index case has a productive cough.
1.8 Treatment:
Mycobacterium tuberculosis is slow to produce disease and equally slow to respond to drug therapy. A combination of anti-TB drugs with full compliance for a minimum of six months is required to achieve 100% cure rate. See Canadian TB Standards document.
1.9. Prophylaxis:
Tuberculosis occurs as a result of infection that most commonly takes place months to years before the onset of clinically apparent disease. The tuberculin test is used to identify those who are carrying the tubercular bacillus before clinical disease is evident. There is now well documented evidence that isoniazid (INH), prescribed as a chemoprophylactic agent, is effective in preventing the future development of tuberculosis (see Appendix for more information).
2. Procedure
2.1 Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health
a. Assess case. At time of referral of the index case, the MOH makes an assessment of the likelihood of the client having the disease by reviewing clinical, laboratory and radiological information with the attending physician. Depending on assessment and the potential degree of infectivity, MOH initiates the contact tracing process by Public Health Services (PHS) staff. The main priority in infectious cases is to ensure that no new individuals are exposed to the index case until the index case is rendered noninfectious by appropriate chemotherapy. For program purposes tuberculosis is classified into Active or Suspect Active. Suspect Active is a holding category and clients should be reclassified as Active or Presumed Inactive within 6 months of first being labelled Suspect Active. It is presumed Inactive when the lesion appears to be inactive but there is no documentation of previous active disease. The site of the lesion determines further clinical classification. Tuberculosis becomes Inactive when client has completed an adequate course of treatment and follow-up, and investigation has confirmed the inactive status. b. Coordinate investigation: Co-ordinate communication among all staff involved in management of a case and contacts after initial testing of high-risk contacts has occurred. Supervise ongoing contact tracing to ensure that the protocol for contact tracing is completed. Ensure that all necessary clinical and epidemiological information on clients and contacts is completed. Initiate and review any screening for tuberculosis infection that occurs within the District. Act as a resource to other health professionals about tuberculosis control principles and provide advice about national treatment standards for individual cases.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Contact tracing and examination is undertaken at the earliest opportunity for all clients with active or suspected active respiratory tuberculosis, whether or not tubercle bacilli are found in the sputum. a. Initiate Contact Tracing. Upon notification from the Medical Officer of Health, the Investigator will attempt to identify those at risk of being infected by the index case and determine if there are any other sources of infection in the community. If there is any doubt about the time the index case could have been infectious and hence how far back to trace contacts, then this should be discussed with the Medical Officer of Health. All Accredited Acute Care facilities should have tuberculosis control policies in place. The investigator should contact the responsible person in the hospital to ensure that contact tracing is co ordinated. In situations where facilities do not have tuberculosis control policies, the investigator should provide the responsible professional in the institution with direction in contact tracing of clients and staff. In situations where the index patient has been in a hospital, contact tracing among staff and clients who are hospitalized will be the responsibility of the hospital infection control practitioner. All clients who are determined to be contacts and have been discharged from hospital should be referred to PHS for follow-up in the community. The hospital should supply PHS with name, gender, age, address, phone number and name of family physician. It should be noted when the contact occurred and type of contact (e.g. same room, same Unit) and length of exposure.
b. Visit clients home, and if necessary, place of work. c. Take a detailed history. Take a detailed history from the index case identifying possible contacts. By definition household contacts are at high risk but there may be a large number of non-household contacts.
d. List all possible contacts and start a Tuberculosis Survey Sheet. Contacts are all those who may have been infected by a case of active TB. Contacts may be classified as close, casual or community contacts Close household contacts are those that live in the same household as the infectious case. Household contacts are considered by definition to share breathing space on a daily basis with the source case. Close non-household contacts are those that have regular, prolonged contact with the source case and share breathing space daily but do not live in the same household. These include regular sexual partners and close friends. Casual contacts are others who spend time regularly but less frequently with the infectious case. These may include classmates, colleagues at work or members of a club or team. Community contacts are those who have infrequent, occasional contact with the infectious case. These may include, for example, those who attend the same school or workplace, but are not in regular contact with the case. Close contacts are the group most likely infected. These persons are therefore the priority for investigation. If there is no evidence of infection in this group it is unlikely that further investigation of the casual and community contacts will be necessary. If, however evidence of infection is found in close contacts, then extension of the contact tracing protocol to casual and community contacts becomes important. This enables best deployment of resources on those at greatest risk. All contacts must be advised that they should see a physician if they develop symptoms suggestive of tuberculosis (e.g. cough, pleuritic pain, fever, night sweats, unexplained weight loss, etc.). All contacts that are approached should be provided with information about tuberculosis, the way it is transmitted and the types of treatment and chemoprophylaxis available. e. Begin examination, starting with the high-risk contacts. Interview all close contacts for history of previous TB infection or diseases and tuberculin tests status. Follow the contacts according to flow charts. Meet regularly to discuss contact follow up with the MOH.
Examination of the contacts should follow the procedure indicated in the Flow Charts (see Appendix 6). Based on the flow charts, one of two procedures will need to be performed on the close contacts. Tuberculin Testing: Read in 48 - 72 hours. Record the amount of induration in mm. People with documented evidence of a previous positive tuberculin reaction and those with a documented history of tuberculosis may be exempted from tuberculin skin testing. Previous BCG is not a contraindication to tuberculin testing (see Appendix 7 for more information on Tuberculin Testing). Chest X-Ray A chest X-Ray should be performed on: All contacts exempted from tuberculin testing. Contacts with a tuberculin reaction greater than 4 mm. All contacts with symptoms of tuberculosis even if their tuberculin test is negative. In the case of a pregnant woman chest X-rays should be delayed until after the delivery. It is important that the diagnosis of tuberculosis be considered should the woman become ill during the pregnancy. The ordering of Chest X-rays is the responsibility of the clients personal physician. The investigator should ensure that the physician is aware of the recommendation for a Chest X-Ray and of the Contact Tracing protocol required by PHS. The Request for Chest X-Ray may be sent to the physician if required (see Request form in Appendix 5). The following information will help the physician in making a decision about the medical management of the contact and the investigator should provide the physician with any of the following found during contact tracing: The degree of infectiousness of the index case. The degree of closeness of the contact. The history of a BCG given. The results of any past and recent TSTs. The past history of any treatment for tuberculosis. The results of the most recent Chest X Ray performed (if available).
The Medical Officer of Health should be informed of any situations where the physician does not follow the contact tracing protocol. f. Discuss with Medical Officer of Health After initial investigation of high-risk contacts, discuss the completed Tuberculosis Survey Sheet with the Medical Officer of Health g. Decide extent of contact tracing and management of individual contacts. The Medical Officer of Health will discuss with the investigator the results of the contact tracing to date in order to decide how far to extend the contact tracing and to provide advice on the management of individual contacts as per the flow charts. Recommendations from the Medical Officer of Health will take into account the following: A person known to be tuberculin skin test positive is unlikely to develop disease from this exposure. However, they must be assessed for latent tuberculosis infection and for active tuberculosis. Tuberculin reactivity tends to be decreased in the following: Poor injection technique. Immune suppression due to advanced age, corticosteroids, cancer therapy agents, or HIV infection, especially if advanced (CD4 count< 500). Malnutrition, particularly when there has been recent weight loss. Severe illness, which can include tuberculosis. Viral illness or vaccination with live virus vaccine such as MMR vaccine. If vaccination or viral illness has occurred recently, tuberculin testing should be delayed by at least 1 month. Cross-reaction with many mycobacteria, other than tuberculosis, (including BCG) may produce a false positive tuberculin reaction. The general rule is that the larger the reaction size, the greater chance that infection has been caused by Mycobacterium tuberculosis. h. Continue updating Tuberculosis Survey Sheet. Continue to update the Tuberculosis Survey Sheet with Chest X-Ray results, PPD reports and chemoprophylaxis initiation as repeated testing of contacts occurs
and keep the Medical Officer of Health informed of the results as each testing cycle is completed (see flowcharts in Appendix 6). i. Record keeping. At the completion of contact tracing, the investigator will complete the Tuberculosis Contact Screening Worksheet and discuss it with the Medical Officer of Health. Records of past TB history, past BCG history, past PPD history, of cases and contacts must be kept to allow optimum management should contacts investigated in the past become contacts of new index cases.
2.1.3. Physician:
a. Report new TB cases to PHS. The physician is required to notify PHS of all new cases of Tuberculosis Disease. This should be done by phone within 48 hours of the diagnosis being made in order to ensure prompt attention to potential contacts and so that timely recommendations can be made by the Medical Officer of Health about any isolation precautions. b. Treatment. The attending physician determines the therapy prescribed for index cases and contacts diagnosed with active tuberculosis. It is important that PHS be made aware of situations where compliance with chemotherapy is likely to be a problem in order that consideration to Directly Observed Therapy (DOT) can be given Public Health Services is often asked to provide suggestions regarding treatment in which case national treatment standards are recommended. The current standard for treatment is Canadian Tuberculosis Standards, 5th edition c. Evaluate all referred contacts. Evaluate all contacts referred for medical opinion and decide on the need for preventive therapy with INH. The physician is also responsible for monitoring patients on chemoprophylaxis and informing the PHS of the degree of compliance with the medication.
d. Notify PHS about the outcome of the medical evaluation. Notify PHS about the outcome of the medical evaluation of those contacts referred for medical assessment.
(a) Address if incomplete or not present contact CIC officer. If address unobtainable, contact: Ottawa Medical Surveillance (613) 946-0941 (Health Canada) (b) S code (Box 8) 2.02 needs to be checked off on form. This indicates that surveillance to be done is for inactive tuberculosis. The other codes listed are for the following diseases: 2.01 active tuberculosis 2.04 adequately treated positive syphilis serology If code not checked off or clearly indicated contact CIC Officer, for clarification or Ottawa Medical Surveillance. (c) Box 10 Serial No. indicates status of immigration applicant: F = student; U = work permit; W = immigrant; C = visitor. 2. Once address and code is complete and confirmed 2.02 for inactive TB surveillance, contact client either by phone or home visit. If clients English language fluency is inadequate a home visit may be appropriate, particularly if a family member can interpret. 3. Complete the Immigration Follow-up Inactive Tuberculosis form. Indicate demographic data, ethnicity and date of entry to Canada, health history related to tuberculosis, date and place of last chest x-ray, and present health status. 4. Advise client to arrange a medical evaluation, including a chest x-ray. Client must be assessed by a family physician from which client will be receiving ongoing medical care.
5. Prior to clients medical assessment, the Public Health Nurse contacts clients family physician, informing the physician that the client is under medical surveillance undertaking for inactive tuberculosis and requires a chest x-ray and physical examination. Please refer to Guidelines for the Investigation of Individuals Placed Under Surveillance for Tuberculosis Post Landing in
Canada (CCDR October 2001, Vol. 27, Number 19). Requisition form for chest x-ray should indicate, chest x-ray is necessary for medical purposes. Advise physician to fax or mail chest x-ray results to Public Health Services. 6. Once the Immigration Follow-up Inactive TB form is completed and physician notified, forward form to CDC coordinator who will contact Ottawa for the immigration medical chest x-ray film. 7. Once both chest x-ray reports are available, the MOH will arrange for the Hospitals Radiology Dept. to compare films. Recommendations for client follow-up will be made to the family physician.
The attending physician should be provided with the package of information for physicians and clients. If the physician has any concerns that compliance is poor or unknown it is important that the investigator be informed as soon as possible. In situations where medication has to be discontinued either because of side effects or because of problems with drug resistance the investigator must be informed as soon as possible.
Indication
HIV infection Recent contact of infectious TB Presence of lung scar (compatible with old healed TB but not previously treated) Converters (within 2 years) Immunosuppression: Organ transplantation Chronic renal failure Prolonged corticosteroid or immune suppressive drug therapy Hematologic malignancies leukemia, lymphoma Silicosis Diabetes mellitus < 90% of ideal body weight
10 mm
*Consider treatment of LTBI in other persons, particularly those 35 years of age, who have a tuberculin reaction size 10 mm and are from one of the following groups: foreign-born from TB endemic countries, Aboriginals, health care workers, and residents in communal care.
2. Primary tuberculosis
The initial infection with Mycobacterium tuberculosis causes a small pulmonary parenchyma infiltrate with enlargement of the regional lymph node. In the immune competent host, the infection is usually asymptomatic (90%-95%). The lesion heals with fibrosis and may calcify late, producing the Ghon lesion. In children, the intensity of the
lymph node enlargement may cause symptoms due to compression of an adjacent bronchus. A dry cough may be associated with mild systemic symptoms. A chest X-ray at this stage would demonstrate the primary complex of enlarged hilar or paratrachael nodes and parenchyma infiltrate usually in the lower lobe. Of all symptomatic primaries approximately 30% show lymph node enlargement alone. The sputum or gastric wash in such patients is only positive for Mycobacterium tuberculosis in about 35% of cases. Diagnosis is therefore often based on a positive tuberculin skin test and the radiological appearance alone. Bronchial compression may cause lobar consolidation and atelectasis with secondary bacterial infection. Allergic manifestations such as erythema nodosum and phlyctenular conjunctivitis can be associated with primary TB, but also with fungal infection, streptococcal infection, sarcoidosis and some drug administration. Primary progressive tuberculosis occurs in 5% of those infected. Extension of the infection occurs in the site of primary invasion and at sites of distant spread including lung apices, renal cortex, vascular bone and lymph nodes. Although only 5% of primary infections are immediately symptomatic, the organism remains viable in the inactive fibrotic lesion and in 10-15%, reactivation occurs years or decades later.
The earliest lesion is a parenchymal infiltrate. Gradual extension occurs with central necrosis and cavitation. Healing results in fibrotic scarring and loss of volume. Spontaneous healing may occur. X-ray changes are slow. Clinical signs and symptoms depend on extent and duration of involvement. Cavity formation is usually associated with large numbers of organisms and prolonged infectivity. Haemoptysis may occur and is usually due to bronchial mucosal ulceration. Rarely the pulmonary vasculature is eroded causing a massive and sometimes fatal bleed. Pleural disease, due to rupture of subpleural caseous lesion, produces an exudative effusion with predominant lymphocytosis, protein greater than 30 g/litre, an elevated LDH, and pH less than 7.2. Mycobacterium tuberculosis is cultured from the pleural fluid in less than 50% of cases. Pleural biopsy is a more useful diagnostic tool and yields a greater percentage of positive cultures and characteristic histology.
4. Extra-pulmonary tuberculosis
Tuberculosis may present in sites other than the lung. Non-pulmonary tuberculosis presents in lymph nodes, the genito-urinary system and less commonly in other sites such as central nervous system, gastrointestinal tract, bone, pericardium and soft tissue. Approximately 40% of tuberculosis cases in Canada are extrapulmonary.
arteritis involving the intracranial vessels resulting in thrombosis and focal tissue infarction. Treatment must include INH, Rifampin, Pyrazinamide. INH and Pyrazinamide cross the blood/brain barrier without impediment. 20% of Rifampin crosses under normal circumstances. During the inflammatory response higher levels can be achieved. Corticosteroid drugs are usually added for 1-3 months to diminish the intense inflammatory response and frequency of late neurological sequelae due to vasculitis. (But steroid therapy may decrease the penetration of the blood brain barrier by Rifampin.)
When the prevalence of tuberculosis is high, disseminated TB occurs most commonly in childhood; when prevalence of TB is low, it is mainly a disease of adults, including the elderly, and those infected with HIV.
ETHAMBUTOL TREATMENT
USE Ethambutol is one of the drugs your doctor has prescribed for treatment of your tuberculosis (TB). INSTRUCTIONS If you have any allergies or are taking any other drugs, you should mention this to your doctor before taking this drug. It is very important to follow the directions on the label as to the number of pills to be taken and at what time or times of day they should be taken. The drugs should be taken regularly as prescribed. Skipping pills can lead to delays in your recovery. SIDE EFFECTS This drug may have some side effects. These may include: Vision problems. Stomach upset. Rash. Dizziness. Headache. Should one of these or any other unusual symptoms occur you should contact your doctor immediately. Your doctor should order tests before starting medication. Your doctor will be seeing you regularly while you are under treatment for TB and may do some blood tests during this period. It is very important to keep all scheduled appointments. Failure to take your medication as prescribed may lead to the medication no longer working.
RIFAMPIN
USE Rifampin is one of the drugs your doctor has prescribed for treatment of your tuberculosis (TB). INSTRUCTIONS If you have any allergies or are taking other drugs you should mention this to your doctor before taking this drug. It is very important to follow the directions on the label as to the number of pills to be taken and at what time or times of day they should be taken. The drugs should be taken regularly as prescribed. Skipping pills can lead to delays in your recovery. SIDE EFFECTS This drug may have some side effects. These can include: Turning urine, stool, sweat and tears red. As a result, contact lenses should not be worn while on this drug. Birth control pills may not be effective, so another birth control method should be used while on this medication. Stomach upset. Headache. Drowsiness. Tiredness. Itching. Vision problems. Muscle weakness. Should one of these or any other unusual symptoms occur you should contact your doctor immediately. Your doctor should order tests before starting medication. Your doctor will be seeing you regularly while you are under treatment for TB and should do blood tests during this period. It is very important to keep all scheduled appointments. Failure to take your medication as prescribed may lead to the medication no longer working.
PYRAZINAMIDE (PZA)
USE Pyrazinamide (PZA) is one of the drugs your doctor has prescribed for treatment of your tuberculosis (TB). INSTRUCTIONS If you have any allergies or are taking any other drugs, you should mention this to your doctor before taking this drug. It is very important to follow the directions on the label as to the number of pills to be taken and at what time or times of day they should be taken. The drugs should be taken regularly as prescribed. Skipping pills can lead to delays in your recovery. SIDE EFFECTS This drug may have some side effects. These can include: Stomach problems. Yellow skin. Tiredness. Skin rash. Should one of these or any other unusual symptoms occur you should contact your doctor immediately. Your doctor should order tests before starting medication. Your doctor will be seeing you regularly while you are under treatment for TB and should do some blood tests during this period. It is very important to keep all scheduled appointments. Failure to take your medication as prescribed may lead to the medication no longer working.
Result:
Your patient named above has been a contact of tuberculosis and was screened as part of the contact tracing. He/she requires a Chest X-Ray as part of the screening protocol developed by Public Health Services. Please send a copy of the Chest X-Ray report to your local Public Health Services office to help us evaluate the need for further contact tracing. The Chest X-Ray Report may help in determining whether the patient is a candidate for consideration of Isoniazid (INH) prophylaxis. If the result of the contact tracing indicates that your patient might benefit from INH chemoprophylaxis, the patient will be referred back to you. We will also send you current Public Health Guidelines about INH chemoprophylaxis to help you in making your decision about further patient management. If your patient has or develops respiratory symptoms, he or she should be evaluated for any evidence of tuberculosis disease. If you would like further information about our contact tracing protocol or about INH chemoprophylaxis, please do not hesitate to call. Public Health Nurse: Phone: Date:
Organism
Tuberculosis is a mycobacterial infection caused by Mycobacterium tuberculosis, an acid -fast bacillus (AFB).
Transmission
Most commonly, the tubercle bacillus is transmitted from one person to another in minute droplets of moisture that become increasingly reduced by evaporation, creating droplet nuclei. Droplet nuclei are created by forceful expiratory efforts such as coughing, sneezing, singing and playing wind
instruments. Certain procedures such as bronchoscopy, autopsy and even irrigation of tuberculous abscesses may also produce infectious aerosols. Tubercle bacilli that are lodged on fomites (linen, furniture, books, floors) do not constitute a significant source of infection; most die quickly through the action of drying, heat or sunlight. Several factors combine to permit transmission of infection and its sequelae in the exposed person. Transmission involve4s the contagiousness of the source case, the nature of the contact, the environment and susceptibility of those exposed. The rate of transmission can be measured by the percentage of close contacts (household and non-household) whose tuberculin responses are converted from negative to significant reactive, or in whom active tuberculosis disease develops.
Primary Infection
More than 90% of patients are entirely asymptomatic at the time of primary infection and can be identified only through conversion of the tuberculin skin test. The tuberculin skin test is positive in about 90% of patients with tuberculosis. Some reports have recorded anergy in up to 20% or more of patients in the earlier acute phase, prior to treatment. This is more likely to occur in the very ill, those with miliary disease or advanced pulmonary disease or those who are malnourished. With appropriate treatment the prognosis for pulmonary tuberculosis is excellent.
In persons who are exposed to an active case of tuberculosis, the delayed cellmediated reaction to tuberculin will not be manifested immediately. It will develop between 2 and 10 weeks after the acquisition of infection.
Indications
Why do a tuberculin skin test? The tuberculin skin test (Mantoux) is one of the screening methods used to: document a base line tuberculin test on all new residents investigate persons in whom active tuberculosis is suspected identify persons who have been infected with Mycobacterium tuberculosis. find out the extent of transmission in contacts.
Contraindication
Residents with severe blistering tuberculin reaction in the past; Residents with documented active TB or documented treatment (active or passive) in the past; Residents with extensive burns or eczema; Residents with vaccination with a live vaccine in the past month.
Repeat test at least 5 cm (2 inches) from original site or in the other arm.
withdraw needle and without recapping dispose of the syringe and needle in a puncture resistant container according to your agencys policy wipe drop of blood that may appear at injection site with a gauze sponge record administration date on client record including date, antigen, lot #, dose, route and site.
Use a flexible ruler to measure size of induration in mm. Redness without induration is probably allergic reaction and does not indicate tuberculous infection.
Date vial when opened. Once opened, discard after one month.
Conclusion:
TB continues to be a health risk to the residents of long term care facilities. Screening of residents at the time of admission helps to identify active cases of TB and to document base line tuberculin skin testing status of the residents. This in turn will help prevent and control TB in the LTC more effectively. The tuberculin skin testing (mantoux) is an excellent screening tool to assess residents exposure to TB.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf The Canadian Lung Association, Canadian Tuberculosis Standards, Fourth edition, 1996. Health Canada, Guidelines For Preventing The Transmission Of Tuberculosis in Canadian Health Care Facilities and Other Institutional Settings, April 1996 Health Canada, Infection Control Guidelines For Occupational Health in Health Care Facilities, 1987. Recommendations For TB Control, Canadian Nursing Home, Vol. 6, Number 2, May - June 1995.
Anergy:
The failure of a subject to respond to skin test antigens because of immune deficiency that is due, for example, to infection with the human immudodeficiency virus or to immunosuppressive therapy.
Booster Phenomenon:
The presence of initial negative PPD response followed by a positive response when the test is repeated, usually within one to four weeks. The phenomenon often occurs many years after infection, most notably in the elderly. The initial negative response is based on the subjects initial failure to recall immunologically prior infection. To avoid inadvertent labeling of a positive response as due to a PPD conversation, initial two-stage skin testing, especially when serial skin testing is planned, is usually recommended.
Conversion:
The presence of a significant 10 mm or greater PPD response following an insignificant response in the previous two years.
Culture Positive:
The presence of positive mycobacteriologic culture of body secretions, most notably sputum, for the presence of M. tuberculosis.
Index Case:
The initial active case from which the process of contact investigation begins.
Induration:
The skin test response to an antigen, which is read 48 to 72 hours after injection. It is measured in millimeters and refers to elevated response to the antigen, excluding any associated erythema.
Infection:
Infection of a host by the M.tuberculosis organism, which lies dormant in an asymptomatic state. There is a subsequent approximate 10% risk of life time future reactivation and development of active disease in an immune competent host.
Infectious:
The condition whereby the subject can transmit infection to others by virtue of the production of infectious aerosols.
Disclaimer Statement The Nova Scotia Communicable Disease manual was developed for the use of Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities. This manual is constantly under revision. Public Health staff will be informed of the changes as they occur. However, information contained on this site may not contain the latest information. Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness does not assume any responsibility for the use of this information by any other groups or organizations aside from Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities.
1.3 Symptoms
Puffiness of the eyelid, irritation under the eyelid, bloodshot eyes, often there may be a mucopurulent yellowish discharge and a crusting of this discharge overnight. Some individuals may experience photophobia. Viral and bacterial cannot be differentiated based on symptoms.
1.4 Incubation
24-72 hours.
1.5 Source
Humans.
1.6 Transmission
Contact with upper respiratory tract discharges of infected persons, especially those with symptoms of conjunctivitis. Contamination by hands and fingers or by sharing articles such as make-up applicators is also possible.
1.7 Communicability
During the period of active infection.
1.8 Treatment
Local application of antibiotic drops or ointment containing a sulphonamide, gentamicin or combination antibiotics such as polymyxin B with neomycin or trimethoprim.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
No public health follow-up required. This is not a notifiable disease.
References: Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association.
Do not share personal articles used near or on the eyes such as make-up applicators. Wash in hot water all clothing and personal articles (e.g. pillow cases) of the infected person. Teach children good hand washing practices. Avoid hand to eye contact.
CLOSTRIDIUM DIFFICILE
1.0 Information
1.1 Case Definition
MARCH 2012
Confirmed Case: A patient is defined as a case if they are one year of age or older AND have one of the following requirements: A laboratory confirmation of a positive toxin assay for C. difficile OR A diagnosis of pseudomembranes on sigmoidoscopy or colonoscopy or histological/pathological diagnosis of C. difficile OR A diagnosis of toxic megacolon
1.3 Symptoms
Symptoms associated with C. difficile range from: watery diarrhea fever loss of appetite nausea abdominal pain/tenderness. Pseudomembranous colitis generally is characterized by diarrhea, abdominal cramps, fever, systemic toxicity and abdominal tenderness.
Cytotoxicity assay using tissue culture Nucleic acid amplification techniques Bacterial culture to isolate the organism with subsequent testing of the ability of the isolate to produce toxin Histological examination of the colon. Specimen Required: Stool - Only liquid specimens, taking the shape of the container, should be processed in a dry sterile container and transported at 4:C. C. difficile toxin is unstable and may become undetectable within a few hours if a stool specimen is left at room temperature. Formed specimens and test of cure specimens should not be sent or processed. Currently, in Nova Scotia, all Regional Hospitals perform EIA for toxin. The cytotoxicity test is performed at Capital District Health Authority and some Regional hospitals use antigen testing and refer specimens for further testing if toxin negative but antigen positive. The approach to testing is evolving quickly, and changes can be anticipated over the next few years.
1.5 Treatment
Discontinue all current antibiotic therapy as soon as possible if significant diarrhea or colitis develops. Drugs that decrease intestinal motility should not be administered. Antimicrobial therapy for C. difficile disease is indicated for patients whose diarrhea persists after antimicrobial therapy is discontinued. Strains of C. difficile are susceptible to metronidazole and vancomycin. Treatment recommendations for at least 10 days are as follows: Metronidazole (30 mg/kg per day in 4 divided doses, max 2 g/day) is the drug of choice for the initial treatment of most children and adolescents with colitis. Oral vancomycin (40 mg/kg per day, orally, in 4 divided doses, to a maximum of 125 mg, orally, 4 times/day) for initial therapy for patients with severe disease (hospitalized in an intensive care unit, pseudomembranous colitis on endoscopy, underlying intestinal tract disease).
1.7 Source
The reservoir is mainly humans; however, spores are also present in soil and water. The source of C. difficile may be endogeneous (colonized patient flora) or exogeneous, such as hospital environment and equipment that have been contaminated with stool (commodes, bedrails, and bedpans).
1.8 Transmission
The transmission of C. difficile occurs through fecal-oral transmission, direct contact or indirect contact transmission from hands or items contaminated with stool from symptomatic and/or asymptomatic (colonized) patients.
1.9 Communicability
The period of communicability is not well defined because asymptomatic patients may be colonized with the bacteria and patients who have been successfully treated may still have organisms and spores in their stools. C. difficile spores can survive up to 60 days (and sometimes longer) in the environment.
2.4 Guidelines
2.4.1 Guidelines for Institutions/Long Term Care Facilities
The CDPC nurse is typically the lead in investigations of communicable disease outbreaks. Upon request of the CDPC lead/MOH, a Public Health Inspector with the Department of Agriculture may complete an on-site inspection of the facility to ensure compliance with outbreak management directives. For Outbreak Management, routine practices should be used with all clients at all times: Contact precautions for the case(s) Conduct a risk assessment considering the potential for: o Exposure to body fluids (i.e. active vomiting, explosive diarrhea)
o Exposure to large deposits of body fluids (vomitus, feces) on environmental surfaces o Residents continence level and ability to comply with instructions Care givers should wear the following Personal Protective Equipment when giving direct care to symptomatic residents/clients: o Gloves - for providing any direct care o Gowns - when contamination of HCPs clothing is possible o Surgical mask with eye protection/face shield to protect mucus membranes from exposure to viral particles when assisting someone who is actively vomiting, has explosive uncontained diarrhea or when cleaning an area grossly contaminated with vomitus or feces. Hand washing with soap and water is the most effective hand hygiene practice. Alcohol-based hand sanitizers are less effective in destroying C. difficile spores. Resident/Client Placement: o Contact Precautions residents/clients should be confined to their rooms as much as possible until asymptomatic for 48 hours. o Contact precautions may be discontinued when the patient has had at least 48 hours without symptoms of diarrhea (e.g. formed or normal stool for the individual). o In a shared room, a resident/client with symptoms should not share a toilet with a well resident/client. Assign a dedicated toilet or commode, if possible. o In shared rooms, roommates and all visitors must be aware of the precautions. o Whenever possible, dedicate equipment to be used only on the ill resident/client. In the event that equipment must be shared, thorough cleaning and disinfection is required in between residents. Ill health care workers and food handlers should not work, if they develop symptoms consistent with a GI infection (e.g. vomiting, diarrhea) while at work the employee should be required to leave work immediately. Staff should remain off work when experiencing diarrhea, unless there is a known underlying non-infectious cause. Exclude ill staff from work until 48 hours after symptoms have stopped (e.g. formed or normal stool for the individual). Limitation and restriction of visitors may be necessary in an outbreak situation. Visitors and volunteers should be advised that they may be at risk of acquiring an infection within the facility, instructed how to wear appropriate PPE and required to use hand hygiene before and after their
visit. Visitors should visit only their own friend/relative in their own room, unless otherwise approved by the Heath care provider. Effective cleaning of the environment around clients/patients/residents who have C. difficile is essential in limiting the acquisition and spread of C. difficile. Contact the Department of Agriculture as necessary. Food Safety Specialists (FSS) may visit the facility to ensure all precautions are being adhered to when cases are found in the facility and they can provide environmental sanitation advice and resources. The Infection Prevention and Control Centre at Department of Health and Wellness can provide advice on environmental sanitation in patient care areas. Please refer to Guidelines-Partners for Infection Control at: http://www.gov.ns.ca/health/ccs/ltc/IPC_Partners_Infection_Control_Guidelines .pdf.
5.0 References
Control of Communicable Disease Manual, 19th Edition. 2008. David Heymann, editor. American Public Health Association. Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009;3552,1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phacaspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Red Book. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 28 th Edition. 2009. American Academy of Pediatrics. Testing, Surveillance and Management of Clostridium Difficile (May 2010). Retrieved from: http://www.oahpp.ca/resources/documents/pidac/RPAP%20Annex%20C%20Testing%2 0Surveillance%20Management%20of%20C%20diff.pdf Viswanathan, V.K., Mallozzi, M.J. & Vedantam, G. (2010). Clostridium difficile Infection: An overview of the disease and its pathogenesis, epidemiology and interventions. Gut Microbes, 1(4), 234-242
6.0 Appendices
A. Clostridium Difficile Fact Sheet - English B. Clostridium Difficile Fact Sheet - French
C. difficile is normally found in soil and other natural environments. It can also live in our own gut or bowel. C. difficile is the most common cause of infectious diarrhea in Canadian hospitals and long-term care facilities.
How is it spread?
C. difficile is most often spread through direct contactfor example with infected hands or gloves. Shared items such as contaminated thermometers or commodes may also spread it.
How is it treated?
People with mild symptoms may not need any treatment at all. For more severe cases, a healthcare provider will prescribe medication (like antibiotics) to be taken for 10 days. The drugs used to treat C. difficile are effective and have few side effects.
des nauses une sensibilit ou des douleurs abdominales. Il est possible dtre infect par C. difficile et de navoir aucun symptme.
Probable case:
Routine investigation should not suggest an alternative diagnosis: Rapidly progressive dementia + at least two features of list I + II (see List 2) OR Possible CJD + cerebrospinal fluid positive for 14-3-3 by immunoblot + duration < 2 years
Possible case:
Rapidly progressive dementia + two of list I (see List 2) plus duration < 2 years plus no electroencephalography (EEG) or atypical EE List 1: I. Spongiform encephalopathy in cerebral and/or cerebellar cortex and/or subcortical grey matter II. Encephalopathy with prion protein (PrP) immunoreactivity in plaque-like and/or diffuse synaptic and/or patchy/perivacuolar patterns, by examination of tissue either directly or with assistance of capillary
transfer from paraffin-embedded tissue (PET) to secondary support (PET blot) Presence of scrapie-associated fibrils (SAF) by electron microscopy Presence of protease-resistant PrP by Western blot
Myoclonus Visual disturbances or cerebellar dysfunction (ataxia) Pyramidal or extrapyramidal features Akinetic mutism
Probable Case:
Progressive predominant cerebellar syndrome in a recipient of cadaverically derived human pituitary growth hormone OR Probable CJD with a recognized risk factor for iatrogenic transmission (see List 3) List 3: Note: Assessment of the relevance of any proposed risk factor to disease causation should take into account the timing of the putative exposure in relation to disease onset, especially where the putative exposure is recent. As well, this list is provisional, as the risks of iatrogenic transmission of prion disease by other routes are currently incompletely understood.
I.
Treatment with human cadaveric pituitary growth hormone, human pituitary gonadotrophin or human dura mater graft
II. III.
Corneal graft in which the corneal donor has been classified as having a definite or probable prion disease Neurosurgical exposure to instruments previously used on a patient classified as having definite or probable prion disease
Probable Case:
Progressive neuropsychiatric disorder + definite or probable prion disease in a first degree relative OR Progressive neuropsychiatric disorder + pathogenic mutation in PRNP (see List 4) List 4: I. PRNP mutations associated with a neuropathologic phenotype of CJD (see sCJD List 1): P105T, G114V, R148H, D178N, V180I, V180I+M232R, T183A, T188A, T193I, E196K, E200K, V203I, R208H, V210I, E211Q, M232R; octapeptide repeat insertions (various lengths) and deletion (48 bp) II. PRNP mutations associated with a neuropathologic phenotype of GSS (see previous footnote above): P102L, P105L, A117V, G131V, A133V,
III. IV.
Y145Stop, H187R, F198S, D202N, Q212P, Q217R, M232T; octapeptide repeat insertions (various lengths) PRNP mutations associated with a neuropathologic phenotype of Familial Fatal Insomnia (FFI): D178N PRNP mutations associated with other neuropathologic phenotypes: I138M, G142S, Q160Stop, T188K, T188R, P238S, M232R; octapeptide repeat insertions (various lengths)
1.3 Symptoms
Classic CJD has an insidious onset, symptoms include: confusion, poor concentration, lethargy, progressive dementia, intermittent unsteadiness when standing or walking, and variable ataxia. As the disease progresses, mental impairment becomes more severe and cases may develop involuntary muscle jerks (myoclonus), lose the ability to move or speak, and eventually enter a comatose state. Death invariably occurs within three to twelve months. Approximately 80% of patients with sporadic CJD are between 50 and 70 years of age, although familial cases usually have an onset of around 40 years of age.
1.4 Incubation
Fifteen months to possibly more than 30 years
1.5 Source
Humans
1.6 Transmission
The mode of transmission in most cases in unknown. CJD may either occur sporadically (approximately 90% of cases), through iatrogenic transmission of infective agents (<1% of cases) or as an autosomal dominant inheritence (approximately 10% of cases). Potential sources of iatrogenic transmission
include any medical or surgical procedures involving tissues with high infectivity such as the brain, spinal cord, and eyes.
1.7 Communicability
Central nervous system (CNS) tissues are infectious throughout symptomatic illness. Other tissues and cerebral spinal fluids (CSF) are sometimes infectious.
1.8 Treatment
There is no known effective treatment available to cure or control CJD and the disease appears to be uniformly fatal. Current treatment is therefore aimed at controlling symptoms and making the person as comfortable as possible.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None
1.11 Surveillance
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
2. Procedures
2.1 Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1 Medical Officer of Health (MOH)
a. Determine investigative responsibility. The MOH must ensure that all reports of CJD (including those classified as possible, probable and confirmed) are received within the appropriate timeframe (i.e. 3 to 5 days) and disseminated to the appropriate personnel for investigation. In the absence of the MOH, the communicable disease control manager may assume this role.
2.1.2 Investigator
Upon receiving the case report, the investigator should initiate the following:
a. Determine the case status as per the case definition (see Section 1.1). b. Discuss the case with the MOH. c. Initial follow-up procedures include: Contact and interview the client or an immediate family member Obtain the clients medical history including symptoms, date of onset, treatment, surgical procedures of concern, and/or hospitalization and any potential sources of exposure, particularly a history of any receipt or donation of blood, blood products, cells, tissues or organs If necessary, contact the clients physician to obtain further information and clarification of the clients history, especially with respect to past surgical procedures and blood/tissue/organ receipt and/or donation If the client has a history of receipt or donation of blood, cells, tissues or organs, inform the MOH immediately and fax the CJD Case Report Form to the OCMOH so that appropriate lookback and traceback procedures may be initiated immediately If client has a history of surgical procedures of concern when symptomatic, inform infection control program in hospital where procedure occurred Discuss the role of PHS and provide information to the client or family (i.e., fact sheets) Complete the CJD/vCJD Case Report Form and update as new information becomes available If client is deceased, ensure that attending physician has notified the funeral director of CJD diagnosis so appropriate infection control precautions can be taken (refer to, Infection Control Guidance for Handling of Human Remains of Individuals with Communicable Diseases, currently in draft form).
2.1.3 Physician
Report all cases of CJD (possible, probable and confirmed) by telephone to the MOH as soon as suspected Provide the public health investigator with the available information as requested
2.1.4 Laboratory
Report all positive laboratory results to the MOH by telephone and fax
Probable case:
I + four or five criteria of II + IIIA + IIIB (see List 5) OR I + IVA (see List 5)
Possible CJD:
I + four or five criteria of II + IIIA (see List 5) List 5: I A. B. C. D. E. II A. B. C. D. E. Early psychiatric symptoms b Persistent painful sensory symptoms c Ataxia Myoclonus or chorea or dystonia Dementia
Progressive neuropsychiatric disorder Duration > 6 months Routine investigations do not suggest alternative diagnosis No history of potential iatrogenic exposure No evidence of genetic prion disease
III A. EEG does not show typical appearance of sporadic CJD d (or no EEG performed) in the early stages of the illness B. Bilateral pulvinar high signal on MRI scan e IV A Tonsil biopsy positive for prion protein immunoreactivity f A. Spongiform change, extensive PrP deposition, florid plaques throughout the cerebrum & cerebellum B. Depression, anxiety, apathy, withdrawal, delusions C. Frank pain and/or dysaesthesia D. Generalized triphasic period complexes at ca. 1 Hz. Rarely, these may occur in the late stages of vCJD E. Relative to the signal intensity of other deep grey matter nuclei & cortical grey matter F. Tonsil biopsy is not recommended routinely or in cases with EEG appearance typical of sporadic CJD, but may be useful in suspect cases in which the clinical features are compatible with vCJD and MRI does not show bilateral pulvinar high signal
1.3 Symptoms
Persons with vCJD usually experience psychiatric symptoms, early in illness, which most commonly take the form of depression, or a schizophrenic-like psychosis. As the illness progresses, neurological signs include: unsteadiness, difficulty walking and involuntary muscle movements. Variant CJD typically affects younger patients (average 28 years) and has a relatively long duration of illness 14 months compared to 4.5 months for classic CJD.
1.4 Incubation
Fifteen months to possibly more than 30 years
1.5 Source
Humans. Variant CJD is believed to be associated with a disease in cattle called bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), more commonly known as mad cow disease.
1.6 Transmission
Although there is strong evidence that the agent responsible for human cases of vCJD is the same agent responsible for BSE in cattle, the specific foods that may be associated with the transmission of this agent from cattle to humans are unknown.
1.7 Communicability
Central nervous system (CNS) tissues are infectious throughout symptomatic illness. Other tissues and cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) are sometimes infectious.
1.8 Treatment
There is no known effective treatment available to cure or control vCJD and the disease appears to be uniformly fatal. Current treatment is therefore aimed at controlling symptoms and making the person as comfortable as possible.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None
1.11 Surveillance
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
2. Procedures
2.1 Roles and responsibilities 2.1.1 Medical Officer of Health (MOH)
a. Determine investigative responsibility The MOH must ensure that all reports of vCJD (including those classified as possible, probable and confirmed) are received within the appropriate timeframe (i.e. 3 to 5 days) and disseminated to the appropriate personnel for investigation. In the absence of the MOH, the communicable disease control manager may assume this role.
2.1.2 Investigator
Upon receiving the case report, the investigator should initiate the following: a. Determine the case status as per the case definition (see Section 1.1). b. Discuss the case with the MOH. Note, DHW Surveillance Team should be informed immediately of all reports that meet the case definitions for possible, probable and/or confirmed vCJD. c. Initial follow-up procedures include: Contact and interview the client or an immediate family member Obtain the clients medical history including symptoms, date of onset, treatment, surgical procedures of concern, and/or hospitalization and any potential sources of exposure, particularly a history of any receipt or donation of blood, blood products, cells, tissues or organs If necessary, contact the clients physician to obtain further information and clarification of the clients history, especially with respect to past surgical procedures and blood/tissue/organ receipt and/or donation If the client has a history of receipt or donation of blood, cells, tissues or organs, inform the MOH immediately and fax the CJD Case Report Form to the OCMOH so that appropriate lookback and traceback procedures may be initiated immediately If client has a history of surgical procedures of concern when symptomatic, inform infection control program in hospital where procedure occurred
Discuss the role of PHS and provide information to the individual or family (i.e., fact sheets) Complete the CJD/vCJD Case Report Form and update as new information becomes available If client is deceased, ensure that attending physician has notified the funeral director of vCJD diagnosis so appropriate infection control precautions can be taken (see Infection Control Guidance for Handling of Human Remains of Individuals with Communicable Diseases currently in draft form)
2.1.3 Physician
Report all cases of vCJD (possible, probable and confirmed) by telephone to the MOH as soon as suspected Provide the public health investigator with the available information as requested on the CJD/vCJD Case Report Form
2.1.4 Laboratory
Report all positive laboratory results to the MOH by telephone and fax
Persons who have spent six months or more in the United Kingdom between 1980 and 1996 should not donate blood, organs or other body tissues or fluids.
1.3 Symptoms
Children are most susceptible. Most often manifested as erythematous eruption, characterized by a distinctive red rash on the face, with a slapped cheek appearance. This rash may be followed in a few days by a spidery like rash on the trunk and on the arms and legs that fades but may recur for 1-3 weeks on exposure to sunlight. Mild systemic symptoms may also precede this rash. Arthralgia and arthritis may occur in adults, especially women. 25% of infections are asymptomatic.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 14 days, can be from 4-20 days to development of rash
1.5 Source
Humans
1.6 Tranmission
Contact with respiratory secretations and parenterally through blood and blood products. Congenital transmission is possible.
1.7 Communicability
For those with rash alone, communicability is limited to the time just before the onset of the rash. For those individuals who are immunosuppressed with chronic infection and severe anemia, the period of communicability could be as long as months or years.
1.8 Treatment
Supportive therapy for most cases. For chronic immunosuppressed individual, IG therapy is effective. infection in an
1.10 Prophylaxis
None. Exposed pregnant women should be offered B19 IgG and IgM antibody testing to determine susceptibility and to assist with pregnancy counseling regarding risks to fetus.
2. Procedure
No public health follow-up required. This disease is not notifiable.
References: Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
Probable case:
Clinical evidence of invasive disease (see clinical evidence above) in the absence of another identified etiology and with non-confirmatory laboratory evidence of infection: isolation of group A streptococcus from a non-sterile site OR positive group A streptococcus antigen detection
1.3 Symptoms
Symptoms preceding the onset of invasive GAS disease may include unusually severe pain, swelling, fever, chills, flu-like symptoms, myalgias, generalized macular rash, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, malaise and joint pain. Clinical evidence of disease may manifest as several conditions including: Streptococcal Toxic Shock Syndrome (STSS) Necrotizing Fasciitis (NF) Necrotizing Myositis (NM STSS is the most serious manifestation of invasive GAS disease. It comprises a primary site of GAS infection together with hypotension, adult respiratory distress syndrome, renal impairment, rapid onset of shock and multi-organ failure. The most common primary site of invasive GAS infections is soft tissue, but pneumonia, septic arthritis and primary bacteremia may also occur. Pneumonia with isolation of GAS from a sterile site, or from a bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) non-sterile site when no other cause has been identified, should be regarded as a form of invasive disease for the purposes of public health management. Upper respiratory tract manifestations of GAS are more common with children, arthritis and pelvic infections are more common in young adults, and NF is more common in the elderly.
NF and NM alone are less severe than STSS with a mortality rate of approximately 20%. However, they may progress to STSS, which has a mortality rate of 80%.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 1 to 3 days
1.5 Source
GAS may be carried in the nasopharynx, gastro intestinal tract and on the skin of humans
1.6 Transmission
Transmission occurs via large respiratory droplets, or by direct contact with infected clients or carriers; rarely through contaminated objects. Person-toperson transmission occurs through exposure to secretions from wounds, nasal and oral cavities.
1.7 Communicability
Transmissibility generally ends within 24 hours of treatment. If untreated, uncomplicated cases are communicable for 10-21 days or until infection is resolved. Asymptomatic carriage is quite common (up to 15% of the population). In cases with purulent discharges, communicability extends for weeks or months.
1.8 Treatment
Advice should be sought from infectious disease specialists.
To establish an epidemiological link, a person must have one or both of the following in common with a confirmed case: Contact with a common, specific individual (including confirmed or probable cases) Presence in the same location (e.g. school, long-term care facility, child care centre) at or around the same time For public health management, cases that occur subsequent to the index case with whom an epidemiologic link can be established may have acquired the disease directly from the index case or may have acquired the disease from another common source. The public health response to a sporadic case of invasive GAS include: Case Management
2.1 Case
Follow-up of invasive GAS is a priority and the following steps must be taken immediately: (a) Contact physician to obtain clinical information on case (b) Record age, gender and address of case (c) Interview case or a proxy for the case to determine close contacts (see Section 2.2.1.)
2.1.1 Exclusion
No exclusion required
2.1.2 Education
See Section 1.9, Core Prevention Messages
Note: School classmates (kindergarten and older), work colleagues, as well as social or sports contacts of a case are usually not considered close contacts unless they fit into one of the above categories.
2.2.2 Susceptibility
The risk of invasive GAS is significantly associated with the following underlying conditions: Age >65 years Heart disease Diabetes Mellitus Cancer Alcohol abuse Chronic lung disease HIV infection Injection drug use (IDU) High dose steroid use (immunosuppressive doses) Presence of varicella infection in the 2-week period following the onset of symptoms Skin trauma
2.2.4 Prophylaxis
Chemoprophylaxis is offered to prevent disease in colonized individuals and in those who have recently been exposed, thereby decreasing transmission of strain known to have caused severe infection. Chemoprophylaxis should only be offered: 1) to close contacts (Section 2.2.1.) of a confirmed severe case. A confirmed severe case is defined as a case of STSS, soft tissue necrosis (including necrotizing fasciitis, myositis or gangrene), meningitis, GAS pneumonia, other life threatening conditions or a confirmed case resulting in death; AND 2) if close contacts have been exposed to the case during the period from 7 days prior to onset of symptoms in the case to 24 hours after the cases initiation of antimicrobial therapy.
Chemoprophylaxis of close contacts should be administered as soon as possible and preferably within 24 hours of case identification, but is still recommended for up to 7 days after the last contact with an infectious case. Table 1: Chemoprophylaxis for Close Contacts of Invasive GAS Drug
First generation cephalosporins: C cephalexin, u cephadroxill, rcephradine
Dosage
First line: Children and adults: 25 50 mg/kg/day, to a maximum of 1 g/day in 2 to 4 divided doses x 10 days
Comments
Recommended drug for pregnant and lactating women. Should be used with caution in patients with allergy to pencillin. Use of cephalosporins with nephrotoxic drugs (e.g. aminoglycosides, vancomycin) may increase the risk of cephalosporin-induced nephrotoxicity. Erythromycin estolate is contraindicated in persons with pre-existing liver disease or dysfunction and during pregnancy. Sensitivity testing is recommended in areas where macrolide resistance is unknown or known to be 10%.
r e n t Erythromycin l y t h e r e a r e
Clarithromycin
Second line: Children: 5 to 7.5 mg/kg every 6 hours or 10 to 15 mg/kg every 12 hours (base) x 10 days (Not to exceed maximum adult dose) Adults: 500 mg every 12 hours (base) x 10 days
n o
Clindamycin
Second line: Children: 15 mg /kilogram /day in divided doses every 12 hours to a maximum of 250 mg PO BID x 10 days Adults: 250 mg PO BID x 10 days Second line: Children: 8 to 16 mg/kg/day divided into 3 or 4 equal does x 10 days (Not to exceed maximum of adult dose) Adults: 150 mg every 6 hours x 10 days
Contraindicated in pregnancy. Sensitivity testing is recommended in areas where macrolide resistance is unknown or known to be 10%.
2.2.5 Immunization
Exclusion of contracts is not necessary
2.2.6 Exclusion
Exclusion of contacts is not necessary
2.2.7 Education
Review signs and symptoms of invasive GAS disease with close contacts of all confirmed cases regardless of whether the case is a severe case. Provide contacts with a fact sheet (refer to Appendix 1 or 2) Instruct contacts to seek medical attention immediately should they develop febrile illness or any other clinical manifestation of GAS infection within 30 days of diagnosis in the index case.
2.2.8 Follow-Up
Inquire to confirm that contacts completed appropriate chemoprophylaxis and did not become secondary cases There is no role for routine culturing for a test of cure for contacts receiving antibiotic chemoprophylaxis
Care
Refer to Section 2.4 for specific guidelines for the management of invasive GAS in long-term care facilities (LTCF) and child care centre (CCC). Management of invasive GAS in a hospital setting is the responsibility of the Infection Control Department within that organization
2.4 Guidelines
2.4.1 Guidelines for Institutions / Long-Term Care Facilities
GAS infections within LTCF are often spread through person-to-person contact, with a clustering of cases by room or care unit. Outbreaks in LTCF are often patient- propagated, whereas within acute care facilities, staff who are carriers are more likely to be the source of infection or outbreaks. In addition to strict enforcement of standard infection control practices, the following approach may be useful in the investigation and control of invasive GAS disease in LTCF: When a confirmed case of invasive GAS disease (as described in Section 1.1.) occurs in a LTCF such as a nursing home, the facility should: Report the case to the Public Health Units within the District Conduct a retrospective chart review of the entire facilitys residents over the previous 4 6 weeks, for culture-confirmed cases of GAS disease and any suggested cases of invasive or non-invasive GAS infection, including skin and soft tissue infections (e.g. pharyngitis and cellulites) and excluding non-culture- confirmed pneumonia and conjunctivitis. An excess of GAS infection, or LTCF outbreak, is defined in Table 2 Assess the potential for a source of infection from outside the facility (e.g. regular visits from children who have recently been ill) If an excess of GAS infection is identified, the following actions should be considered: All patient care staff should be screened for GAS with throat, nose and skin lesion cultures. In LTCF with <100 beds, all residents should be screened for GAS. In LTCF with 100 beds or greater, screening can be limited to all residents within the same care unit as the infected case and contacts of the case if necessary, unless patient and care staff movement patterns or epidemiologic evidence (e.g. from the chart review) suggest that screening should be conducted more broadly
Anyone colonized with GAS should receive chemoprophylaxis (see Section 2.2.4.) Non-patient care staff should be asked about possible recent GAS infections. Those with a positive history should be screened for GAS and persons positive should be treated with antibiotics as per recommended regimen All GAS isolates should have further typing (see Section 2.5 Public Health laboratory Role). Culturing for a test of cure is recommended for individuals found to have the outbreak-related strain, particularly if there is epidemiologic evidence indicating that contact with the individual is significantly related to illness. Culturing for a test of cure is not necessary for individuals infected with a non- outbreak-related strain of GAS. Re-screen all GAS positive residents and staff including their throat and skin lesion(s) 14 days after chemoprophalaxis has been started. Follow by screening at two weeks and at four weeks after the first rescreening. If the person is found to be positive, a second course of chemoprophalaxis should be offered. If the person is still colonized after the second treatment, discontinue chemoprophalaxis unless the facility has an ongoing problem with GAS infection Active surveillance for GAS infection should be initiated and continued for 1 to 2 months Appropriate specimens should be taken for culture to rule out GAS when suspected infections are detected by active surveillance If no excess is identified, especially if there is evidence of an outside source of infection for the index case, then active surveillance alone for two to four weeks to ensure the absence of additional cases is warranted.
1) The nature of the CCC (e.g. type of centre, including the size and physical structure, number and ages of the children, type of interaction of the children) 2) The characteristics of the case (e.g. if the case occurred secondary to a varicella infection 3) The potential for a source of infection from within the CCC: i. whether there has been any suggested invasive or non-invasive infections (e.g. other cases of invasive GAS, pharyngitis, impetigo) ii. potential of a point source of infection (foodborne outbreaks of pharyngitis have occurred and are a consequence of human contamination of food in conjunction with improper preparation or refrigeration procedures 4) The presence of varicella cases within the CCC in the previous two weeks. If a case of varicella has occurred in the CCC within the two weeks prior to onset of GAS symptoms in the index case, all attendees should be assessed for varicella vaccination history. Two weeks was chosen as the time interval based on findings that risk of GAS was significantly increased two weeks after onset of varicella infection. Varicella vaccination should be recommended for those without a history of prior varicella infection or vaccination as per the NACI guidelines; CCDR 2004; 30 5) The potential for a source of infection from outside the CCC (e.g. exposure to a family member with suggest invasive or non-invasive GAS infection) 6) Parents and/or guardians of attendees should be informed of the situation, alerted to the signs and symptoms of invasive GAS disease and be advised to seek medical attention immediately should their child develop febrile illness or any other clinical manifestations of GAS (see Section 1.3) 7) In family or home day care settings, chemoprophylaxis should be recommended for all children and staff (see Section 2.2.4) 8) In group or institutional CCC and preschools, chemoprophylaxis is generally not warranted, but may be considered in certain situations, including the occurrence of >1 case of invasive GAS disease in children or staff of the CCC within one month or a concurrent varicella outbreak at the CCC. Cases of invasive GAS occurring among children or staff of a CCC within one month should be considered as part of the same cluster. Consideration could be given to testing isolates from invasive GAS cases
occurring in a CCC more than one month apart, to determine strainrelatedness 9) A test of cure is not warranted for persons receiving chemoprophylaxis 10) Appropriate specimens can be taken for culture to rule out GAS when suspected infections are detected during this period, however routine screening of attendees is not recommended.
3.0 SURVEILLANCE
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Invasive Group A Streptococcal Disease Guidelines Working Group. Guidelines for the Prevention and Control of Invasive Group A Streptococcal (GAS) Disease, Public Health Agency of Canada, 2006 National Advisory Committee on Immunization (NACI). Update on Varicella. CCDR 2004; 30: 1-27
1.3 Symptoms
Streptococcal sore throat typically exhibits sudden onset of fever, sore throat, exudative tonsillitis or pharyngitis. Streptococcal skin infections (impetigo) refer to section on impetigo. Scarlet fever is a form of streptococcal disease characterized by a skin rash. It occurs when the infecting strain of streptococcus produces a pyogenic exotoxin and the individual is sensitized but not immune to the toxin. The symptoms may include the symptoms of streptococcal sore throat as well as a rash and a strawberry tongue.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 1 to 3 days.
1.5 Source
Humans.
1.6 Transmission
Transmitted via large respiratory droplets or direct contact with carriers. Nasal carriers are particularly likely to transmit the disease.
1.7 Communicability
If untreated, 1 to 21 days.
1.8 Treatment
Pharyngitis: Penicillin V. Orally administered erythromycin is indicated for those allergic to penicillin.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
No Public Health follow-up required. This is not a notifiable disease.
References: Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
Probable case:
Clinical illness in an infant less than 1 month of age with laboratory confirmation of infection: detection of group B Streptococcus antigen in a normally sterile site
1.3 Symptoms
Invasive disease in infants is divided into two categories: Early onset disease (1-7 days), characterized by sepsis, respiratory distress, apnea, shock, pneumonia, and meningitis Late onset disease (7 days to 1 month) characterized by bacteremia, meningitis and other focal infections Group B streptococci also cause chorioamnionitis and post-partum endometritis and systemic infections in non-pregnant adults.
1.4 Incubation
Early onset disease: Usually occurs within the first 24 hours of life (range 0-6 days). Late onset disease: occurs at 3 to 4 weeks of age (range 7 days to 3 months).
1.5 Source
Humans.
1.6 Transmission
Transmission from mother to infant occurs shortly before or during delivery. After delivery, person-to-person transmission can occur.
1.7 Communicability
Unknown.
1.8 Treatment
Ampicillin plus an aminoglycoside is the initial treatment of choice for a newborn. For treatment of meningitis, consult appropriate specialist.
1.10 Prophylaxis
Refer to current Reproductive Care guidelines for management of group B streptococcus in pregnant women and newborns.
2. Procedure
No public health follow-up required. This is a notifiable disease. Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
1.3 Symptoms
Diffuse oral lesions on the buccal surfaces of the cheeks and gums and on the sides of the tongue. Papulovesicular lesion, also commonly occur as an exanthem especially on the palms, fingers, and soles. Lesions may persist from 7-10 days. Occasionally, maculopapular lesions appear on the buttocks.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 3-5 days.
1.5 Source
Humans.
1.6 Transmission
Direct contact with respiratory secretions and feces of infected people (who may be asymptomatic). Also via aerosol droplet spread.
1.7 Communicability
During the acute stage of the illness, and perhaps longer because these viruses persist in the stool for several weeks.
1.8 Treatment
None.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
No Public Health follow-up required. This disease is not notifiable.
References: Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association.
IMPETIGO
1.1 Case definition
Compatible clinical illness or isolation of Staphylococcus aureus or, group A beta hemolytic streptococci (GABS), from the site of a lesion of the skin.
1.3 Symptoms
Small blisters first appear on the face, around the mouth or nose, or on other parts of the body where there has been a cut, scratch, abrasion or a bite. The sores become purulent and then scab over with a yellowish crust. This lesion can last up to several weeks.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 4 to 10 days.
1.5 Source
S. aureus are found on most environmental surfaces, especially the human body, where there are infected skin sites. GAS are found in human skin lesions and in the nasopharyngeal tract.
1.6 Transmission
Close contact with individuals who either have a purulent lesion or are an asymptomatic carrier. The hands are the most important means for transmitting infection.
1.7 Communicability
Communicable until active drainage has disappeared. Autoinfection may continue for the duration of active lesions or during the period of nasal colonization.
1.8 Treatment
Topical and systemic antibiotics may be necessary. S aureus carriers may need more aggressive antibiotic therapy. Children with impetigo should be kept home from school or childcare for 24 hours after the treatment has been initiated.
1.10 Prophylaxis
Good personal hygiene.
2. Procedure
No Public Health follow-up required. This disease is not notifiable.
References: Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
INFLUENZA
1.0 INFORMATION
1.1 Case Definition
Confirmed case:
SEPTEMBER 2011
Clinical illness with laboratory confirmation of infection: Isolation of influenza virus from an appropriate clinical specimen OR Demonstration of influenza virus antigen in an appropriate clinical specimen OR Significant rise (e.g. fourfold or greater) in influenza IgG titre between acute and convalescent sera OR Detection of influenza RNA
1.3 Symptoms
Influenza-like illness (ILI) is defined as: acute onset* of respiratory illness with fever and cough and one or more of sore throat, arthralgia, myalgia or prostration. Fever may not be prominent in the elderly and children under five. Nausea, vomiting and diarrhea are uncommon; however, such symptoms may accompany the respiratory phase of the disease in children under 5. In some cases it will be difficult to distinguish influenza from other respiratory illnesses. *distinct change from normal status to respiratory illness over 1-3 days, based on clinical judgement.
1.4 Incubation
The incubation period for influenza ranges from one to four days. On average, symptoms may appear within two days of exposure to the virus.
1.5 Source
Humans are the primary reservoir for human infections. Birds and other mammals such as swine may serve as potential sources of new human subtypes thought to emerge through genetic reassortment or antigenic shift.
1.6 Transmission
Person to person by droplet spread. This happens when droplets from a cough or sneeze of an infected person are propelled (generally up to 2 meters) through the air and deposited on the mouth or nose of people nearby. Though much less frequent, the viruses also can be spread when a person touches respiratory droplets on another person or an object and then touches their own mouth or nose (or someone elses mouth or nose) before washing their hands.
1.7 Communicability
Adults are typically infectious from the day before symptoms begin until approximately five to seven days after illness onset. Children can be infectious for more than ten days; young children can shed virus for up to six days before symptom onset.
1.8 Treatment
In Canada, amantadine and two neuraminidase inhibitors (oseltamivir and zanamivir) are licensed for use as treatment and prophylaxis against influenza. The choice of drug depends on the type (A or B) and subtype (H1 or H3) of influenza. The effectiveness of antivirals is determined each season and recommendations may change as new information becomes available. Amantadine is effective against influenza A/H1 (but not most A/H3). It is not effective against influenza B or Pandemic H1N1 ; Oseltamivir is effective against influenza A/H3 (but not A/H1), influenza B, and Pandemic H1N1 ;
Zanamivir is effective against influenza A (H3 and H1) and B and Pandemic H1N1. To be effective in treating influenza, antivirals must be started within 48 hours of developing symptoms. The use of antivirals for the treatment and/or prevention (i.e., prophylaxis) of influenza is typically reserved for controlling outbreaks among residents and staff of long-term care facilities and other residential institutions. For further instructions regarding the use of antivirals in outbreak settings, please refer to Guide to Influenza Control for Long-Term Care Facilities and Adult Residential Centres (revised and distributed annually).
http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/resources/professionals.asp
1.10 Immunization
Immunization against influenza is publicly funded and advised for all Nova Scotians but is strongly recommended for people at high risk of influenza related complications and for those who care for them.
2.1 Cases
Follow-up of individuals with laboratory-confirmed influenza is only necessary for cases who are hospitalized, residents of long-term care facilities (LTCF) or adult residential centres (ARC) or other residential institutions (i.e., settings with an elevated risk for rapid transmission and outbreaks of influenza). Upon receipt of a laboratory-confirmed influenza case (either by a faxed report or through the Electronic Lab Reporting (ELR) system), the following steps should be taken: Determine if the case is a hospitalized case, a resident of a LTCF/ARC or residential institution. This may be evident based on the lab report (i.e., the name and/or address of the ordering physician). If not evident, contact the physician to obtain the relevant information and if necessary, interview the case. If the case does not reside in a LTCF/ARC or residential institution or is not hospitalized, no further follow-up is required. If the case does reside in a LTCF/ARC or residential institution: Contact the facility and determine if there is an outbreak occurring. Refer to Section 2.3 for the definition of an outbreak and for outbreak management guidelines. If the facility is not experiencing an outbreak, no further action is required. If the case is hospitalized- see Section 3.3.4 (ii)
a)
b) c)
d)
2.1.1 Exclusion
People who are ill should stay away from work, school, daycares, etc until they are feeling well and are able to fully participate in their usual day-to-day activities. Health Care Workers who are symptomatic/ infected with influenza should be excluded from work: 1. until 7 days after onset of symptoms with the first day of symptoms being counted as day 1, OR 2. they have been immunized at least two weeks previously and have started on antiviral therapy.
If the second criterion is met, a fitness-for-work assessment shall first be conducted through the Occupational Health department.
2.1.2 Education
See section 1.9, Core Prevention Messages.
2.2 Contacts
The identification and follow-up of contacts is relevant only in the context of an outbreak in a LTCF/ARC or residential institution. See section 2.3 for further guidelines.
Surveillance Specimens: Specimens collected as part of the Public Health Sentinel Program should be collected as indicated above on patients with influenza like illness.
Outbreak numbers are provided by public health services and should be clearly identified on the laboratory requisition. The patient/resident setting should be clearly indicated on the laboratory requisition LTC facility name Inpatient facility name and location (ICU, Floor, etc).
Laboratory testing during the peak influenza season will consist of primarily a streamlined nucleic acid amplification assay for the detection of Influenza A, Influenza B, Respiratory Syncytial Virus only. Additional use of the multiplex assay will be limited to outbreaks and critically ill acute care patients unless otherwise determined in consultation with a CDHA Microbiologist. Public Health Surveillance Subtyping of Influenza virus type A positive samples will be performed. Testing during the season will determine the strains which are circulating. The CDHA Anchor Microbiology laboratory also participates in the WHO Influenza Program offered through the National Microbiology Laboratory (NML) in Winnipeg. This program provides valuable reference / surveillance services for influenza strain characterization, antiviral susceptibility and molecular typing. Testing frequency (weekday/weekend) is assessed on an ongoing basis by CDHA Microbiology. Please note that turn around time may be further impacted by transportation from local/ regional labs to CDHA microbiology testing facility. IWK Health IWK Health Microbiology (PPHLN Paediatric Anchor Lab) performs viral respiratory testing for its facility. This service is under the guidance of the Chief of IWK Laboratories.
2.4.6 Point of Care Testing (POC) (Hatchette, T.F., and Members of PILPN,
2009). Rapid Influenza detection tests (RIDT) also referred to as Near-patient or POC tests use antigen detection technologies (RIDT) which can generate results in less than 30 minutes; however the tradeoff is that of suboptimal accuracy when compared to RT-PCR. The positive and negative predictive values of POC tests depend on the prevalence of influenza. Performance depends on the type of specimen tested, the timing of collection, age of the patient, and the skill with which the specimens are collected and the tests performed. Although there may be some utility in using RIDTs during seasonal influenza the primary limitation of currently available RIDTs is poor sensitivity which can be as low as 10% for pH1N1. This translates into an inability to rule out the diagnosis of influenza. As such, RIDT have limited utility in the management of individual patients presenting with influenza-like illness (ILI) (CPHLN, 2010). The relatively high specificity of most RIDTs allows clinicians to be fairly confident in the accuracy of a positive result from a patient presenting with ILI during the influenza season. However, because of the potential for false positive results during periods of low prevalence (i.e., summer months), positive results specimens need to be confirmed with more specific methods such as RT-PCR.
3.0 SURVEILLANCE
3.1 Introduction
Both laboratory-confirmed influenza and influenza of pandemic potential are notifiable diseases in Nova Scotia as mandated under the regulations of the Health Protection Act. Physicians and managers of laboratories must report positive influenza test results to the medical officer of health with jurisdiction in the locality in which the reporting person works. Outbreaks of respiratory illness in long-term care facilities are also notifiable. Monitoring influenza is an ongoing activity in Nova Scotia and the capacity of the influenza surveillance system is assessed at the beginning of each influenza season. The system monitors seasonal influenza in addition to other respiratory viruses, such as parainfluenza, adenovirus, and respiratory syncytial virus (RSV). The components of the current influenza surveillance system and the approach for the 20102011 influenza season are described here.
Figure 2: Influenza Testing Algorithm, Nova Scotia 2011 2012 (CDHA based testing)
Important Points for Laboratory Testing in the 20112012 Season: Community specimens will not be tested for influenza, with the exception of those recommended for testing after consultation with a CDHA microbiologist. Laboratory testing will be conducted on specimens from in-patients and LTCF/ARC. Patients presenting with ILI in emergency rooms are considered sentinels for what is happening in the community. Limited sentinel surveillance testing in emergency departments will be conducted weekly. Each ER site will collect a maximum of 5 specimens one day per week for testing. Laboratory testing will involve multiplex PCR testing in the shoulders of the influenza season, and influenza/RSV PCR testing during the peak of the influenza season. Laboratory testing may change earlier if surveillance indicators suggest increased influenza activity.
Clinical specimens for influenza testing are submitted to the microbiology laboratories at Capital District Health Authority (CDHA) and the IWK Health Centre in Halifax. Please refer to Figure 2 for detailed information on laboratory diagnosis of influenza through the Provincial Public Laboratory Network (PPHLN).
Cases should be entered using the ANDS date hierarchy, to reflect the earliest episode date available (refer to ANDS Quick Reference: Influenza Case Entry in Appendix B) It is expected that all fields are updated in ANDS where possible as new information becomes available. This is standard procedure for all notifiable conditions. For example, if through public health follow-up the outcome of a case (ie: hospitalized, deceased) is determined, this knowledge should be reflected in ANDS. ANDS Cognos reports are available to DHAs and include: an influenza report for each influenza season by DHA and type of influenza (named Reported Influenza Cases Week Ending), type of influenza by selected DHA(s) for a selected time period (named Notifiable Diseases by DHA),
and type of influenza by age group and sex for selected DHA(s) over a selected time period (named Notifiable Diseases by Sex & Age).
Procedures
FluWatch sentinel physician data are sent from PHAC in aggregate form to DHW via email and are also posted in the FluWatch module of the CNPHI website
Procedures
Infection control practitioners (or delegate) complete the one page aggregate report form (Appendix D) for patients seen in the Emergency Dept (ED). Data are collected daily and reported to DHW weekly. The surveillance period is in accordance with influenza surveillance weeks (Sunday to Saturday). Data provided include the total number of patients seen and the total number meeting the ILI case definition on a daily basis for the specified time period. Tally sheets are emailed to surveillancehpp@gov.ns.ca or faxed to DHW (902-424-0550) on Mondays.
Daily active surveillance should be initiated when absenteeism at a school or daycare exceeds 10% OR is higher than baseline levels as determined by the school/daycare or surveillance region which is likely due to ILI Note that active surveillance is required on a daily basis until absenteeism, likely due to ILI, becomes less than 10% OR lower than baseline levels as determined by the school or daycare Designate a public health nurse to carry out the initial investigation and active surveillance The public health nurse should determine the number and percentage of students/clients and staff absent and the predominant symptoms. It is important to distinguish between respiratory and gastrointestinal illness, noting that schools commonly refer to vomiting and diarrhea illnesses as the flu. The School Surveillance Tool or Daycare Surveillance Tool should be used to ensure complete information. (Appendix E) The public health nurse should report this information to the CDC team as outlined and alert the CDPC Manager if aware of an unusual presentation or increased morbidity (hospitalizations, deaths) Report school/daycare outbreaks through normal FluWatch procedures (Appendix F)
3.5.2 Influenza / ILI Outbreaks in Long Term Care/ARC and Acute Care Facilities Introduction
LTCF/ARC and acute care facilities are required to report outbreaks or suspected outbreaks of influenza and/or ILI to District Public Health Services. Please refer to the Guidelines for Influenza Control in LTCF/ARC for more detailed information. The document is available at: http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/resources/professionals.asp
Important note regarding reporting of influenza/ILI outbreaks in LTCF/ARC and acute care facilities: As of October 1, 2009, all outbreak reporting of the above to DHW will be done through the CNPHI website (https://www.cnphi-rcrsp.ca (see Table 4)
Table 4: Influenza/ILI LTCF/ARC Reporting through Outbreak Summaries Initial Report Update Report Final Report Comprehensive Final Report Outbreak of Required As new Required Only if influenza/ILI in information requested LTCF/ARC becomes available (ie: lab results) Report the outbreak through normal FluWatch procedures (Appendix F)
death in adults 3) to examine clinical and immunologic factors impacting on influenza vaccine effectiveness in adults. Physicians will be requested to order nasopharyngeal swabs for the following diagnoses on admission: Community-acquired pneumonia or other respiratory tract infection Acute exacerbation of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (AECOPD) or asthma Any cardiac or respiratory diagnosis or unexplained sepsis with a triage temperature of 37.5oC or higher The SOS Study will enhance, within participating hospitals, the active surveillance in place for detection of hospitalized cases of influenza in Nova Scotia.
3.7 Reporting
3.7.1 Respiratory Watch
The Department of Health and Wellness produces a report called Respiratory Watch, an analysis and summary of respiratory activity including the following surveillance information: The number of lab-confirmed cases, with descriptive epidemiology Severity of influenza (hospitalizations and deaths) Percentage of patients from FluWatch sentinel physicians (one day/week reporting) that met ILI case definition Percentage of patients from emergency departments (mixture of daily and weekly reporting) that met ILI case definition LTCF/ARC outbreaks
School/daycare absenteeism of greater than 10% or above baseline likely due to ILI Influenza and ILI activity levels (using FluWatch criteria) Number of specimens positive for RSV, with available descriptive epidemiology Number of specimens positive for parainfluenza and adenovirus Number of specimens positive for other respiratory viral pathogens Any additional pertinent respiratory information as determined by the DHW Surveillance team Respiratory Watch is distributed on a weekly basis via e-mail to staff in the Department of Health and Wellness, regional communicable disease managers, Medical Officers of Health, DHW Communications, and the Director of Long-Term Care, as well as selected infectious disease physicians, microbiologists, and infection control practitioners. Other individuals can be added to this mailing list on request. Respiratory Watch is also posted on the DHW website, where it is accessible to the public (http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/respiratory-watch.asp).
Background:
Influenza occurs in Canada every year. For most people this is not a lifethreatening illness. During a typical influenza season in Canada, over 21,000 physician visits, 2,500 hospitalizations and 450 deaths in Canada are attributed to the flu. Immunization is widely recognized as the most effective means for reducing the morbidity and mortality associated with influenza. Each year in Canada, the National Advisory Committee on Immunization (NACI) publishes a statement with recommendations as to which groups should be targeted by annual immunization programs. The strains of virus causing flu change every year, but can be reliably predicted so that health professionals can prepare an appropriate vaccine. In 2011-2012, the H1N1 strain will be included in the influenza vaccine. In 2011-2012, the Department of Health and Wellness is providing a publicly funded vaccine to all Nova Scotians. High risk individuals and those capable of transmitting the virus to high risk individuals are strongly encouraged to become vaccinated. These include: people 65 years of age and older; children 6 months to 5 years of age; pregnant women; persons with morbid obesity (BMI 40); aboriginals peoples; residents of long-term care and other chronic care facilities; adults or children with chronic cardiac or pulmonary disorders, diabetes and other metabolic diseases, cancer, immunodeficiency, immunosuppression due to underlying disease and/or therapy (including HIV,) renal disease, anemia and hemoglobinopathy; children and adolescents (6 months to 18 years of age) with conditions treated for long periods with acetylsalicylic acid; people living with, or caring for, individuals in the high risks groups listed above
people living in a home that is expecting a newborn in the influenza season which runs between November and April; health-care workers and students in health-care educational programs; first responders such as police officers, firefighters and emergency health services. In 2011-2012, Nova Scotia will order 410,000 doses of vaccine. Target Audiences: Health care professionals Health care students Parents/children/families Seniors Pregnant women First Nations and Inuit Employers General Population Talking Points and Media Lines: Key Message: The Department of Health and Wellness is offering a free flu vaccine to all Nova Scotians. Get your flu shot to protect you and your loved ones against influenza. Talking Points: Since flu viruses change from year to year, vaccination needs to be repeated every fall. Along with immunization, frequent hand washing is a strong line of defence against flu, especially after being in public places or shaking hands with people. Also, we recommend that you try avoiding close contacts with others who have cold and flu symptoms such as a sudden high fever, headache, general aches and pains, fatigue and weakness, a runny, stuffy nose, sneezing and sore throat. If you have flu symptoms, you should stay at home, minimize close contact with others and wash your hands frequently, especially after coughing or sneezing.
You should also refrain from visiting hospital patients and long term care residents as this will help protect those with weakened immune systems. To learn more, we invite you to visit the Department of Health and Wellness website at www.gov.ns.ca/DHW .
Potential impact on other departments, agencies: Department of Community Services Department of Labour and Workforce Development Health Care Education Organizations Long-Term Care Facilities Home Care and Support Agencies District Health Authorities Service Nova Scotia Strategic Actions/Roll-Out plan: Minister of Health and Wellness Maureen MacDonald and Chief Public Health Officer Robert Strang will hold a press conference at Northwood Centre in Halifax to launch the 2011-2012 Influenza Vaccination Campaign. This will occur on October 13, 2011. The press conference will be followed by a photo opportunity of Minister MacDonald and CPHO, Dr. Robert Strang, receiving their flu shot. DHW will provide communications materials to District Health Authorities across the province and health care partners in the week before the flu launch. DHW will likely be engaging in a comprehensive marketing campaign to promote the influenza vaccine as part of Better Care Sooner. Communications Materials: Note to Editors Media Kit News Release Flu Website Posters Questions and Answers
Recommended spokespersons for 2011-2012: Minister of Health and Wellness Maureen MacDonald Chief Public Health Officer Robert Strang
References Canada Communicable Disease Report. (2011). NACI Statement on Seasonal Trivalent Inactivated Influenza Vaccine 2011-2012. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/naci-ccni/ Canadian Public Health Laboratory Network. (2010). Guidance for Laboratory Testing for Detection and Characterization of Human Influenza Virus for the 2010 2011 Respiratory Virus Season. Retrieved from http://www.nml-lnm.gc.ca/newnouv/assets/pdf/EN_Influenza_Seasonal_Best_Practices_2010-2011.pdf Hatchette TF, and Members of the Pandemic Influenza Laboratory Preparedness Network (PILPN) (2009). Commentary: The Limitations of Point of Care testing for Pandemic Influenza: What Clinicians and Public Health Professionals Need to Know. Can J Pub Health 100:204-207. Health Canada. (2002). Prevention and control of occupational infections in health care. An infection control guideline. CCDR 2002;28S1:1-264. Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phacaspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Public Health Agency of Canada. (2011). FluWatch. Retrieved from http://www.phacaspc.gc.ca/fluwatch/index-eng.php
5.0 APPENDICES
Appendix A: 2011-2012 Seasonal Influenza Vaccine Information for Immunizers
APPENDIX A: 2011-2012
Seasonal Influenza Vaccine Information for Immunization Providers
Immunization providers should not order the whole seasons supply at once as the supply needs to be shared among all immunization providers. We encourage you to first immunize people at greatest risk of influenza-related complications and those people who live with or care for them. Role Model/ Duty of Care Annual influenza immunization of health care workers is very important for reducing influenza-related morbidity and mortality among high risk groups. All immunization providers are encouraged to receive an annual influenza immunization.
3. Which groups are considered high risk for influenza related complications?
A. The following groups are considered high risk : Persons with morbid obesity (BMI 40) Aboriginal peoples Adults (including pregnant women) and children with the following chronic health conditions: cardiac or pulmonary disorders (including bronchopulmonary dysplasia, cystic fibrosis and asthma); diabetes mellitus and other metabolic diseases; cancer, immunodeficiency, immunosuppression (due to underlying disease and/or therapy); renal disease; anemia or hemoglobinopathy; conditions that compromise the management of respiratory secretions and are associated with an increased risk of aspiration; and children and adolescents with conditions treated for long periods with acetylsalicylic acid. People of any age who are residents of nursing homes and other chronic care facilities.
People 65 years of age. Healthy children 6 to 23 months of age. Healthy pregnant women (the risk of influenza-related hospitalization increases with length of gestation, i.e. it is higher in the third than in the second trimester).
The only two products being used in Nova Scotia for the publicly funded influenza immunization program are Fluviral and Vaxigrip 5. Who should NOT routinely be given seasonal influenza vaccine?
A. The following people people should not receive seasonal influenza vaccine: Infants less than 6 months of age; People who have had a serious allergic reaction to a previous dose of any influenza vaccine; People who have had a serious allergic reaction to any of the components of influenza vaccine; People with an egg allergy who are at higher risk for a severe allergic reaction, defined by the Canadian Society of Allergy and Clinical Immunology as: previous respiratory or cardiovascular reaction, generalized hives or those with poorly controlled asthma; People who have a severe febrile illness; People known to have had Guillain- Barr Syndrome within 8 weeks of a previous influenza vaccine.
6. Should people who have experienced Ocular Respiratory Syndrome (ORS) following receipt of a previous seasonal influenza vaccine be immunized with the seasonal influenza vaccine?
A. There is no evidence to suggest that ORS will be a concern following immunization. Individuals who have experienced the oculorespiratory syndrome (ORS), including those with a severe presentation (bilateral red eyes, cough, sore throat, hoarseness, facial swelling) but without lower respiratory tract symptoms, may be safely reimmunized with influenza vaccine. Persons who
experienced ORS with lower respiratory tract symptoms should have a consultation with an allergist.
7. Should people who are allergic to eggs, components of the vaccine, or a previous dose receive the seasonal influenza vaccine?
A. Influenza vaccination for those with egg allergy is no longer considered a contraindication provided appropriate monitoring and support is available; prior vaccine skin testing is not recommended. Egg-allergic individuals at lower risk for a severe allergic reaction defined by the Canadian Society of Allergy and Clinical Immunology (CSACI) as: mild gastrointestinal or mild local skin reactions and able to tolerate ingestion of small amounts of egg can be vaccinated with a full age-appropriate dose followed by a waiting period of 30 minutes. Persons with an egg allergy who are at higher risk for a severe allergic reaction, defined by CSACI as: previous respiratory or cardiovascular reaction, generalized hives or those with poorly controlled asthma should only be vaccinated if recommended by an allergist. (NACI Statement on Seasonal Influenza Vaccine for 2011-2012) Expert review of the risks and benefits of vaccination should be sought for those who have previously experienced severe lower respiratory symptoms (wheeze, chest tightness, difficulty breathing) within 24 hours of influenza vaccination, an apparent allergic reaction to the vaccine or any other symptoms (e.g., throat constriction, difficulty swallowing) that raise concern regarding the safety of reimmunization.
11. How long can a vial of influenza vaccine be used once it is opened?
A. An opened vial of Fluviral (GSK) should be used within 28 days from the date it was opened. An opened vial of Vaxigrip (Sanofi Pasteur) should be used within 7 days from the date it was opened.
The deltoid muscle is the recommended site in adults/ older children and the anterolateral thigh in infants (1 year old and under).
13. Can I draw up the seasonal influenza vaccine into syringes to be used at a later time?
A. No. The manufacturer has no data to confirm that immunogenicity of the product
will be preserved after prolonged exposure to the plastic of the syringe. The company also has concerns regarding bacterial contamination. Therefore, influenza vaccine should be injected as soon as possible after being drawn up.
14. How soon following immunization does protection develop and how long does it last?
A. Protection from the seasonal influenza vaccine generally begins 10 to 14 days after
15. What are the side effects of the seasonal influenza vaccine?
A. One third of those vaccinated report soreness at the site for up to two days. Flu-like symptoms (fever, sore muscles, and tiredness) may occur within 6 to 12 hours after vaccination and last 1 to 2 days, especially in those receiving the vaccine for the first time. Anaphylactic hypersensitivity reactions occur rarely.
All other providers will submit aggregate influenza information at the end of the influenza season to their local Public Health office on forms provided by Public Health.
cause influenza.
19. Can you receive seasonal influenza vaccine before or after having donated/received blood or Immune Globulin?
A. Yes.
20. Can seasonal vaccine and pneumococcal vaccine be given at the same time?
A. Yes they can be administered at the same time but they should be administered via separate syringes in different sites. Pneumococcal vaccination is recommended once in a lifetime, except in certain high risk individuals as specified in the Canadian Immunization Guide. Pertussis vaccine is recommended in childhood and adolescence and once as an adult.
21. Can you receive seasonal influenza vaccine if you have received other vaccines recently? Does there need to be an interval of time between receiving other vaccines and seasonal influenza vaccine?
A. Yes, you can receive seasonal influenza vaccine if you have received other vaccines recently. No, there is no interval of time between receiving other vaccines and seasonal influenza vaccine and any other vaccines.
23. What is the dosage and frequency of the seasonal influenza vaccines?
A. The National Advisory Committee on Immunization (NACI) Statement on Seasonal Influenza Vaccine for 2011-12 recommends a change in the dose of influenza vaccine for children ages 6-35 months. The recommended dosage is now 0.5ml of vaccine (not 0.25 ml as in previous years), based on evidence of moderate increase in immunogenicity and no evidence of increased adverse events. N. S. has made the decision to adopt the NACI recommendation. Recommended Influenza Vaccine Dosage by Age, 2011-2012
Age Group Dose No. of Doses
0.5 ml 0.5 ml
1 1 or 2*
*Previously unvaccinated children less than 9 years of age require two doses
of Seasonal Influenza Vaccine, with a minimum interval of 4 weeks between doses. Children less than 9 years of age who have received one or more doses of Seasonal Influenza Vaccine in the past only need to receive one dose per season thereafter. The seasonal influenza vaccine is not licensed or recommended for infants less than 6 months of age. **The recommended dosage for influenza vaccine for children age 6-35 months has increased from 0.25 ml (half dose) to 0.50 ml (full dose)
PC and FLU
V221 V048
N/A V066
Refer to the following table when billing for a provincial immunization tray fee. Health Services Code Description MSUs 13.59M Provincial immunization tray fee 1.5 per multiple (max 4/visit)
Notes: 1. If one vaccine is administered but no associated office visit is billed (i.e. the sole
purpose for the visit is the immunization), claim the immunization at a full fee of 6.0 MSUs. 2. If two vaccines are administered at the same visit but no associated office visit is billed (i.e. the sole purpose for the visit is the immunization), claim for each immunization at a full fee of 6.0 MSUs each. 3. If one vaccine is administered in conjunction with a billed office visit, claim both the office visit and the immunization at full fee. 4. If two vaccines are administered in conjunction with a billed office visit, claim the office visit and the first injection can be claimed at full fee. All subsequent injections will be paid at 50%.
5. For children less than 12 months of age, if a vaccine is administered in conjunction
with a well baby care visit, claim the well baby care visit and the immunization.
2011 September 19
APPENDIX B
ANDS Quick Reference: Influenza Case Entry
Case Status*
Investigation Status* Investigation Closed Date Date Reported* DHA* Disease Name* Agent Sub/Serotype Other lab Info
Episode Date*
Clinical Presentation Outcome Risk Factors for STIs Only Where was cases illness most likely acquired? Associated with an outbreak?
Outbreak Number
Received Vaccine Vaccine Date 1 (& 2) Vaccine Name Do Not Use Comments Free text. Use as appropriate for case management. *Indicates a mandatory field in the ANDS application
The outbreak number of the associated outbreak, if applicable. (Follow outbreak numbering system described in Section 3.5.3). Do Not Use Do Not Use
APPENDIX C
Case Report Form for Reporting Influenza in Nova Scotia
APPENDIX D
ILI in Emergency Departments (ED)/Outpatient Centres form available at the following website:
http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/populationhealth/surveillanceguidelines/ER_ICP_ILI_Surveilla nce_Weekly_Report_Form.pdf
Emergency Department (ED) and Outpatient Centre Influenza-Like Illness Surveillance Protocol Background
The ED surveillance system was implemented in April 2009 with the support of Infection Control Practitioners across Nova Scotia ILI reports are sent to Department of Health and Wellness (DHW) and reported weekly in Respiratory Watch
Reporting to DHW
The current surveillance system is a mixture of time periods:
Reporting Timelines
Report forms are sent to DHW via email or fax each Monday Email: surveillancehpp@gov.ns.ca Fax: 902-424-0550
Please note:
If facility has chosen to create a custom report using an administrative database with ILI data, please email or fax to DHW as above If you have any questions, please call 902-424-6567.
APPENDIX E
School and Daycare Absenteeism
APPENDIX F
FluWatch Reporting Procedure through CNPHI
FluWatch Reporting using CNPHI Please note that the submission deadline is Tuesday at noon Entering a Sub-Regional Report The data must be manually entered. After the data has been entered, click Submit to send the data to Regional and Provincial/Territorial Reviewers and to make the report viewable to other users within the same region. 1. In CNPHI site, select Sub-Regional Reports from the menu as shown:
4. Manually enter the data (note that mandatory fields are marked with an asterisk):
5. Scroll down the page and click submit to send the data to HPP:
Entering a Regional Report Please note that the submission deadline is TUESDAY at NOON. A regional report computes a summary of influenza activity levels for the region including detailed information from the sub-regional level reports. Creating a Regional Report after Sub-Regional data has been entered: 1. Select Regional Reports from the menu as shown:
3. Click on the Update Table button to upload the data from the Sub-Regional Report into the Regional Report:
4. Scroll down the page and click submit to send the data to HPP:
APPENDIX G
INFLUENZA VACCINE COVERAGE AND REPORTING NOVA SCOTIA, 20112012
LEGIONELLOSIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Clinical illness (see clinical evidence below) with laboratory confirmation of infection: isolation of Legionella species or detection of the antigen from respiratory secretions, lung tissue, pleural fluid or other normally sterile fluids OR a significant (e.g. fourfold or greater) rise in Legionella species IgG titre between acute and convalescent sera OR IgG titre > 1:128 against Legionella species OR demonstration of L. pneumophila antigen in urine
Probable case:
Clinical illness with demonstration of Legionella species DNA
Clinical Evidence:
Legionellosis comprises two distinct illnesses: Legionnaires disease, characterized by fever, myalgia, cough and pneumonia, and Pontiac fever, a milder illness without pneumonia.
1.3 Symptoms
There are two distinct clinical and epidemiological manifestations of legionellosis: Legionnaires Disease. Pontiac Fever. The early symptoms of both diseases include anorexia, malaise, myalgia, headache, and rapidly rising fever with chills (temperatures commonly reach 39 C to 40.5 C). Non-productive cough, abdominal pain and diarrhea are common. For Legionnaires disease, chest x-rays often show pneumonia that may progress to bilateral involvement and ultimately respiratory failure. Case fatality rates for Legionnaires disease have reached as high as 39%. Pontiac fever is a milder illness, which is not associated with pneumonia or death. Clients with Pontiac fever usually recover spontaneously in 2-5 days.
1.4 Incubation
Legionnaires Disease: Usually 5-6 days, ranges from 2-10 days. Pontiac Fever: Usually 24 to 48 hours, ranges from 5 to 6 days.
1.5 Source
Primarily sources of water, such as hot water systems (showers), air conditioning cooling towers, evaporative condensers, humidifiers, whirlpool spas, respiratory therapy devices and decorative fountains.
1.6 Transmission
Inhalation of mists from a contaminated water source (as named above). Person to person transmission has not been documented.
1.7 Communicability
No person-to-person transmission.
1.8 Treatment
For Legionnaires disease, erythromycin is given in high doses intravenously initially, followed by oral therapy when condition is improving. Rifampin is recommended for patients with confirmed disease who are severely ill or immunocompromised or in whom the infection does not respond promptly to intravenous erythromycin. Rifampin should not be used alone. Pontiac fever requires no specific treatment.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
2.1 Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1 Medical Officer of Health
a. Determine investigative responsibility. The MOH must ensure that all reports of legionellosis are received and disseminated to the appropriate personnel for investigation. The CDC coordinator/ manager may assume this role in the absence of the MOH.
2.1.2 Investigator
Upon receiving the report the investigator should initiate the follow-up. a. Determine case status. b. Discuss case with the MOH. c. Contact and educate the individual and /or family Discuss the role of public health. Provide information to the individual or family and provide fact sheets. Inquire about water source. Inquire about the use of humidifiers and respiratory equipment. Inquire about whether immunocompromised Inquire about whether the individual knows anyone else with symptoms
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Legionellosis: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics
Symptoms of Pontiac Fever may include the symptoms above except for pneumonia.
Probable case:
Clinical evidence of invasive disease with purpura fulminans or petechiae, with no other apparent cause and with non-confirmatory laboratory evidence: detection of N. meningitidis antigen in the CSF Note: Meningococcal DNA can be found in the CSF up to 90 hours after antibiotics have been started Further to Case Definitions in this section, please note the description of cases in the footnotes that may be useful for epidemiological purposes.3
Invasive meningococcal disease usually manifests itself as mentingitis and/or septicemia, although other manifestations may be observed (e.g. orbital cellulitis, septic arthritis). Invasive disease may progress rapidly to purpura fulminans, shock and death. 2 Each jurisdiction will have a validation process for the NAT that they have in place. 3 Sporadic Case: A single case occurring in a community where there is no evidence of an epidemiologic link (by person, place, or time) to another case; Index Case: The first case occurring in a community; Subsequent Case: A case with onset of illness subsequent to another case with whom an epidemiologic link can be established. This category includes co-primary cases (a person who develops illness within 24 hours of onset of illness in the index case), as well as secondary cases (a person developing illness> 24 hours after onset of illness in the index case).
1.3 Symptoms
Sudden onset of fever, intense headache, nausea and often vomiting, stiff neck and photophobia. Meningococcaemia, or meningococcal sepsis, is the most severe form of infection with petechial rash, hypotension, disseminated intravascular coagulation and multi- organ failure.
1.4 Incubation
Usually 3 to 4 days, ranges from 1 to 10 days.
1.5 Source
Humans: Up to 5% to 10% of people may be asymptomatic carriers with nasopharyngeal colonization of N. meningitidis. Less than 1% of those colonized will progress to invasive disease. See Section 1.9, Core Prevention Messages.
1.6 Transmission
Person-to-person by direct contact with saliva or respiratory secretions.
1.7 Communicability
Communicable from 7 days before the onset of symptoms to 24 hours after the institution of antibiotic treatment. For asymptomatic carriers, communicability is difficult to determine
1.8 Treatment
Penicillin administered parenterally is the preferred choice Cefotaxime, ceftriaxone, and ampicillin are acceptable alternatives Chloramphenicol is recommended in patients with a penicillin allergy Five to seven days of antibiotic treatment is adequate for most cases of invasive disease
Reduce overcrowding in living quarters and workplaces (e.g. barracks, dormitories, sleep-away camps and ships) Immunize following the Nova Scotia Immunization Schedule Consult travel health clinics if traveling to countries where disease is endemic Follow hand hygiene practices using plain or antimicrobial soap with running water or an alcohol-based hand sanitizer
2.1.1 Exclusion
No exclusion required.
2.1.2 Education
See Section 1.9, Core Prevention Messages.
2.2.2 Susceptibility
Susceptibility to the clinical disease is low and decreases with age, which induces a high ratio of carriers to cases. Asplenic individuals are susceptible to this bacteremic illness.
2.2.4. Prophylaxis
Chemoprophylaxis should be offered to all persons having close contact with an invasive meningococcal disease (IMD) case during the infectious period (the 7 days before onset of symptoms in the case to 24 hours after onset of effective treatment), regardless of their immune status.
Chemoprophylaxis of close contacts should be administered as soon as possible and preferably within 24 hours of case identification but is still recommended for up to 10 days following last contact. Chemoprophylaxis should be considered for close contacts of a case that is strongly suspected to be IMD, even if laboratory confirmation cannot be obtained within 24 hours. Provide primary care physicians with Guidelines for Prophylaxis of Contacts of Meningococcal Disease (Appendix 1).
Table 1: Chemoprophylaxis for Close Contacts of IMD Cases DruDrug DODosage Comments Ciprofloxacin Adults >18 years of age: Contraindicated during pregnancy 500 mg x 1 dose PO and lactation Only approved for persons >18 years of age. Not recommended for prepubertal children. Rifampin Adults: Contraindicated in pregnancy. 600 mg PO q12h x 4 doses Urine and tears may be stained Children >1 month of age: red. Advise against wear of soft 10 mg/kg (maximum 600 contact lenses as they can also be mg) per dose PO q12h x 4 stained. doses Can reduce effectiveness of oral Infants <1 month of age: contraceptives. 5 mg/kg per dose PO q12h Advise use of alternative X 4 doses contraceptive measures. Ceftrixone Adults: Recommended drug for pregnant 250 mg IM x 1 dose women. Children <12 years: Alternative for persons who 125 mg IM x 1 dose cannot tolerate oral medication. Dilute in 1% lidocaine to reduce pain at injection site.
2.2.5 Immunization
Publicly funded meningococcal vaccine should be offered to contacts of cases of invasive meningococcal disease (IMD), as per the NACI recommendations, in order to further reduce the risk of secondary cases beyond the benefit of chemoprophylaxis alone.
Unimmunized household and intimate social contacts (e.g. kissing, sharing of toothbrush) of a case of IMD due to serogroup C should receive meningococcal C conjugate vaccine (preferable) or MenACYW-Ps or MenAC-Ps alternatives (depending upon age) as soon as serogroup C is identified. Unimmunized household and intimate social contacts (e.g. kissing, sharing of toothbrush) of a case of IMD with serogroup A, should receive MenACYW-Ps or MenAC-Ps. NOTE: for contacts who had a one-time exposure (e.g. health care workers and air travel contacts) rather than ongoing exposure, chemoprophylaxis alone is sufficient rather than immunization and chemoprophylaxis
2.2.6 Exclusion
Exclusion of contacts is not necessary.
2.2.7 Education
Review signs and symptoms of meningococcal disease and provide contacts with the Fact Sheet (refer to Appendix 3). Instruct contacts to seek medical attention immediately if they develop signs and symptoms If the index case attended a child care centre or school, see Section 2.6.2, Guidelines for Child Care
2.2.8 Follow-Up
Inquire to confirm that contacts received appropriate prophylaxis and did not become secondary cases Arrange for contacts to receive vaccination if the serogroup is vaccine preventable.
Organization-Based:
Increased transmission of N. meningitidis in an organization or institution with two or more cases of the same serogroup occurring within a 4-week interval. This includes restricted populations such as schools, day care centers, sports or social groups, as well as nursing homes or long-term care facilities.
Community-Based:
Increased transmission of N. meningitidis in a community with three or more confirmed cases of the same serogroup occurring within a three-month interval AND an age-specific incidence OR specific community population incidence of approximately 10/100,000, where there is an absence of an epidemiologic link between cases. This is not an absolute threshold and should be considered in the context of other factors. Refer to CCDR Volume 3151, May 2005, Guidelines for the Prevention and Control of Meningococcal Disease, Section 7.2.
2.4 Guidelines
2.4.1 Guidelines for Institutions / Long-Term Care Facilities
In health care facilities, when caring for a case with meningococcal disease, only persons with intensive exposure to nasopharyngeal or respiratory secretions require prophylaxis. This is in the absence of a mask as during an attempt to resuscitate an individual. For residents of long-term care facilities, please refer to Section 2.2.1. to determine which individuals meet the contact definition.
3.0 SURVEILLANCE
CIOSC Public Health Alert is recommended. Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 18th edition. 2004. David L. Heymann, Editor. American Public Health Association. Guidelines for the Prevention and Control of Meningococcal Disease. CCDR, May 2005. Public Health Agency of Canada. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases. 2003. American Academy of Pediatrics. De Wals P, Hertoghe L, Borle-Grime I, et al. Meningococcal disease in Belgium. Secondary attack rate among household, day-care nursery and preelementary school contacts. J Infect 1981; 3 (suppl 1): 53-61 Fraser A, Gafter-Gvili A, Paul M, Leibovici L. Prophylactic use of antibiotics for prevention of meningococcal infections: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised trials. Eur J Clin Microbiol Infect Dis 2005; 24(3): 172-81. Meningococcal Disease Surveillance Group. Meningococcal disease: secondary attack rate and chemoprophylaxis in the United States, 1974. JAMA 1976; 235: 261-265. Cooke RPD, Riordan T, Jones DM, et al. Secondary cases of meningococcal infection among close family and household contacts in England and Wales, 1985-1987. Br Med J 1989; 298: 555-558. Stroffolini T, Rosmini F, Curiano CM. A one year survey of meningococcal disease in Italy. Eur J Epidemiol 1987; 3: 399-403. Olivares R, Hubert B. Clusters of meningococcal disease in France (1987- 1988). Eur J Epidemiol 1992; 8: 737-42.
Chemoprophylaxis for Close Contacts of IMD Cases DruDrug DODosage Comments Ciprofloxacin Adults >18 years of age: Contraindicated during pregnancy 500 mg x 1 dose PO and lactation Only approved for persons >18 years of age. Not recommended for prepubertal children. Rifampin Adults: Contraindicated in pregnancy. 600 mg PO q12h x 4 doses Urine and tears may be stained Children >1 month of age: red. Advise against wear of soft 10 mg/kg (max 600 mg) per contact lenses as they can also be dose PO q12h x 4 doses stained. Infants <1 month of age: Can reduce effectiveness of oral 5 mg/kg per dose PO q12h contraceptives. X 4 doses Advise use of alternative contraceptive measures. Ceftrixone Adults: Recommended drug for pregnant 250 mg IM x 1 dose women. Children <12 years: Alternative for persons who 125 mg IM x 1 dose cannot tolerate oral medication. Dilute in 1% lidocaine to reduce pain at injection site.
Reduce overcrowding in living quarters and workplaces (e.g. barracks, dormitories, sleep away camps, ships, etc.) Immunize following the Nova Scotia Immunization Schedule Consult a travel health clinic if traveling to countries where meningococcal disease is endemic Follow hand hygiene practices using plain or antimicrobial soap with running water or an alcohol-based hand sanitizer
MRSA / VRE
1. Information
JANUARY 2007
For information and procedures related to methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus auresus (MRSA) and vancomycin-resistant enterococci (VRE), refer to Partners for Infection Control Manual, available in all district Public Health Services Offices.
redness or swelling pain pus or other drainage More serious infections can cause pneumonia or bloodstream infections.
PEDICULOSIS (LICE)
This is not an infectious disease. Lice are a nuisance.
1. Information
Identification of adult lice or nits (eggs) on the head or attached to hair shaft, on the body and/or the pubic areas and the presence of symptoms consistent with infestation.
1.3 Symptoms
Intense itching, worse at night. The louse bites develop as painless macules and then papules, especially on the scalp. Scratching may lead to excoriation. Secondary infection may occur with ensuing regional lymphadenitis.
1.4 Incubation
The eggs (nits) usually take 1 week to hatch. There may be a slightly longer incubation period depending on the type of contact. The egg-to-egg cycle is approximately 3 weeks.
1.5 Source
Humans.
1.6 Transmission
Direct contact is the most frequent mode of transmission; however the lice can live on clothing, bedding or other personal items, like hats or hairbrushes. Pubic lice are usually transmitted through sexual contact, or bedding or shared towels.
1.7 Communicability
Exists as long as the lice and nits are alive, on the individual or in clothing and other personal articles.
1.8 Treatment
Shampooing a permethrin-based product into the hair, to be left on for 10 minutes is the treatment of choice. The permethrin solution should kill the nits as well. In the case of a pregnant woman or a child under two, the physician should be contacted. Lindane based products may have some potential toxicity, however they are still effective when used according to product instructions. A second treatment 7-10 days after the first is suggested to kill newly hatched lice. Lindane should be used with caution in pregnant women, children under 2 years of age and on people with inflamed or traumatized skin.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Refer to the Guidelines for Treatment of Pediculosis Capitis (Head Lice) document located at: http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/resources/policiesandreports.asp For useful facts and other information for the public please refer to the How to Prevent, Find, and Treat Headlice pamphlet located at: http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/resources/other.asp
References: Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Infection Control in the Child Care Center and Preschool 3rd edition 1996-Leigh G. Donowitz editor Head Lice Information Package, Developed by Public Health Services, Nova Scotia Central Regional Health Board, Aug. 2000 Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
PNEUMOCOCCAL DISEASE-INVASIVE
1.0 Information
1.1 Case definition
Confirmed case:
Clinical evidence of invasive disease (see clinical evidence) with laboratory confirmation of infection: isolation of Streptococcus pneumoniae from a normally sterile site (excluding the middle ear and pleural cavity) OR demonstration of S. pneumoniae DNA from a normally sterile site (excluding the middle ear and pleural cavity)
Probable case:
Clinical evidence of invasive disease with no other apparent cause and with non-confirmatory laboratory evidence: demonstration of S. pneumoniae antigen from a normally sterile site (excluding the middle ear and pleural cavity) Clinical Evidence Clinical illness associated with invasive disease manifests itself mainly as pneumonia with bacteremia, bacteremia without a known site of infection, and meningitis. Pneumonia without bacteremia is not notifiable
1.3 Symptoms
Sudden onset of fever, pleural pain, difficulty or rapid breathing, productive cough of rusty sputum. If pneumococcal meningitis, symptoms may include: fever, lethargy, severe headache, vomiting, and stiff neck.
1.4 Incubation
May be as short as 1-3 days.
1.5 Source
Humans. Pneumococci are commonly found in the upper respiratory tract of healthy people.
1.6 Transmission
By droplet spread or direct oral contact, or indirectly via articles contaminated with respiratory secretions. Person to person transmission is common, but illness among casual contacts or attendants is infrequent.
1.7 Communicability
Until respiratory discharges no longer contain bacteria in significant numbers. 14-28 hours after administration of penicillin.
1.8 Treatment
Penicillin G parenterally. Erythromycin may be used for clients who are allergic to penicillin. Penicillin-resistant strains are known, therefore identification of the strain is important.
Human Immunodeficiency Virus Alcoholism Routine revaccination is not recommended, however, revaccination should be considered for those of 2 years of age or older at highest risk of invasive infection, including those with functional or anatomic asplenia, or sickle-cell disease, debilitating cardio-respiratory disease, hepatic cirrhosis, chronic renal failure or nephrotic syndrome, HIV infection and other conditions associated with immunosuppression. A single revaccination is recommended after 5 years in those over 10 years of age and after 3 years in those younger than 10 years. Experience with revaccination is still limited and there are no data on the relative effectiveness of a second dose.
1.10 Prophlyaxis
None.
2.0 Procedure
No Public Health follow-up required. This disease is notifiable.
SCABIES
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Identification of the itch mites eggs or scybaia (feces) from skin scrapings of unexcoriated lesions. Intensely pruritic papular eruptions and linear burrows on the finger webs, wrists, elbows, axillary folds, knee folds, belt line, thighs, navel, abdomen, genitals and buttocks, in adults. In infants, the head and neck as well as the palms and soles are often affected.
1.3 Symptoms
Severe itching, especially at night, in the areas of the papular eruptions. Small blisters or vesicles may be evident. In infants, there may be a generalized rash instead of the typically separated scabies lesions in the adult. If scratching is vigorous, secondary infection of the lesions may be evident.
1.4 Incubation
Two to six weeks before onset of itching, if not previously exposed. In those who have been previously infested, the incubation may be only 1-4 days
1.5 Source
Humans.
1.6 Transmission
Direct skin to skin contact or through sexual contact or possibly through contact with the bedclothes or towels of infected individuals.
1.7 Communicability
Usually until after 1 or 2 courses of treatment, 7 days apart.
1.8 Treatment
The recommended treatment is one application of a cream or lotion containing 5% Permethrin. The cream or lotion should be left on for only 8-14 hours and then washed off. Alternative treatment by lindane containing products can also be effective, though they should be used with caution in children under 2 years of age. The individual should check with a physician if pregnant or if a child under 2 years of age is infected.
1.10 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
Refer to Partners for Infection Control manual for management in long term care facilities.
Permethrin containing products are recommended in the treatment of scabies. However, the family physician may have prescribed another medication. It is important to make sure that the treatment regimen is understood. Stress that the individual follow the instructions enclosed with the product. Discuss the need for lotion to be used only for 8-12 hour period and then washed off. Tell individuals to keep fingernails short and clean in order to minimize the risk of secondary infection from scratching. Educate about the need for laundering of bedclothes of infected individuals and other close contacts in the household. b. Contacts All family or close household contacts that have skin-to-skin contact with the infected individual should also be treated with a full treatment regimen, to ensure that the infection does not spread. c. Exclusion and return to work Tell the individual, parent or guardian that they or their children may return to work, childcare or school the day after treatment is completed.
VIRAL MENINGITIS
1. Information
1.1 Case definition
Clinically compatible symptoms or laboratory-confirmed virus identification
1.3 Symptoms
Viral meningitis is a relatively common but rarely serious syndrome with multiple viral etiologies. It usually presents as a sudden onset of fever, with headache, and other signs of meningeal involvement and abnormal CSF findings. A rash resembling rubella characterizes certain types of viral meningitis caused by echoviruses and coxsackieviruses; vesicular and petechial rashes may also occur. Active illness seldom exceeds 10 days. Recovery is usually complete. GI and respiratory symptoms may be associated with infection with enteroviruses.
1.4 Incubation
Depends on the specific virus, but for enteroviruses often 3 to 5 days.
1.5 Source
Humans and probably certain birds, mammals and reptiles.
1.6 Transmission
Depends on specific virus, but for enteroviruses, generally directly by fecal-oral or respiratory droplet contact with an infected person, or indirectly by contact with articles freshly soiled with feces or throat discharges from an infected person.
1.7 Communicability
Depends on the specific virus.
1.8 Treatment
None for the usual causative agents.
1.9 Prophylaxis
None.
2. Procedure
No public health follow-up required. It is notifiable.
References: Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Manitoba CDC Manual
Disclaimer Statement The Nova Scotia Communicable Disease manual was developed for the use of Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities. This manual is constantly under revision. Public Health staff will be informed of the changes as they occur. However, information contained on this site may not contain the latest information. Department of Health and Wellness does not assume any responsibility for the use of this information by any other groups or organizations aside from Public Health staff within the District Health Authorities
ANTHRAX
1. Information
1.1. Case definition
Confirmed case
Clinical illness with laboratory confirmation of infection: Isolation of Bacillus anthracis in a clinical specimen OR Demonstration of B. anthracis in a clinical specimen by immunofluorescence
Probable case
Suspected case with detection of B. anthracis DNA
Possible Case
Clinical illness in a person who is epidemiologically linked to a confirmed or suspected animal case or contaminated animal product
1.3. Symptoms:
Cutaneous: Appearance of small, painless but often pruritic papules. As the papule enlarges, it becomes vesicular and, within two days, ulcerates to form a distinctive black eschar, with surrounding edema Inhalation: Upper-respiratory flu-like syndrome that, after a few days, takes a fulminant course, manifested by dyspnea, cough, tachycardia, chills and a highgrade bacteremia
Gastrointestinal: Abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, , bloody diarrhea, fever & signs of septicaemia
1.4. Incubation:
Inhalation: 2-60 days Cutaneous: 1-7 days Gastrointestinal: 1-7 days
1.5. Source:
Anthrax is a zoonotic disease. Spores of B anthracis are found on hides, carcasses, hair, wool and other by-products of domesticated animals and wild animals such as goats, sheep, cattle, swine, horses, buffalo and deer. Anthrax may also be used as an agent of bioterrorism.
1.6. Transmission:
Human cases occur after contact with infected animals or their contaminated products. There is also the potential for use by bioterrorists.
1.7. Communicability:
Inhalation: not transmitted person to person Cutaneous: Discharges from cutaneous lesions are potentially infectious.
1.8. Treatment:
High doses of I.V. penicillin and doxycycline. Ciprofloxacin also is recommended therapy for adults with inhalation anthrax.
1.9. Prophylaxis:
For individuals believed to be exposed to an aerosol of bacillus anthracis, chemoprophylaxis needs to be discussed with the MOH.
2. Procedure:
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.2. Investigator:
Immediately or within a few hours of receipt of the report, the investigator should begin the investigation. Use general guidelines. Also use additional guidelines: a. Educating the individual. If the infection is cutaneous, educate the client on how to handle discharges or any dressings. b. Contact tracing. If there are individuals who have been exposed to an aerosol they should be contacted and referred for prophylaxis after an assessment is made.
2.1.3. Physician:
Use general guidelines.
2.1.4. Laboratory:
Use general guidelines
1.3. Symptoms:
Characterized by: A febrile (>38.3C oral) illness requiring supplemental oxygen AND Bilateral diffuse infiltrates (may resemble acute respiratory distress syndrome [ARDS]) AND Develops within 72 hours of hospitalization in a previously healthy person OR An unexplained illness resulting in death plus an autopsy examination demonstrating non-cardiogenic pulmonary edema without an identifiable specific cause of death
1.4. Incubation:
9 to 35 days.
1.5. Source:
The major source for the Sin Nombre virus is the deer mouse. Antibodies have also been found in other rodents.
1.6. Transmission:
Aerosol transmission from rodent feces and urine.
1.7. Communicability:
Person to person spread has not occurred in North America.
1.8. Treatment:
There is no proven effective antiviral therapy. Clinical management depends on careful fluid administration (avoid overhydration) and ventilatory support.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
None.
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
a. Determine investigative responsibility. The Medical Officer of Health (MOH) must ensure that all reports of hantavirus are received and disseminated to the appropriate personnel for investigation. The CDC manager/team lead may assume this role in the absence of the MOH.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Upon receiving the report the investigator should initiate the follow-up. a. Determine case status. b. Report case. Discuss case with the MOH. c. Contact and educate the individual and /or family Discuss the role of public health. Provide information to the individual or family and provide fact sheets. Inquire about recent activities, and travel and where the individual has been living. Explore whether there has been contact with rodents. Inquire about type of housing and any evidence of rodent infestation. Educate other household members on how to avoid contact with rodents.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Case Definitions for Diseases Under National Surveillance. 2000. Laboratory Centre for Disease Control. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Hantavirus Pulmonary Syndrome in Canada, 1989-1999.A. Bruneau & C. Duchesne. Canada Communicable Disease Report. April 15, 2000. Hantavirus: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo.
LYME DISEASE
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Clinical evidence of illness with laboratory confirmation: isolation of Borrelia burgdorferi from an appropriate clinical specimen OR detection of B. burgdorferi DNA by PCR OR Clinical evidence of illness with a history of residence in, or visit to, an endemic* area and with laboratory evidence of infection: positive serologic test using the two-tier ELISA and Western Blot criteria
Probable case
Clinical evidence of illness without a history of residence in, or visit to, an endemic* area and with laboratory evidence of infection: positive serologic test using the two-tier ELISA and Western Blot criteria OR Clinician-observed erythema migrans without laboratory evidence but with history of residence in, or visit to, an endemic* area * An endemic area is a locality where a reproducing population of I. scapularis or I. pacificus ticks is known to exist and the transmission of B. burgdorferi is supported, as demonstrated by molecular methods
1.3. Symptoms:
The clinical information presented below is not intended to describe the complete range of signs and symptoms that may be used in a clinical diagnosis of Lyme disease. Symptoms of early or late disseminated Lyme disease are described in the 2006 clinical practice guidelines of the Infectious Diseases Society of America. Other symptoms that are, or have been suggested to be, associated with Lyme disease (including those of so-called "chronic" Lyme disease and post Lyme disease syndromes) are considered too non-specific to define cases for surveillance purposes, whether or not they may be caused by B. burgdorferi infection.
Neurological
Musculoskeletal
Cardiac
1.4 Incubation:
From tick bite to appearance of single or multiple EM 3-32 (see http://www.cdc.gov/travel/content/yellowbook/home-2010.aspx days with a mean of 7-10 days. Late manifestation occurs months to years later.
1.5 Source:
The Ixodes scapulari, commonly known as the Blacklegged or deer tick, and the I. pacificus ticks are the vectors. Deer and wild rodents are the reservoir for these ticks. I. scapulari have been found in areas in Nova Scotia. The risk of Lyme disease is generally low but increases in areas with endemic populations of Blacklegged ticks. Blacklegged ticks have become endemic in a few areas in NS. An area is considered endemic when Blacklegged ticks reproduce from year to year and can be found in an area at all stages, from nymph to adult. Endemic areas are found on the DHW website at www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/lyme.asp. Migrating birds can also carry Blacklegged ticks into other areas of Nova Scotia. These ticks often do not become endemic as the appropriate climate and habitat are not always present. Adult Blacklegged ticks normally feed on deer while nymphs primarily feed on small rodents such as mice and squirrels.
1.6 Transmission:
Tick-borne; transmission occurs after the infected nymphal, larval or adult Blacklegged tick (BLT) has been attached for 24 hours or more. Other ticks in NS, such as the common dog tick, cannot transmit Lyme disease. The risk of Lyme disease is generally low but increases in areas with endemic populations of Blacklegged ticks. Patients with active disease should not donate blood because spirochetemia occurs in early Lyme disease.
1.7 Communicability:
There is no evidence of natural person to person transmission. Rare cases of congenital transmission have been documented but epidemiological studies have not shown any links between maternal Lyme disease and adverse outcomes of pregnancy.
1.8 Treatment:
Early localized (erythema migrans) and early disseminated (except if there is CNS involvement, see below) can be treated with oral antibiotics (doxycycline, amoxicillin, or cefuroxime).
CNS manifestations, except for cranial nerve 7 palsy (which can be treated with oral antibiotics), should be treated with IV antibiotics (IV ceftriaxone, cefotaxime, or penicillin). Relapsed or refractory Lyme arthritis and cardiac Lyme may require IV antibiotics. An infectious diseases specialist should be consulted to assist in the management of disseminated or late Lyme disease. Routine use of prophylactic antimicrobials following a tick bite is not recommended.
IgG antibodies appear 4 to 6 weeks after onset of EM, peak at 4 to 6 months and remains elevated indefinitely. Important caveats to Lyme testing: a) In the absence of objective clinical signs, the value of serologic testing is limited. The diagnosis should NOT be based on positive serologic tests in the absence of -objective findings and a credible epidemiologic link. b) IgM may be falsely negative if the serum is collected within the first two weeks of infection. Thus there is no point in testing at the time the tick is identified/removed before symptoms begin. Follow up serum will be required. c) Patients that are treated early for Lyme disease may have delayed seroconversion or never seroconvert (develop a positive IgG Western blot). d) Patients who have had symptoms for greater than 4 weeks should have a positive IgG Western Blot. If the patient's symptoms have been present for greater than 4 weeks, a negative Lyme IgG Western Blot suggests the symptoms the patient is experiencing are not due to Lyme disease. e) Testing cannot be used to determine "cure". f) Diagnosis of repeat infection is often difficult as IgM Western blots can remain positive for years despite appropriate treatment. Suspected repeat infections requiring serology should be discussed with a medical microbiologist. g) The Borrelia species that cause Lyme disease in Europe can be different that those in North America. Confirmation testing may require the use of a Western blot specific for those species. If the history suggests exposure in Europe, this should be documented on the requisition so that appropriate types of confirmatory testing can be done. h) EM in Lyme season (a period when ticks are active, usually above 4 degrees Celsius) with a documented tick exposure from an endemic area (the prevalence of B. Burgdorferi infection in the Ixodes ticks should exceed 20% should be considered an indication for antibiotic treatment and does not warrant serologic testing. i) EM like rash out of season (regardless of exposure in an endemic area or not) should have antibody testing. If serology is negative, repeat in 4 weeks.
For further information on laboratory methods please refer to the Provincial Public Health Lab Network: Users Manual. 2009
Pamphlets and posters are distributed by Public Health staff at the District Health Authorities to community partners (hospitals, physician officers, campgrounds, golf courses, municipal parks, etc.) DHW distributes pamphlets and posters to other government agencies (e.g. Department of Natural Resources, who distributes to provincial parks, Department of Tourism for distribution in NS Visitor Information Centres). Communication strategies can be implemented at any time as necessary with an emphasis on the early spring/summer season when vector become more active up to and including the fall (usually until there is consistent frost). Additional messaging can be implemented as needed depending upon climate, season, activity of vectors, or other.
6.0 References
Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdr-rmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf American Academy of Pediatrics and Committee on Infection Diseases (2009). Red Book: 2009 Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 28th ed. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics. Heymann, David (2008). Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 19th ed. Washington, D.C.: American Public Health Association. Nova Scotia Department of Health Promotion and Protection (2009). Nova Scotia Communicable Disease Control Manual. Halifax, Nova Scotia. Ogden, NH., Lindsay, LR., Morshed, M., Sockett, P., Artsob, H. The Rising Challenges of Lyme Borreliosis in Canada. Canadian Communicable Disease Report, January 1, 2008. Volume 34, Number 01. Provincial Public Health Laboratory Network of Nova Scotia PPHLN: Microbiology Users Manual, 2009. http://www.cdc.gov/travel/content/yellowbook/home-2010.aspx CDC Health Information for International Travel, 2010.
APPENDIX 2: LYME DISEASE FACT SHEETS LYME DISEASE FACT SHEET (ENGLISH)
What is Lyme Disease?
Lyme Disease is a bacterial infection transmitted by a certain species of ticks known as the Blacklegged tick, sometimes called the deer tick. Ticks, seen mostly in summer months, are small insects that will stick to the skin and feed on the blood of animals, including humans. The tick is brown or black and may be as small as the period at the end of this sentence. Before feeding they can be three to five millimetres in length. The Lyme disease bacteria can be carried by mice, squirrels, birds and other small animals. It can be passed to humans when ticks feed on infected animals such as birds and become infected and then bite people. The risk of Lyme disease is usually low. It takes 24 hours for the tick to transmit the disease. Removing the tick may help to stop the spread of Lyme disease into the body. Use tweezers or your fingers to grasp the body of the tick and remove it gently. After tick removal, wash the area and your hands thoroughly.
DEER TICKS NEED TO BE ATTACHED FOR 24 HOURS OR LONGER IN ORDER TO INFECT YOU WITH LYME DISEASE A REMINDER FROM PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICES... LYME DISEASE SEASON IS NOT OVER!!
Did you know that ticks that carry Lyme disease can be found as late as November on your pets and you? Enclosed is a pamphlet on Lyme disease with helpful hints on how to stay safe and healthy. More information can be found at www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/lyme.asp or contact Public Health Services to speak with a Public Health Nurse.
APPENDIX 6:
To assess the incidence of infection of humans with tick borne diseases in NS. To increase the awareness of the public and health care professionals (HCPs) about where, in NS, the risk for being infected with a tick borne disease is increased. To increase awareness of the public and HCPs about typical symptoms and signs of tick borne diseases. To provide information to the public and HCPs about effective ways to prevent exposure to and infection with tick borne diseases. To identify and implement strategies to control the spread of vectors of tick borne disease if possible.
3.0 BACKGROUND
Ixodes Scapularis (Blacklegged ticks) are the primary source for vector borne diseases in Nova Scotia, including human anaplasmosis and Lyme disease. Blacklegged ticks were first identified in Nova Scotia in 2002 and the first human cases of Lyme disease were confirmed as well. Migrating birds can carry BLTs which may be brought into areas of NS. Blacklegged ticks often do not become established/endemic as the appropriate climate and habitat are not always present. BLTs have become established/endemic in a few areas in NS. An area is considered established/endemic when Blacklegged ticks reproduce from year to year and can be found at all stages, from nymph to adult. Adult Blacklegged ticks normally feed on deer while nymphs primarily feed on small rodents such as mice and squirrels. Humans may become infected through the bite of an infected nymphal, larval or adult BLT. People may be exposed to BLTs that are often present in long grass or shrubbery in areas where they have become established/endemic. The risk of infection is very low if the tick is removed within 24 hours of attachment. The risk of Lyme disease, Anaplasmosis and other tick borne diseases is generally low but increases in areas with established/endemic populations of Blacklegged ticks. Other ticks in NS, such as the common dog tick, cannot transmit Lyme disease or Anaplasmosis.
Human cases of Lyme disease and Anaplasmosis rarely cause death. Transmission of bacteria from BLTs to humans usually occurs after the infected nymphal, larval or adult BLT has been attached for 24 hours or more.
Early localized:
A distinctive rash occurs at the site of a recent tick bite. The rash, erythema migrans (EM), appears 3-32 days after the tick bite (mean of 7-10 days) as a red macule or papule and expands over days to weeks to form a large, annular, erythematous lesion that is usually 5 cm or more in diameter. Lesions less than 5 cm in diameter are less likely to represent EM and may be local reactions to the tick saliva. The lesion may have a partial central clearing and is usually painless and not pruritic. Localized EM can vary greatly in shape and size and may have necrotic or vesicular areas in the centre. With or without EM other symptoms may include fever, malaise, headache, fatigue, stiff neck, and myalgia and arthralgias. 70-80% of those infected with Lyme disease have an EM rash. Not all patients who develop Lyme disease present with initial EM.
Early disseminated:
15% of patients present with multiple erythema migrans. This rash often occurs several weeks after the tick bite. Rash consists of secondary annular, erythematous lesions, usually smaller than, the primary lesion. Other symptoms in this stage may include palsies of the cranial nerves, lymphocytic meningitis, and conjunctivitis. Arthralgia, myalgia, headache and fatigue may also be seen. Rarely, various degrees of heart block can be seen.
Late disease:
Most commonly seen is relapsing arthritis usually in large joints, particularly knees. Peripheral neuropathy and central nervous system symptoms can rarely occur. Late disease is rarely, if ever, fatal. Many symptoms and signs can resolve spontaneously and are effectively treatable with antibiotics. Non-cutaneous signs and symptoms are usually prevented with prompt antibiotic treatment.
3.2 Epidemiology
Sampling of BLTs submitted by the public, veterinarians and health care professionals has sporadically shown the presence of isolated BLTs that test positive for tick borne diseases, in several locations in the province. However, it does not appear that BLTs or Ld have become established/endemic in all areas. To date, only 3 areas have been confirmed to have established/endemic Blacklegged tick populations; Areas in and around Lunenburg, Admirals Cove area in Bedford, and Gunning Cove in Shelburne county. BLTs in all three established/endemic BLT areas have tested positive for Borrelia burgdorferi (Lyme) The infectivity rate varies. As well, all three established/endemic BLT areas have had low rates of Anaplasmosis detected in BLTs. Babesios has only been detected in a small mammal sample in Lunenburg area to date.
The risk for human infection with Ld or other tick borne diseases in areas where BLTs are not established/endemic is considered to be very low. Human cases of Lyme disease and Anaplasmosis are reportable under the Health Protection Act to Department of Health and Wellness. Lyme disease has been confirmed in humans in NS. There have been no human cases of Anaplasmosis to date. One horse was confirmed with Anaplasmosis in 2009. No cases of Babesiosis have been reported in NS.
4.0 KEY ELEMENTS OF TICK BORNE DISEASES RESPONSE PLAN 4.1 Nova Scotia Vector Borne Diseases Working Group
The Nova Scotia Vector Borne Diseases working group was established in 2010 but originated from the Tick Borne Diseases working group which initiated in 2002. The group consists of experts in vectors and human health related to vector borne diseases. The group works together to ensure a consistent and coordinated approach to protecting Nova Scotians from vector borne diseases, including those transmitted by ticks. This group of experts is responsible for developing and implementing this Tick Borne Diseases Response Plan and for the ongoing assessment of risk to Nova Scotians. Members represented on the working group have different roles and responsibilities. The working group meets regularly to monitor all activities related to the response plan.
National case definitions are available for human Lyme disease. Health care workers are required to notify Public Health of all human cases of Lyme disease and Human Granulocytic Anaplasmosis. Public Health will determine if the case meets the case definition and will then initiate investigation of the case.
Details on Public Health investigation and management, as well as case report forms are found in the Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Manual. Also, please refer to section 4.6 for information on laboratory diagnostics.
DHW invites members of the public, physicians and veterinarians to submit ticks that have been found to be attached to people or pets for identification. Samples can be sent to local offices of Department of Natural Resources (DNR) or can be mailed to the Museum of Natural History in Halifax. Ticks other than dog ticks are forwarded by DNR to the National Microbiology Laboratory (NML) for further identification and testing for Borrelia burgdorferi, Ap and Babesiosis.
Dragging for Blacklegged ticks (a process to collect BLTs) to assess the presence of various life stages of BLTs and testing of small mammals to assess the presence of Borrelia burgdorferi and Ap is conducted in areas where there is reason to suspect that BLTs Lyme or Ap may be prevalent. Suspicion about establishment may be based on clusters of BLTs submitted as part of the passive surveillance system, the reporting of confirmed human cases in an area, surveillance for BLTs on deer or reports from veterinarians about dogs that test positive for Ld with the IDEXX test.
Active surveillance is conducted by DNR and the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC). Serological samples from small mammals and all collected BLTs are tested for, Borrelia burgdorferi, Ap and Babesia microti at the NML in Winnipeg. BLTs are determined to be established/endemic in an area when all three feeding stages of the tick (larva, nymph, adult) are present on resident animals or in the environment for at least two consecutive years.
DEER SURVEILLANCE
Staff of DNR has inspected deer killed on highways in western NS and the Halifax area during the spring and fall for the presence of BLTs. Samples of deer killed by hunters have been inspected in the Lunenburg area for the presence of BLTs. Continuation of this initiative will be determined with analysis of passive and active surveillance initiatives by the Vector Borne Diseases working group. These activities are designed to complement active and passive surveillance activities.
See a health care professional if symptoms of Lyme disease or other tick borne disease develops after exposure to a Blacklegged tick.. Use simple landscaping techniques to reduce the number of BLTs around homes and parks (www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/lyme.asp)
See Section 8.0 for a more detailed communications plans. Information on Lyme disease is a part of a comprehensive Enjoy the Outdoors Safely campaign, which currently includes West Nile virus, and Rabies. The Department of Health and Wellness website is continually updated to include information on Lyme disease. The public can receive further information from their local Public Health Services. Press releases and media interviews will keep the public updated during the spring, summer and fall months as needed.
For further information on testing please refer to the Nova Scotia Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Manual Chapter 9 Lyme Disease http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/publications/cdc_section_9.pdf
For further information on laboratory please refer to the Provincial Public Health Lab Network: Users Manual. - 2009
5.0 ROLES AND RESONSIBILITIES OF ORGANIZATIONS AND AGENCIES RELATED TO TICK BORNE DISEASES 5.1 Department of Health and Wellness
Conducts surveillance for human infection with Ld. Provides program response to public health case management of humans with tick borne diseases. Assesses risk of tick and vector borne diseases to the health of Nova Scotians. Recommends interventions based on health risk assessment in consultation with other NS government departments, Vector Borne Diseases Working Group, and PHAC. Provides support to those involved in the provincial response plan. Provides communication support for provincial vector borne diseases prevention initiatives, media, news releases, issue management, print materials and others as required. Assesses environmental health issues as related to control of vectors Coordinates and chairs the NS Vector borne Diseases Working Group.
Receives the data from DNR and NML regarding Blacklegged tick passive surveillance in NS and disseminates the results to Public Health Services in each District Health Authority. In conjunction with PHAC, reviews and analyzes Blacklegged passive tick surveillance data and recommend active surveillance initiatives.
Works in collaboration with the National Microbiology Lab (NML) for human diagnostic testing and reports results from the NML to appropriate District Health Authority. Reports all confirmed positive tests to the MOH in the District Health Authority where the physician who orders the test, works. Responds to questions from physicians and public health staff on laboratory diagnosis issues.
Target Audiences
General public Media Health care professionals Municipalities Tourists/Outdoor recreationalists
DHW provides information and resources about the presence of Ld in NS as well as recommendations to prevent exposure to BLTs and infection with Ld and Ap
to the public, media and health care workers. The tools used to provide information include: DHW Ld pamphlet DHW Ld poster (intended for areas where BLTs and/or Ld or Ap are established/endemic) Annual DHW letters to NS health care providers DHW updates provided to Doctors NS Media articles and press releases from DHW DHW website
The pamphlets and posters are distributed by PH staff to various community and health care setting (hospitals, clinics, physician offices, school boards, community and recreation centres, municipal offices, visitor information centres, campgrounds, golf courses, parks, etc.). Communication strategies can be implemented at any time as necessary with an emphasis on the early spring/summer season when vectors become more active. Additional messaging can be implemented as needed depending upon climate, season and activity of vectors. The key messages provided include: Information about where BLTs and Ld are known or suspected to be established/endemic. Common symptoms and signs of Ld and importance of obtaining medical advice. Inspection of people for attached BLTs and advice about prompt removal (infection is unlikely if BLT attached for < 24 hours). Use of protective clothing and insect repellants. Maintenance of property to reduce BLT infestation. Recommendation to submit ticks for identification and testing. Local meeting with District Health Authorities (Public health services) and communities as required.
Information provided on DHW vector borne disease website: General information about tick borne diseases and their prevention. Updated information on the location of areas where tick borne diseases are established/endemic in Nova Scotia. Updated information on the prevalence, distribution and risk of exposure to tickborne disease in areas where BLTs are established/endemic.
9.0 RESOURCES
American Academy of Pediatrics and Committee on Infection Diseases (2009). Red Book: 2009 Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 28th ed. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics. Heymann, David (2008). Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 19th ed. Washington, D.C.: American Public Health Association. Nova Scotia Department of Health Promotion and Protection (2009). Nova Scotia Communicable Disease Control Manual. Halifax, Nova Scotia. Ogden, NH., Lindsay, LR., Morshed, M., Sockett, P., Artsob, H. The Rising Challenges of Lyme Borreliosis in Canada. Canadian Communicable Disease Report, January 1, 2008. Volume 34, Number 01. Provincial Public Health Laboratory Network of Nova Scotia PPHLN: Microbiology Users Manual, 2009.
MALARIA
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Laboratory confirmation of infection with or without clinical evidence of infection: demonstration of Plasmodium sp. in a blood smear/film (thick and thin)
Probable case
Laboratory confirmation of infection with or without clinical evidence of infection: detection of Plasmodium sp. antigen in an appropriate clinical specimen
1.3. Symptoms:
There are four human malarias that present similar symptoms, making laboratory differentiation necessary. Falciparum malaria symptoms include fever, chills, sweats, diarrhea, respiratory distress and headache, and other non specific symptoms and may progress to splenomegaly, anemia, thrombocytopenia. Acute encephalopathy, severe anemia, icterus, renal failure, hypoglycemia, respiratory distress, lactic acidosis and more rarely, coagulation defects and shock may develop if not treated early. Severe malaria is a possible cause of coma and other CNS symtpoms in any partially immune or non-immune person recently returned from an endemic tropical area. Vivax, Malariae and Ovale malaria are generally not life threatening. Illness may begin with malaise and a slowly rising fever of several days in duration,
followed by a shaking chill and rapidly rising temperature. Headache, nausea and profuse sweating normally accompany these symptoms. After an interval free of fever, the cycle of chills, fever and sweating is repeated either daily or every second or third day. The duration of an untreated primary attack lasts from a week to a month or longer. Relapses may occur at irregular intervals for up to five years. Persons who are partially immune or who have been taking prophylactic drugs may show an atypical clinical picture.
1.4. Incubation
Time between infective bite and appearance of clinical symptoms is about 7 to 14 days for P. falciparum, 8-14 days for P. vivax and P. ovale, and 7-30 days for P. malariae.
1.5. Source:
Humans are the only important reservoir for human malaria.
1.6. Transmission:
By the bite of an infective female Anopheles mosquito. Most species feed during dusk or during the early evening hours. A few important vectors have biting peaks around midnight or in the early hours of the morning. Malaria may also be transmitted by injection or transfusion of blood from infected persons or by use of contaminated needles or syringes. Congenital transmission is rare.
1.7. Communicability:
Untreated or insufficiently treated clients may be a source of mosquito infection for more than 3 years in malariae, 1-2 years in vivax, and usually not more than 1 year in falciparum malaria. Stored blood can remain infectious for at least a month.
1.8. Treatment:
Treatment will depend on geographical area where malaria was acquired.
Discuss prophylaxis with a travel clinic before travelling to malarious areas. Discuss with a travel clinic the necessity for stand-by treatment if travelling to a malarious area where competent medical attention is more than 12 hours away. Individuals who have had malaria should consult Canadian Blood Service if they wish to donate blood.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
Non-immune individuals who will be travelling in malarious areas should use measures to protect themselves from mosquito bites, and may benefit from antimalarial drugs for chemoprophylaxis. The geographic distribution and specific drug sensitivities of malaria parasites change rapidly, so the most recent information should be sought from a travel clinic prior to prescribing chemoprophylaxis.
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Investigator:
Follow up malaria cases to determine: Where the client was travelling. If the client attended a travel clinic prior to departure. If the client was taking any anti-malaria medication prior to travel. If the client donated or received blood or blood products.
Prevent mosquito and other insect bites. Use DEET insect repellent on exposed skin. Spray for flying insects where you sleep. Use 10% or less concentration of DEET for children. Wear light coloured long pants and long-sleeved shirts, especially from dusk to dawn. This is the time when mosquitoes that spread malaria bite. Sleep under a mosquito bed net that has been impregnated with permethrin insecticide if you are not living in screened or air-conditioned housing. Avoid wearing scented products.
PLAGUE
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Confirmed case
Clinical evidence of illness with laboratory confirmation of infection: isolation of Yersinia pestis from body fluids OR a significant (i.e. fourfold or greater) rise in serum antibody titre to Y. pestis fraction 1 (F1) antigen by EIA or passive emagglutination/inhibition titre
Probable case
Clinical evidence of illness with any of the following laboratory evidence: demonstration of elevated serum antibody titre(s) to Y. pestis F1 antigen (without documented significant [i.e. fourfold or greater] change) in a patient with no history of plague immunization OR demonstration of Y. pestis F1 antigen by immunofluorescence OR detection of Y. pestis nucleic acid OR >1:10 passive hemagglutination/inhibition titre in a single serum sample in a patient with no history of vaccination or previous infection OR detection of Y. pestis antibody by EIA
1.3. Symptoms:
Characterized by fever, chills, headache, malaise, prostration, and is manifest in one or more of the following 3 principal forms: Bubonic plague: Regional lymphadenitis Septicemic plague: Less common and results in hypotension, acute respiratory distress and disseminated intravascular coagulation. Septicemia with or without an evident bubo Primary pneumonic plague: inhalation of infectious droplets Secondary pneumonic plague: Pneumonia, resulting from hematogenous spread in bubonic or septicemic cases Pharyngeal plague: Less common and involves cough, fever, dyspnea and hemoptysis, pharyngitis and cervical lymphadenitis resulting from exposure to larger infectious droplets or ingestion of infected tissues
1.4. Incubation:
From 1 to 7 days.
1.5. Source:
Wild rodents, rabbits, hares, wild carnivores and domestic cats may also be a source of infection.
1.6. Transmission:
The most frequent source of infection has been the bite of infected fleas (especially the oriental rat flea). Transmission also can occur via contact with infected tissues or fluids from handling sick or dead animals. Pneumonic plague can be transmitted via respiratory droplets from infected humans and cats.
1.7. Communicability:
Bubonic plague is not usually transmitted from person to person unless there is contact with pus from buboes. Pneumonic plague may be highly contagious in certain conditions (e.g. overcrowding).
1.8. Treatment:
Streptomycin is the drug of choice, and gentamicin can be used when streptomycin is not available. Tetracylines and chloramphenicol are alternative choices. All are highly effective if used early (within 8 to 18 hours).
1.10. Prophylaxis:
Close contacts of confirmed or suspected plague pneumonia should be provided with chemoprophylaxis using tetracycline or chloramphenicol
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
a. Determine investigative responsibility. Ensure that reports of plague are received and disseminated to the appropriate personnel for investigation within Public Health Services. b. Approve Public Health control measures. When required, approve control measures.
2.1.2. Investigator:
a. Begin investigation. Contact client to identify contacts.
b. Offer Chemoprophylaxis. Close or household contacts with exposure to pneumonic plague should be offered chemoprophylaxis and placed under surveillance for 7 days. Contacts who refuse chemoprophylaxis should be strictly isolated and carefully monitored for 7 days.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Plague: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
Treat pet dogs and cats for flea control regularly and do not allow these animals to roam freely. To avoid potential risk of exposure: Safely clean up rodent-infested areas. Air out infested spaces before cleanup. Spray areas of infestation and all excreta, nesting, and other materials with household disinfectant or 10% bleach solution then clean up, seal in bags, and dispose. Avoid sweeping, vacuuming, or stirring dust until the area is thoroughly wet with disinfectant. Wear rubber gloves; disinfect gloves before removal, and wash hands afterwards.
Q FEVER
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Demonstration of a rise in specific serum antibodies between acute and convalescent stages or recovery of the infectious agent.
1.3. Symptoms:
Sudden onset with fever, chills, headache, weakness, malaise, anorexia and severe sweats. Severity and duration varies widely. Illness usually lasts 1 to 4 weeks. About one half of infected people experience symptoms.
1.4. Incubation:
Usually 2 to 3 weeks, depending on the size of the infecting dose.
1.5. Source:
Sheep, cattle, goats, cats, dogs, some wild animals, birds and ticks.
1.6. Transmission:
Organisms are excreted in milk, urine, and feces of infected animals. Most importantly, during birthing, the organisms are shed in high numbers within the amniotic fluids and the placenta of infected animals. The organisms are resistant to heat, drying, and many common disinfectants. These features enable the bacteria to survive for long periods in the environment. Infection of humans usually occurs by inhalation of these organisms from air that contains airborne barnyard dust contaminated by dried placental material, birth fluids, and excreta of infected herd animals. Airborne particles containing the organisms may be
carried for a half-mile or more. Direct contact with infected animals has also been a mode of transmission, as has direct contact with straw, wool, fertilizer and laundry. Raw milk may be a source of transmission, but this has not yet been proven.
1.7. Communicability:
Person to person transmission occurs rarely, however, contaminated clothing may be a source of infection.
1.8. Treatment:
Q Fever is treated with an antibiotic.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
None.
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
a. Determine investigative responsibility. The MOH must ensure that all reports of Q fever are received and disseminated to the appropriate personnel for investigation. The CDC manager/team lead may assume this role in the absence of the MOH.
2.1.2. Investigator:
Upon receiving the report the investigator should initiate the follow-up. a. Determine case status. b. Report case. Discuss case with the MOH.
c. Contact and educate the individual and /or family. Discuss the role of public health. Provide information to the individual or family and provide fact sheets. Inquire about any activities, farm visits, work or association with animals. Inquire about consumption of raw milk. Advise on the necessity for adequate disinfection and disposal of animal products of birth.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Q Fever: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics.
RABIES
1. Information
1.1. Case Definition
Confirmed case
AUGUST 2010
Clinical evidence of illness with laboratory confirmation of infection: detection of viral antigen in an appropriate clinical specimen, preferably the brain or the nerves surrounding hair follicles in the nape of the neck, by immunofluorescence OR isolation of rabies virus from saliva, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), or central nervous system tissue using cell culture or laboratory animal OR detection of rabies virus RNA in an appropriate clinical specimen
Probable case
Clinical evidence of illness with laboratory evidence: demonstration of rabies-neutralizing antibody titre 5 (complete neutralization) in the serum or CSF or an unvaccinated person
1.3. Symptoms
Acute febrile illness with headache, fever, malaise, sensory changes at the bite site and increasing apprehension. These symptoms will progress to central nervous system changes and acute encephalomyelitis that almost always progresses to coma and death. Death usually results from respiratory paralysis and cardiac failure.
1.4. Incubation
Usually 3-8 weeks but uncommonly may be as short as several days or as long as a year or more (prophylaxis may be started as late as six or more months after exposure). The incubation period is often influenced by the severity and site (in relation to nerve supply and closeness to the brain) of the wound.
1.5. Source
The virus is present in the saliva or other potentially infectious materials such as the brain tissue of infected wild animals, including foxes, coyotes, wolves, skunks, bats and raccoons. Rats, rabbits, squirrel and mice are rarely infected. Domesticated animals such as dogs and cats may be at risk of contracting rabies if exposed to infected animals and then pose a further risk to their owners.
1.6. Transmission
The virus is introduced into another animal or a human through a bite or licking of an open wound. Person to person transmission is theoretically possible through exchange of saliva with an infected individual, but has not been documented. Corneal grafts from an infected person have resulted in rabies in the recipients.
1.7. Communicability
In dogs, cats and other biting animals, 3-7 days before the signs of illness and for the entire course of the disease.
1.8. Treatment
Clean and flush the wound area with soap and water and apply antiseptic or alcohol to the area. No suturing or wound closure is advised. Tetanus prophylaxis and antibacterial treatment may be indicated. See section 1.10 for post-exposure prophylaxis guidelines.
The public should be aware of the dangers of picking up sick or hurt animals or domesticating wild animals. Wild animals should not be relocated to other areas of province or to other provinces. Do not feed wild animals or leave leftover food around yards, parks etc. as it may attract wild animals. Seal small holes and entryways where bats could potentially enter homes, cottages, sheds, and other areas where they might have contact with people, pets or farm animals. Vaccinate farm animals and livestock.
1.10 Prophylaxis
1.10.1 Post-exposure prophylaxis a. Categories of exposure.
Two broad categories of exposure are recognized as warranting postexposure prophylaxis
Bite:
A bite includes any penetration of skin by teeth. Bites inflicted by most animals are readily apparent. Post exposure prophylaxis should be initiated in situations where there has been direct contact with a bat and a bite, scratch, or saliva exposure into a wound or mucous membrane cannot be ruled out. Direct contact is defined as the bat touching or landing on a person (NACI, November 2009). As per the NACI Guidelines 2009, in an adult, a bat landing on clothing would be considered reason for intervention (prophylaxis or testing of the bat) only if a bite, scratch, or saliva exposure into a wound or mucous membrane could not be ruled out. In a child, any direct contact with a bat should be considered a reason for an intervention, including contact through clothes, as a history to rule out a bite, scratch, or mucous membrane exposure may not be reliable. When a bat is found in the room with a child or an adult who is unable to give a reliable history, assessment of direct contact can be difficult.
Factors indicating that direct contact may have occurred include the individual waking up crying or upset while the bat was in the room, or observation of an obvious bite or scratch mark. (NACI, November 2009).
Non-bite:
Includes contamination of scratches, abrasions or cuts of skin or mucous membranes by saliva or other potentially infectious material, such as the brain tissue of a rabid animal. Also may include inhalation of aerosolized virus by spelunkers exploring bat infected caves or laboratory personnel homogenizing tissues infected with rabies.
Non-risk:
Petting a rabid animal or handling its blood, urine or feces is not considered to be exposure nor is being sprayed by a skunk. See above information in 1.10.1 a Bite section re bat landing on clothing of an adult.
Healthy people immunized with an appropriate schedule will develop rabies antibody and will be protected. Routine post-immunization assessment of antibody levels is not recommended. Serology to confirm protection should be considered after post-exposure prophylaxis for people whose response may be impaired by immunosuppression caused by medication, illness or advanced age.
The nature of the exposure (including bite or non-bite, severity and location of the wound). The type of animal (wild animal versus domestic animal or livestock), including the risk of rabies in the animal species involved Behaviour of the animal (provoked or unprovoked attack) at the time of the bite The availability of the animal for observation and /or laboratory testing of the animal brain Rabies immunization status of the client and the animal, if known Also Refer to the NS Rabies Response Plan 2010 Appendix 4
3. Educate the client and/or family about Rabies and prevention measures, providing access to pamphlets, fact sheets, website as indicated 4. Determine the need for observation or testing of the animal, if available, and the authorization for Rabies Post Exposure prophylaxis (RIG and Vaccine) when necessary. 5. Ensure the health and behaviour of a suspect animal is assessed, the animal is confined and observed for 10 days after the exposure (dogs, cats or ferrets only) or is euthanized for testing as appropriate. The assessment may be done by phone with the animals owner or with the assistance of local municipal animal control services (if available). Inform owner of the animal that they must inform Public Health and have the animal examined by a veterinarian immediately if it becomes ill or its behavior becomes abnormal. If the animal will be tested, ensure that the animal is taken to a veterinarian, is euthanized and kept frozen until picked up by CFIA. Inform the CFIA District Veterinarian of the location of the animal and inform the veterinarian where the animal was euthanized that it should be frozen until it can be picked up by CFIA. All wild animals potentially infected with rabies (such as coyotes, raccoons, skunks, bats, and fox) that have exposed a person must be observed or tested if available. Department of Natural Resources (DNR) must be consulted about apprehending and euthanizing any suspect wild animal. DNR will assist with determining if location, capture and euthanasia of wildlife are necessary or
possible when there has been human contact and the transmission of rabies is a possibility. If necessary or possible, DNR will coordinate the required actions, recognizing that the captured animal may not be the actual one involved in the incident. If captured, DNR will euthanize and store the animal frozen. DNR will notify CFIA and arrange pick up and testing with CFIA. PHS investigator contacts the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) to make the necessary arrangements with the CFIA District Veterinarian if the animal is to be sent for testing. Staff must provide the CFIA District Veterinarian with the name, phone number and address of the person(s) who will receive the verbal and written report of the test results. 6. Arrange for administration of RIG, and rabies vaccine through Public Health Services or family physician, nurse practitioner, duty clinic, Emergency department providing advice re dosing and administration. See Appendix 1 7. In high-risk situations (bites to the head and neck or behavior that is suggestive of rabies infection, especially in an unimmunized or wild animal), post-exposure prophylaxis may be started immediately pending the results from animal testing. If testing confirms that the animal does not have rabies, the series does not require completion. 8. Local Animal Control staff may be available to search for and identify a dog, cat or ferret that has been involved in a significant exposure (bite or saliva or neurological tissue exposure of broken skin or mucosal surface) of humans. Animal Control staff may obtain information about the rabies immunization status, health and behaviour of the animal, and may assist with ensuring that the animal is kept under the owners control and observed for the required observation period checking to ensure that the animal remains healthy at the conclusion of the observation period. Animal Control staff may also make arrangements for apprehending a pet, transporting it and confining to an animal shelter when requested by Public Health. This may be required if there is concern about people being attacked by the animal if left in the community or there is any concern that the owner will not cooperate with the confinement and observation of the animal.
Animal Control staff will inform the Public Health investigator about their initial assessment of the animal as well as the status of the animal at the end of the observation period. If the animal becomes unwell and there is any suspicion of rabies, Animal Control staff will assist Public Health and CFIA to ensure that it is euthanized and tested for rabies infection. Animal Control staff may also assist Public Health to search for and apprehend any stray animals that have been involved in the significant exposure of humans. The stray animal must be either placed in an appropriate shelter for the observation period or euthanized and tested for rabies as required by Public Health. 9. PHS in the DHA may be involved in the completion of Rabies post exposure prophylaxis that was initiated outside of the province. PHS will arrange for the completion of the vaccine series by a physician, duty clinic, nurse practitioner, or PHS. 10. Document the information.
Key Messages
See Section 1.9 Core Messages for Prevention
5.0 References
Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf American Academy of Pediatrics and Committee on Infection Diseases (2009). Red Book: 2009 Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 28th ed. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics. Heymann, David (2008). Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 19th ed. Washington, D.C.: American Public Health Association. National Advisory Committee on Immunization (2009). Recommendations Regarding the Management of Bat Exposures to Prevent Human Rabies. CCDR, Volume 35, November 2009. Nova Scotia Department of Health Promotion and Protection (2009). Nova Scotia Communicable Disease Control Manual. Halifax, Nova Scotia. Public Health Agency of Canada (2006). Canadian Immunization Guide, 7th ed. Ottawa, Ontario: Public Works and Government Services Canada. Public Health Agency of Canada (2008) Errata/Clarifications to the Canadian immunization Guide. CCDR, Volume 34, Number 05, 2008
APPENDIX 1: Rabies Letter to Health Care Provider Regarding Post Exposure Prophylaxis Administration Template
CAUTION
Before you receive RIG, tell your doctor/nurse if: you have an allergy to any ingredient in the RIG (human proteins, glycine and sodium chloride) you have received RIG in the past you have already received more than one dose of rabies vaccine you have received a live vaccine in the last 2 weeks you are pregnant or breastfeeding
Treatment Schedule:
A person who is exposed to rabies and has never had rabies shots should receive one dose of RIG and 5 doses of Rabies Vaccine the first dose right away with the RIG and the other doses on day 3, day 7, day 14 and day 28. A person who has received Rabies Vaccine before should get 2 doses of vaccine one right away and the next dose on day 3. This person does not require RIG. If the schedule is not followed correctly the treatment has to start over again.
CAUTION
Before you receive Rabies Vaccine, tell your doctor/nurse if: you are allergic to any ingredient in the vaccine (amphotericin B, chlortetracycline, human serum albumin, neomycin, polygeline, ovalbumin) you have a weakened immune system because of: -a disease that affects your immune system -treatment with drugs that affect your immune system -cancer or cancer treatment with drugs or radiation you are pregnant or breastfeeding
3. To increase the knowledge of the public regarding Rabies and to change behaviour towards personal protection against animal bites and exposures that increase the risk of rabies. 4. To increase knowledge of health professionals regarding rabies. 5. To keep Nova Scotians informed about rabies activity in Nova Scotia. 6. To recommend rabies control measures, as needed, based on assessment of risk and the many other factors related to rabies control.
3.0 BACKGROUND
Domestic and wild animals such as foxes, coyotes, wolves, skunks, bats and raccoons can serve as the source for rabies virus. Rats, rabbits, squirrels and mice are rarely infected. Domesticated animals such as dogs, cats and ferrets may be at risk of contracting rabies if exposed to infected animals and then pose a further risk to their owners. The virus can live in the saliva and the brain tissue of the infected animal and can be transmitted by a bite of an infected animal or contact with brain tissue of an infected animal. Additionally, non bite contamination of scratches, abrasions and open wounds or mucous membranes by saliva or other potentially infectious material such as brain tissue can transmit the virus.
3.2 Epidemiology
Rabies virus has been found in most provinces and territories of Canada, most often in wild animals. Few cases have been documented in domestic or farm animals. Since 1998 there have been 5 lab confirmed cases of rabies in animals in Nova Scotia. Two fox were diagnosed in 2007, one cat in 2003 and two bats in 2000.
All of these were bat strain rabies virus. Nova Scotia has not seen any raccoon strain rabies in the province, but the bordering province of New Brunswick has cases of raccoon rabies. There have been no lab confirmed human cases of rabies in NS.
See section 9.0 for the detailed Communications Plan. Information on rabies virus is part of a comprehensive Enjoy the Outdoors Safely campaign, which currently includes Lyme disease, and West Nile virus. The Department of Health and Wellness website has been updated to include easy-to-find information on rabies virus. The public can get information on health aspects of rabies virus by calling local Public Health Services. Press releases and media interviews will keep the public updated during the summer months as needed.
The Department of Natural Resources will assist Department of Health and Wellness in any wild life rabies vaccination program.
Promptly inform the appropriate local Medical Officer of Health (MOH) or designate of any confirmed or suspect rabid animals and any potential human exposure to a suspect animal. Notify DHW (chair of Rabies working group) of any specimens in NS positive for rabies virus.
The First Nations Health Centre will notify the local PHS office of the exposure. PHS will follow up the exposure as outlined in this document. Community Health Nurses at First Nations Health Centres cannot provide treatment for wounds inflicted by animals with suspect rabies infection. However, they may be able to provide RPEP (likely doses 2 5) if necessary.
6.1.1 Bites
Rabies is most commonly transmitted through bites (any penetration of the skin by teeth) Bites from bats may not always be apparent therefore, it is important to obtain details on whether there was direct contact with a bat and a bite, scratch or saliva exposure into a wound or mucous membrane cannot be ruled out. See section for further information on direct contact A bite with prominent salivary contamination (i.e. through exposed skin) is more likely to produce rabies than one through thick clothing that removes saliva from the animal's teeth. Multiple bites are more likely to transmit the disease than a single bite The severity of the wound, the site of the wound in relation to the richness of the nerve supply and its distance from the brain can influence the incubation period. It has been reported that the incubation period may be shorter when the site of the bite is on the head than when it is on an extremity. Bites on the face are more likely to result in disease than those on the extremities. When a domestic animal has inflicted a facial bite (due to distance from the brain and influence on the incubation period), PHS staff may decide to initiate RPEP before the end of a 10-day observation period. PHS should consult with the nearest CFIA Animal Health Office to decide whether immediate euthanasia and testing of the animal may be warranted.
Direct contact is defined as the bat touching or landing on a person. NACI no longer recommends RPEP when this is no contact involved. Any direct contact of a bat with skin or mucous membranes is considered a reason for intervention
unless a bite, scratch, or saliva exposure into a wound or mucous membrane can be ruled out. In an adult, a bat landing on clothing would be considered reason for an intervention only if a bite, scratch, or saliva exposure into a wound or mucous membrane could not be ruled out. In a child, any direct contact with a bat should be considered a reason for an intervention, including contact through clothes, as a history to rule out a bite, scratch, or mucous membrane exposure may not be reliable. When a bat is found in a room with a child or an adult who is unable to give a reliable history, assessment of direct contact can be difficult. Factors indicating that direct contact may have occurred include the individual waking up crying or upset while the bat was in the room, or observation of an obvious bite or scratch mark. Intervention is defined as testing the bat for rabies, if it is available, and/or RPEP as indicated. If possible, the bat involved in the exposure should be captured and tested to determine whether it is infected and if RPEP is required.
6.2.1 Domestic Pets (cats, dogs, ferrets) and Other Domestic Animals
If the exposed person owns the animal or knows the owner of the animal well, PHS staff should advise the person to observe the animal for ten days. The owner must be instructed to have the animal assessed by a veterinarian and immediately inform PHS if the animal becomes unwell during the observation period. PHS staff must inform and consult with the MOH and the nearest CFIA Animal Health Office if the animal becomes unwell. The exposed individual should also be advised to seek medical treatment for the wound if necessary. If the exposed person does not know the owner of the animal or requests assistance, PHS staff will contact the owner of the animal and advise the owner to observe the animal for ten days. The owner must be instructed to have the animal assessed by a veterinarian and immediately inform PHS if the animal becomes unwell during the observation period. The CFIA Animal Health Office and/or local animal control staff should be contacted if assistance is required. The exposed individual should also be advised to seek medical treatment for the wound if necessary. PHS staff must inform and consult with the MOH and the nearest CFIA Animal Health Office if the animal becomes unwell. PHS staff will assess whether the exposure was provoked, the animal is clinically normal, will determine its rabies immunization status and will ensure that the animal will be assessed, observed and confined (as required) for ten days. If the animal's behavior during the 10-day observation period remains normal, the client need not receive post-exposure prophylaxis beyond proper wound care. The nearest CFIA Animal Health Office should be consulted to assist with the assessment as necessary. PHS staff should contact their nearest CFIA Animal Health Office immediately if illness develops in the animal during the observation period. If signs and symptoms suggestive of rabies develop, the CFIA Animal Health Office will ensure that the animal is euthanized and tested for rabies infection. An animal's history of up-to-date rabies immunization makes the chance of rabies much less, but does not eliminate risk. The vaccination history
in itself should not solely influence the need for prophylaxis or the need to sacrifice the animal for testing. An up-to date rabies immunization for pets varies with the product used so it is important to inquire details on all rabies vaccine. Some products are administered yearly and others are every 3 years. Missed doses can lead to decreased immunity. Recent studies regarding rabies pathogenesis and viral shedding patterns, and evidence of the efficacy of the IMRAB3 vaccine in ferrets has led to the recommendation of including domestic (pet) ferrets with domestic cats and dogs rather than with wild animals.
PHS staff should request whether a local animal control officer or staff from DNR could locate and confine a stray dog, cat, or ferret. A veterinarian should assess the animal. If it is clinically normal and the suspicion of rabies is low, it should be held and observed for ten days in a secure facility. If this is not feasible or if there is any suspicion of rabies illness, the animal should be euthanized and the head submitted for rabies testing.
The symptoms in different animal species can vary considerably, but almost always there is a change of temperament and evidence of paralysis, with death ensuing within a few days of the onset of symptoms. The overall period from onset of clinical symptoms to death rarely exceeds ten days in dogs, cats, and ferrets. In the earlier stages, a common factor is that the animal undergoes a change of temperament so that a normal friendly animal may become snappy and seek to avoid his owner's company. Timid, shy animals may become less restrained and unnaturally approachable. PHS staff should consider recommending RPEP while awaiting the results of rabies testing or the outcome of an animal confinement if the behaviour of the animal is highly suspicious of rabies. The CFIA Animal Health Officer can provide advice about interpretation of animal symptoms and the MOH should be consulted.
6.4 Availability of Animal (for observation and/or laboratory testing) (Also refer to Section 7.0 Management of Animals Involved in Biting Incidents)
6.4.1 Animal is available for Observation
PHS staff should ensure that every effort has been made to locate pet dogs, cats, and ferrets before recommending RPEP. Local animal control officers (where available) can assist PHS staff in ensuring that the animal is located and assessed. An apparently healthy pet dog, cat or ferret that bites a person should be confined and observed for ten days (the day of the bite would be day one). This may eliminate the need for RPEP and unnecessary laboratory testing of the animal brain for rabies. The nearest CFIA Animal Health Office may be consulted as needed to ensure that this occurs. PHS staff should contact DNR staff and local animal control officers (where available) to attempt to locate and capture a stray dog/cat/ferret. If clinically normal and the suspicion of rabies is low, the animal should be held in a secure facility and observed for ten days. If the animal remains clinically normal throughout this ten-day period, then rabies can be ruled out.
Circumstances of the exposure as well as the location and severity of the bite may, however, may justify early initiation of RPEP.
Negative test results obtained by appropriate and systematic examination of specimens can be interpreted reliably so that no RPEP is required or RPEP that was initiated can be stopped.
7.0 RISK REDUCTION AND MANAGEMENT OF ANIMALS INVOLVED IN INCIDENTS 7.1 Risk Reduction
To reduce the risk of rabies virus illness in general, a number of steps can be considered: Maintain a surveillance system for animals and human illness in order to detect rabies Educate the public on ways to reduce exposures to wild animals including not feeding wildlife and ensuring homes are sealed from bats Encourage vaccination of domestic pets and farm animals It is not practical to carry out any degree of detailed planning for rabies vaccination program in wildlife at this time but if necessary, this will be addressed.
PHS staff must consult with the MOH and the CFIA Animal Health Office about the need to euthanize any domestic animal for rabies testing.
Municipalities, PHS and/or the CFIA Animal Health Office should develop a list of kennels where pet dogs/cats/ferrets under observation could be detained (at the owner's expense) if the owners refuse to confine them at home. If the animal is euthanized, PHS and the CFIA Animal Health Office should ensure that the head is tested in order to rule out rabies. At the first sign of illness during confinement, PHS staff must be immediately notified by the owner or the persons responsible for confining and observing the animal. PHS staff will immediately contact their nearest CFIA Animal Health Office who will ensure that the animal is examined and will arrange for euthanization and testing as required. If signs suggestive of rabies develop, the animal should be euthanized and its head removed and shipped for testing. In cases where a domestic dog/cat/ferret does not appear to be clinically normal, is dangerous or has inflicted a facial bite, the MOH and/or the CFIA Animal Health office can decide whether immediate euthanasia and testing is warranted. Stray domestic pets (cats, dogs, ferrets) should be confined for observation instead of being immediately euthanized if possible and appropriate. PHS staff should make this decision in consultation with the MOH and the CFIA Animal Health Office. A stray dog, cat, or ferret that bites/exposes a person and is aggressive or displaying abnormal clinical signs may be euthanized immediately and have its head sent for testing. Otherwise, euthanize only if observation for ten days in a secure facility is not feasible. Sacrifice and testing of non-feline/non-canine domestic animals such as horses, cattle and swine should be done if rabies is part of the CFIA Animal Health Offices differential diagnosis.
If the wild animal is captured, it should be euthanized and the head sent by DNR staff to the CFIA Animal Health Office for testing. A bat should be safely collected, if possible, and the entire bat submitted for testing. Sacrifice and testing of exotic animals should be done if rabies is part of the veterinarian's differential diagnosis and only in consultation with the nearest CFIA Animal Health Office.
animal may remain at risk for developing rabies in the future. PHS staff should consult with the nearest CFIA Animal Health Office for direction on the assessment and any required quarantine and observation of the animal.
Refer to Section 7.3.6, "Post-Exposure Immunization of Previously Immunized Clients", if applicable. RPEP started in another country requires individual assessment and consultation with the MOH. PHS staff must discuss with the client their willingness and commitment to accept and complete rabies prophylaxis. If PHS staff administers RPEP, informed consent for immunization must always be obtained from the client. PHS staff should plan the immunization schedule with the client and confirm the identity and location of the health care provider who will give RPEP. Rabies vaccine and RIG must be used concurrently for optimum RPEP except in certain previously immunized clients. Pregnancy is not a contraindication to post-exposure prophylaxis, if it has been determined that the client is at risk of infection. If notification of an exposure is delayed, RPEP may be started as late as 6 months or more after exposure. The combination of RIG and rabies vaccine is recommended regardless of the interval between exposure and initiation of treatment. If the client needs to complete the post-exposure series outside of the PHS area, PHS staff should ensure that arrangements are made to complete the series.
RIG and rabies vaccine must never be given at the same site, or delivered through the same syringe and needle.
For additional information please refer to the Canadian Immunization Guide, (Seventh Edition, 2006) and the product insert.
Two doses of rabies vaccine (HDCV), one injected immediately and the other three days later without RIG, are recommended for exposed individuals with the following rabies immunization history: Completion of an approved course of pre- or post-exposure prophylaxis with HDCV or PCECV; or Completion of immunization with other types of rabies vaccine or with HDCV according to unapproved schedules so long as neutralizing rabies antibody has been demonstrated in serum. If vaccine other than HDCV was used for pre-exposure immunization and the client's immune status is not known, a full course of treatment, including RIG, should be initiated. A serum sample may be collected before vaccine is given, and if antibody is demonstrated, the course may be discontinued, provided at least two doses of HDCV have been administered. (Canadian Immunization Guide, Seventh Edition, 2006 and Errata/Clarification of the CIG, 2008).
Target Audiences:
General public Media Health care professionals Tourists/Outdoor recreationalists DHW provides information and resources about the risk of Rabies in NS as well as recommendations to prevent unwanted exposures from potential animals with rabies to the public, media and health care workers. The tools used to provide information include: DHW Rabies pamphlets DHW Rabies poster (to create awareness of potential hitchhiking critters ) Annual DHW letters to NS health care providers DHW updates provided to Doctors NS Media articles and press releases from DHW DHW website
The pamphlets and posters are distributed by PH staff to various community and health care setting (hospitals, clinics, physician offices, school boards, community and recreation centres, municipal offices, visitor information centres, campgrounds, golf courses, parks, etc.). The key messages provided include: Individuals in high-risk groups including, veterinarians, lab workers, wild life workers and conservationists, hikers or cave explorers and individuals traveling to areas where rabies is endemic should be immunized. Register, license and vaccinate all domestic animals such as dogs and cats. Pet owners should be aware of the signs and symptoms of rabies. The public should be aware of the dangers of picking up sick or hurt animals or domesticating wild animals. Wild animals should not be relocated to other areas of province or to other provinces. Do not feed wild animals or leave leftover food around yards, parks etc. as it may attract wild animals. Seal small holes and entryways where bats could potentially enter homes, cottages, sheds, and other areas where they might have contact with people, pets or farm animals. Vaccinate farm animals and livestock.
REFERENCES American Academy of Pediatrics and Committee on Infection Diseases (2009). Red Book: 2009 Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 28th ed. Elk Grove Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics. Heymann, David (2008). Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 19th ed. Washington, D.C.: American Public Health Association. National Advisory Committee on Immunization (2009). Recommendations Regarding the Management of Bat Exposures to Prevent Human Rabies. CCDR, Volume 35, November 2009. Nova Scotia Department of Health Promotion and Protection (2009). Nova Scotia Communicable Disease Control Manual. Halifax, Nova Scotia. Public Health Agency of Canada (2006). Canadian Immunization Guide, 7th ed. Ottawa, Ontario: Public Works and Government Services Canada. Public Health Agency of Canada (2008) Errata/Clarifications to the Canadian immunization Guide. CCDR, Volume 34, Number 05, 2008
TOXOPLASMOSIS
1. Information
1.1. Case definition:
Identification of toxoplasma in serum or identification of toxoplasma cysts in the body tissues or fluids. The presences of specific IgM or rising IgG titres in sequential sera.
1.3. Symptoms:
Infections are often asymptomatic. When symptoms are present they may include flu-like symptoms such as fever, sore throat, myalgia, fatigue and lymphadenopathy or resembling mononucleosis and may persist for weeks.
1.4. Incubation:
From 10 to 23 days.
1.5. Source:
Cats and other felines, which acquire the infection from eating infected mammals (rodents and birds), and rarely from the feces of other felines.
1.6. Transmission:
Infections may occur due to ingestion of undercooked meats or unpasteurized milk. Ingestion of cat feces from the hands after working or playing in dirt or sand where cats have defecated, or by ingestion of food or water that may be contaminated by cat feces. Transplacental transmission also occurs, and rarely, infection is acquired from donated blood or organs from an infected donor. Transmission from inhalation of sporulated oocysts has been documented. Transmission of T gondii has been documented to result from blood or blood product transfusion and organ or bone marrow transplantation from a seropositive donor with latent infection.
1.7. Communicability:
Not directly transmitted from person-to-person except in utero. Oocysts shed by cats sporulate and become infective 1-5 days later, and remain infective in water or moist soil for over 1 year.
1.8. Treatment:
Treatment is not normally required in an immunocompetent client. For treatment consult appropriate specialist.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
Chemoprophylaxis is recommended for HIV-infected adults who are T. gondii seropositive. Appropriate specialists should be consulted.
1.11. Surveillance
Refer to the Nova Scotia Surveillance Guidelines for Notifiable Diseases and Conditions at http://www.gov.ns.ca/hpp/cdpc/CDCManual
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1 Medical Officer of Health:
a. Determine investigative responsibility Ensure that reports of toxoplasmosis are received and disseminated to the appropriate personnel for investigation within Public Health Services. b. Approve Public Health control measures. When required, approve control measures.
2.1.2 Investigator:
a. Begin investigation: Contact client to identify contacts and source of infection. In congenital cases, discuss follow up with MOH. In acquired cases, determine contact with infected animals and common exposure to cat feces, soil or raw meat. b. Report case.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Plaque: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics
thought to be infected by eating food stuffs and water contaminated by cat feces. The parasite enters the muscles of a bird or animal when it eats raw meat or drinks the milk of another animal that is infected. Cats can spread the parasite in their feces. Common ways for people to become infected with toxoplasmosis include: Eating raw or undercooked meats; Drinking unpasteurized milk; Cleaning cat litter boxes; Working in gardens or playing in sandboxes that contain cat feces; Eating unwashed fruits and vegetables.
for only 4 weeks after the cat is infected. However, the feces may remain infectious for well over a year. Cats which have been raised indoors have never caught and eaten mice or birds, and who have never been fed raw meat are not likely to be infected. A stray or unfamiliar cat that appears sick should not be handled but should be reported to the animal shelter. Here are some tips to help you enjoy your pet cat; Wash your hands after patting, brushing or being licked by your cat; Wear gloves when cleaning the litter box, then thoroughly wash your hands with hot, soapy water; Clean the litter box daily so that the parasite does not have a chance to become infectious; Be careful not to breathe in dust when cleaning the cat litter box; Dispose of cat feces in a plastic bag in the garbage - do not compost the cat litter, or dispose of the litter near your garden; Avoid cleaning cat litter boxes if you are pregnant or trying to become pregnant; If pregnant, keep cats inside and do not adopt or handle stray cats; Place a secure lid on your sandbox to prevent cats from using it as a litter box; Dont feed raw meat to your cat; See a vet if there are any signs of illness in your cat.
COOK. Cook food thoroughly cooking times and temperatures vary for different meat and poultry. Prepare foods quickly, and serve immediately so foods dont linger at room temperatures where bacteria can grow. CHILL. Refrigerate or freeze perishable foods, prepared food and leftovers within two hours. Make sure the refrigerator is set at a temperature of 4C (40F), and keep the freezer at -18C (0F).
Adapted by Public Health Services, Capital District Health Authority, July 2001 from From the Health Files...Toxoplasmosis (1995), BC Ministry of Health and Ministry Responsible for Seniors and from the Fight BAC Campaign, Health Canada.
acute flaccid paralysis (e.g. poliomyelitis like syndrome or Guillain-Barrlike syndrome) OR movement disorders (e.g. tremor, myoclonus) OR Parkinsonism or Parkinsonian-like conditions (e.g. cogwheel rigidity, brad0ykinesia, postural instability) OR other neurological syndromes
Case Classification-West Nile Virus Non-Neurological Syndrome (WN Non-NS) Confirmed case-West Nile Virus Non-Neurological Syndrome (WN Non-NS)
Clinical criteria AND at least one of the confirmed case diagnostic test criteria (see below)
Case Classification-West Nile Virus Asymptomatic Infection (WNAI) Confirmed case-West Nile Virus Asymptomatic Infection (WNAI)
Confirmed case diagnostic test criteria (see below) in the absence of clinical criteria
jurisdiction/authority where cases have already been confirmed in the current year.) OR demonstration of Japanese encephalitis (JE) serocomplex-specific genomic sequences in blood by NAT screening on donor blood, by Blood Operators in Canada
The Public Health Laboratory at the Queen Elizabeth II Health Sciences Centre will be consulted on appropriate specimens etc.
1.3 Symptoms:
Most people with West Nile virus infection are asymptomatic, or have a mild illness such as fever, headache, stiff neck, nausea, vomiting, muscle weakness, and alteration in the level of consciousness.
syndrome. Other emerging clinical syndromes, identified during 2002, included, but were not limited to, the following: myelopathy, rhabdomyolysis (acute destruction of skeletal muscle cells), peripheral neuropathy; polyradiculoneuropathy; optic neuritis; and acute demyelinating encephalomyelitis (ADEM). Ophthalmologic conditions, including chorioretinitis and vitritis, were also reported. As well, facial weakness was reported. Myocarditis, pancreatitis and fulminant hepatitis have not been identified in North America but were reported in outbreaks of WNV in South Africa. "Aseptic" meningitis without encephalitis or acute flaccid paralysis occurring in August and September when WNV is circulating may be due to non-polio enteroviruses circulating at the same time. This should be considered in the differential diagnosis(2-4). A person with WNV-associated acute flaccid paralysis may present with or without fever or mental status changes. Altered mental status could range from confusion to coma with or without additional signs of brain dysfunction (e.g. paralysis, cranial nerve palsies, sensory deficits, abnormal reflexes, generalized convulsions and abnormal movements). Acute flaccid paralysis with respiratory failure is also a problem.
parts of North America. Blood Operators in Canada perform a supplementary WN virus-specific NAT following any positive result from donor screening.
1.4 Incubation:
Usually 3 to 12 days after being bitten by a mosquito.
1.5. Source:
Infected birds.
1.6 Transmission:
Transmitted via the bite of an infected mosquito, receipt of infected blood, organs or tissues, from infected mother to baby before birth or via breast milk (one report in the literature). There have also been reports of pecutaneous transmission to laboratory workers handling infected birds.
1.7. Communicability:
Not transmitted from person to person. Infected mosquitoes probably remain infected for life.
1.8. Treatment:
Supportive therapy.
1.10. Prophylaxis:
None.
2. Procedure
2.1. Roles and Responsibilities
2.1.1. Medical Officer of Health:
a. Determine investigative responsibility. The MOH must ensure that all reports of West Nile virus are received and disseminated to the appropriate personnel for investigation. The CDC coordinator/ manager may assume this role in the absence of the MOH.
2.1.2. Investigator
Upon receiving the report the investigator should initiate the follow-up. a. Determine case status. b. Report case. Discuss case with the MOH. c. Contact and educate the individual and /or family. Discuss the role of public health. Provide information to the individual or family and provide fact sheets. Educate on mosquito protection to avoid mosquito bites including repellents (DEET) and protective clothing. Educate on mosquito control. Inquire about travel. Inquire about areas of work/ activities ,where the individual resides. Inquire about mosquito bites. Inquire about donation or receipt of blood products, tissue or organs. Obtain any additional clinical information to complete the special surveillance form.
References: Public Health Agency of Canada. (2009). Case Definitions for Communicable Diseases under National Surveillance. CCDR 2009; 3552, 1-123. Retrieved from http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/publicat/ccdrrmtc/09pdf/35s2-eng.pdf Control of Communicable Diseases Manual, 17th edition. 2000. James Chin, editor. American Public Health Association. Report of the Committee on Infectious Diseases, 2000. American Academy of Pediatrics. West Nile Virus: http://www.cdc.gov/ncidod/dbmd/diseaseinfo. West Nile Virus. Middlesex-London Health Unit.
Whenever you use an insecticide or insect repellent, be sure to read and follow the manufacturers DIRECTIONS FOR USE, as printed on the product. Eliminate potential mosquito breeding sites around your home. Eliminate standing water in such things as pool covers, flower pots, childrens toys, old tires etc. Clean clogged roof gutters on an annual basis, particularly if the leaves from surrounding trees have a tendency to plug up the drains. Roof gutters are easily overlooked but can produce millions of mosquitoes each season. Turn over plastic wading pools when not in use. A wading pool becomes a mosquito producer if it is not used on a regular basis. Turn over wheelbarrows and change water in bird baths at least twice weekly. Both provide breeding habitat for domestic mosquitoes. Aerate ornamental pools or stock them with fish. Water gardens may become major mosquito producers if they are allowed to stagnate. Clean and chlorinate swimming pools that are not being used. Use landscaping to eliminate standing water that collects on your property. Mosquitoes can develop in any puddle that lasts more than 4 - 8 days. Mosquito breeding around the home can be reduced significantly by reducing the amount of standing water available for mosquito breeding.
Wearing light coloured clothing is recommended as mosquitoes are attracted to darker colours. Special screen mesh clothing is available in the form of screen jackets, suits and head nets. These are available at most hardware and department stores, as well as camping and outdoor supply shops. There are many insect repellents available. Be sure to read and follow the manufacturers DIRECTIONS FOR USE whenever you use these products. Do not apply insect repellents to children under 2 years of age. Avoid applying repellent to the hands of older children. Spray clothing with repellents containing DEET or permethrin, as mosquitoes may bite through thin clothing.
More information can be obtained at the Health Canada web site: http://www.hc-sc.gc.ca/hpb/lcdc/publicat/info/repell_e.html
POLICIES
Section Contents
Communicable Disease Record Retention Policy Guidelines for Notification of Laboratory Results Payment of Latent Tuberculosis Infection (LBTI) Medication
Originating Branch: Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Approval Date: October 13, 2011 Review Date: October 2013 Approved by: Provincial Communicable Prevention and Control Committee Chief Medical Officer of Health
POLICY STATEMENT Public Health in the District Health Authorities (DHAs) shall manage the communicable disease and immunization records in their custody or under their control to comply with the Communicable Disease Records Retention Schedule as approved by the above authorities. POLICY OBJECTIVES To ensure that Public Health within the DHAs properly maintain the communicable disease records in their custody or under their control. To ensure all client identifiable case management information related to Notifiable Disease and Conditions as per the Health Protection Act and immunization are filed and retained in accordance with the Communicable Disease Records Retention Schedule. POLICY APPLICATION This policy applies to all Public Health staff in the employ of, seconded to, or under contract to the DHAs who are involved in filing and maintaining communicable disease and immunization records.
Chapter 10 Policies NOVA SCOTIA COMMUNICABLE DISEASES MANUAL
POLICY DIRECTIVES The person responsible for the management and/or coordination of the Communicable Disease Program in each DHA will communicate this policy to appropriate individuals. Public Health Services in each DHA will follow the Communicable Disease Record Retention Schedule as outlined in the NS Communicable Disease Manual and the NS Immunization Manual. ACCOUNTABILITY Public Health staff within the DHAs are responsible to adhere to this policy. The Public Health Services director or delegate is accountable to ensure this policy is communicated and Public Health staff in the DHAs are informed about this policy. MONITORING The Public Health Services director or delegate is responsible for monitoring of the implementation of this policy. INQUIRIES Branch/Section: Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness Email: CDPCRC@gov.ns.ca Tel: (902) 424-6550 Fax: (902) 428-3313
00000
COMMUNICABLE DISEASE
00000
Records documenting outbreaks and individual client identifiable case management information relating to the Notifiable Diseases and Conditions as well as immunization and treatment.
00000 -01 -30 -31 -32 Hepatitis C Case Files -33 -34 -35 -36 -37 -40 -41 -42 -50 -51 Communicable Disease Communicable Disease - General Tuberculosis Case Files Hepatitis B Case Files HIV Case Files Syphilis Case Files Lymphogranuloma Venerum (LGV) Case Files Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease (CJD) Sexually Transmitted Infection Other Than Hepatitis B, HIV, Syphilis and LGV Case Files CDC Enteric Disease Case Files Food-Borne Disease Outbreak Case Files Disease Outbreak Other Than Food-Borne Case Files Immunization Case Files Adverse Effects Following Immunization (AEFI) Case Files ACT FY+1 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SO+0 SA 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 7 7 7 0 0 DIS D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
Superseded/Obsolete Definition [File closed / Retention triggered / Deactivation begun]: -30 Infected person dies -31 Infected person dies -32 Infected person dies -33 Infected person dies -34 Infected person dies -35 Infected person dies -36 Infected person dies -37 Infection successfully treated or infected person recovered -40 Disease successfully treated or affected person recovered -41 Outbreak contained or mitigated -42 Outbreak contained or mitigated -50 Inoculated person dies -51 Affected person re-immunized without negative impact
00000-30
00000-31
00000-32
00000-33
00000-34
00000-35
00000-36
Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
Records documenting individual client identifiable case management information related to CJD. Examples: case report forms; nursing notes; lab reports; e-mail correspondence; other medical documentation. OPR: District Manager for the Communicable Disease Program
00000-37
Sexually Transmitted Infection Other Than Hepatitis B, HIV, Syphilis and LGV Case Files
Records documenting individual client identifiable case management information related to sexually transmitted infection other than Hepatitis B, HIV, Syphilis and LGV case files. Examples: case report form; nursing progress notes; lab report (s); e-mail
correspondence; letter (s) to pharmacy regarding billing for medication; ER reports and other medical documentation (i.e. consult letters) OPR: District Manager for the Communicable Disease Program
00000-40
00000-41
Records documenting individual client identifiable case management information related to food-borne disease outbreak case files. Examples: case report forms; nursing progress notes; lab report (s); e-mail correspondence; exclusion and return to work letter (s) to employer; exclusion and return to work letter (s) to employee; notification letter to daycare/school; sporadic communicable disease in returning travelers form; referral form to department of agriculture; contact line list form; letter(s) to contacts; epidemiology analysis document (s); ER reports and other medical documentation (i.e. consult letters)
OPR:
00000-42
00000-50
00000-51
Records documenting individual client identification case management information relating to an adverse event following an immunization. Examples: AEFI report form, email correspondence, immunization reciprocal form, nursing notes, ER reports and other medical documentation (i.e. consult letters) OPR: District Manager for the Communicable Disease Program
Originating Branch: Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Approval Date: January 12, 2012 Review Date: January 2015 Approved by: Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Committee for the Public Health System
I.
POLICY STATEMENT
Public Health in the District Health Authorities (DHAs) will cover the cost of the medications necessary for tuberculosis chemoprophylaxis if the individual does not have third party drug coverage. Drugs prescribed that are not recommended as part of national chemoprophylaxis standards must be discussed with the Medical Officer of Health prior to approval. II. POLICY OBJECTIVES To provide Nova Scotians equitable access to LTBI medications. To ensure Public Health within the DHAs have consistent payment processes in place that are both reasonable and cost effective for the public health system. III. POLICY APPLICATION This policy applies to all Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Public Health staff in the employ of, seconded to, or under contract to the DHAs.
The person responsible for the management and/or coordination of the Communicable Disease Program in each DHA will communicate this policy to appropriate individuals. Public Health Services in each DHA will follow the Payment of LTBI Medication Policy as outlined in the NS Communicable Disease Manual.
V. ACCOUNTABILITY Public Health staff within the DHAs are responsible to adhere to this policy. The Public Health Services Director or delegate is accountable to ensure this policy is communicated and Public Health staff in the DHAs are informed about this policy. VI. MONITORING The Public Health Services Director or delegate is responsible for monitoring of the implementation of this policy. VII. INQUIRIES Branch/Section: Communicable Disease Prevention and Control Nova Scotia Department of Health and Wellness Email: CDPCRC@gov.ns.ca Tel: (902) 424-6550 Fax: (902) 428-3313